[seiscomp, scanloc] Install, add .gitignore

etc/defaults/fdsnws.cfg

@@ -0,0 +1,17 @@
+# Defines a list of modules loaded at startup.
+plugins = ${plugins}, fdsnxml
+
+# SeisComP applications access waveform data through the RecordStream
+# interface. Please consult the SeisComP documentation for a list of supported
+# services and their configuration.
+# This parameter configures the RecordStream URL, format:
+# [service://]location[#type]. "service" is the name of the recordstream
+# implementation. If "service" is not given "file://" is implied.
+recordstream = sdsarchive://@ROOTDIR@/var/lib/archive
+
+
+# Set the number of bytes to buffer for each chunk of waveform data served
+# to the client. The lower the buffer the higher the overhead of Python Twisted.
+# The higher the buffer the higher the memory usage per request. 100kB seems
+# to be a good trade-off.
+recordBulkSize = 102400

etc/defaults/gdrt_plugin.cfg

@@ -0,0 +1,5 @@
+# UDP port for receiving GDRT messages. By default port 9999 will be used.
+plugins.gdrt.udpport = 9999
+
+# Location of station list file.
+plugins.gdrt.stationsFrom = stations.txt

etc/defaults/global.cfg

@@ -0,0 +1,93 @@
+# Default plugins to load. Application specific configuration
+# files should use the 'plugins' entry to specify additional
+# plugins otherwise when using 'core.plugins' also these
+# default values are going to be overwritten.
+#
+# To be able to read from all supported databases all available
+# database plugins are loaded as 'core'.
+# All currently supported db backends: dbmysql, dbpostgresql, dbsqlite3
+core.plugins = dbmysql
+
+# Use log level 2 (error and warning)
+logging {
+
+	level = 2
+
+	# Use logfiles. It is commented by default to allow applications to define
+	# console output with their hard coded defaults. If this setting is enabled
+	# it would otherwise always override the applications default logging
+	# backend.
+	#file = true
+
+	# Rotate the logfiles
+	file {
+		rotator = true
+
+		# Rotate each 86400 seconds (1 day)
+		rotator.timeSpan = 86400
+
+		# Keep 7 rotated log files
+		rotator.archiveSize = 7
+	}
+
+}
+
+# Server connection
+connection.server = localhost/production
+
+# The connection timeout
+connection.timeout = 3
+
+# How to transfer messages (binary, xml)?
+connection.encoding = binary
+
+# Use slink (seedlink) as record source service.
+recordstream = slink://localhost:18000
+
+# The agencyID to use when tagging processing results
+agencyID = GFZ
+
+# Organization name used mainly by ArcLink and SeedLink.
+organization = Unset
+
+# Configures the default filters selectable in manual picker.
+# The entry with a leading "@" is selected as default filter.
+picker.filters = \
+     "BP 0.1 - 1 Hz  3rd order;RMHP(10)>>ITAPER(30)>>BW(3,0.1,1)", \
+     "BP 0.1 - 2 Hz  3rd order;RMHP(10)>>ITAPER(30)>>BW(3,0.1,2)", \
+     "BP 0.4 - 1 Hz  3rd order;RMHP(10)>>ITAPER(30)>>BW(3,0.4,1)", \
+     "@BP 0.7 - 2 Hz  3rd order;RMHP(10)>>ITAPER(30)>>BW(3,0.7,2)", \
+     "BP 1 - 3 Hz  3rd order;RMHP(5)>>ITAPER(10)>>BW(3,1.0,3)", \
+     "BP 1 - 5 Hz  3rd order;RMHP(5)>>ITAPER(10)>>BW(3,1.0,5)", \
+     "BP 2 - 4 Hz  3rd order;RMHP(5)>>ITAPER(10)>>BW(3,2.0,4)", \
+     "BP 3 - 6 Hz  3rd order;RMHP(5)>>ITAPER(10)>>BW(3,3.0,6)", \
+     "BP 4 - 8 Hz  3rd order;RMHP(5)>>ITAPER(10)>>BW(3,4.0,8)", \
+     "HP 3 Hz  3rd order;RMHP(1)>>ITAPER(2)>>BW_HP(3,3)", \
+     "BP 0.7 - 2 Hz + STA/LTA(1,50);RMHP(10)->ITAPER(30)->BW(3,0.7,2)->STALTA(1,50)"
+
+# Configure the columns of the event list that are visible initially.
+# The first column containing the origin time is always visible and cannot
+# be hidden.
+# Possible values are:
+#  * Type
+#  * M
+#  * MType
+#  * Phases
+#  * Lat
+#  * Lon
+#  * Depth
+#  * Stat
+#  * Agency
+#  * Region
+#  * ID
+eventlist.visibleColumns = M, MType, Phases, RMS, Lat, Lon, Depth, Stat, Agency, Region, ID
+
+# Default travel time table configuration. Plugins can be added to for custom
+# travel time table implementations.
+# This configuration can be used by applications that need to know which
+# interfaces are activated and which tables they define.
+ttt {
+	libtau.tables = iasp91, ak135
+	LOCSAT.tables = iasp91, tab
+	homogeneous.tables = ""
+}

etc/defaults/ql2sc.cfg

@@ -0,0 +1,22 @@
+# Send journals and event specific updates to the EVENT group.
+connection.primaryGroup = EVENT
+
+# Receive objects from EVENT group. This is necessary to wait for event
+# association of imported origins.
+connection.subscriptions = EVENT
+
+# Number of seconds to fetch missed updates on start up.
+backLog = 1800
+
+# Number of public objects to cache.
+cacheSize = 5000
+
+# Maximum number of notifiers to batch in one message. If set to 0 no size
+# limit is enforced. Make sure to not hit the overall message size limited of
+# 16MiB which is enforced by the messaging system.
+batchSize = 2000
+
+# If event synchronisation is enabled and an incoming origin is not yet
+# associated with an event on the target machine then this timeout defines
+# the maximum number of seconds to wait for an association.
+eventAssociationTimeout = 10

etc/defaults/scalert.cfg

@@ -0,0 +1,3 @@
+# Defines a list of message groups to subscribe to. The default is usually
+# given by the application and does not need to be changed.
+connection.subscriptions = EVENT, LOCATION, MAGNITUDE

etc/defaults/scamp.cfg

@@ -0,0 +1,18 @@
+# Send to the AMPLITUDE group
+connection.primaryGroup = AMPLITUDE
+
+# Receive objects from PICK, AMPLITUDE and LOCATION group
+connection.subscriptions = PICK, AMPLITUDE, LOCATION
+
+# The amplitudes to compute triggered by an incoming Origin
+amplitudes = MLv, mb, mB, Mwp
+
+# The minimum arrival weight within an origin to compute amplitudes
+# for the associated pick.
+amptool.minimumPickWeight = 0.5
+
+# Timeout in seconds of the first data packet of waveform data acquisition.
+amptool.initialAcquisitionTimeout = 30
+
+# Timeout in seconds of any subsequent data packet of waveform data acquisition.
+amptool.runningAcquisitionTimeout = 2

etc/defaults/scanloc.cfg

@@ -0,0 +1,283 @@
+plugins=${plugins}, scoresum
+
+# Sets the logging level between 1 and 4 where 1=ERROR, 2=WARNING, 3=INFO and
+# 4=DEBUG.
+logging.level = 2
+
+# Defines the primary group of a module. This is the name of the group where a
+# module sends its messages to if the target group is not explicitely given in
+# the send call.
+connection.primaryGroup = LOCATION
+
+# Defines a list of message groups to subscribe to. The default is usually
+# given by the application and does not need to be changed.
+connection.subscriptions = PICK, LOCATION
+
+# Default source depth used for locating origins. The range of supported values
+# depends on the configured travel-time interface and locator.
+# When origin depth after locating is 0.0 or undefined, the depth is corrected
+# to "defaultDepth" without relocating since the situation indicates issues.
+# Note: A similar parameter may require configuration for score plugins.
+defaultDepth = 0.0
+
+# Maximum depth of an origin to be sent.
+# Note: A similar parameter may require configuration for score plugins.
+ignoreDepth = 650.0
+
+# Compute distances in 3D for cluster search, phase association and internal
+# event association. Otherwise, distances are measured from geographic
+# coordinates ignoring elevation.
+use3D = false
+
+# Maximum allowed overall residual of an origin to be sent.
+maxRMS = 1.5
+
+# Minimum score of an origin to be sent.
+minScore = 0.0
+
+# Defines the score processor to be used for ranking origins of events.
+# Additional configuration of the plugin and the plugin parameters is required.
+score = OriginSum
+
+# Time to keep picks. Time comparison is based on the pick times. In non-real
+# time playbacks the time to keep picks is usually compressed.
+buffer.pickKeep = 180.0
+
+# Time to keep origins. Time comparison is based on the origin times. In
+# non-real time playbacks the time to keep orgins is usually compressed.
+buffer.originKeep = 180.0
+
+# Ignore and do not buffer external origins received from messaging or from XML
+# files.
+# Default: Accept external origins from messaging or XML and associate more
+# phases.
+buffer.ignoreOrigins = false
+
+# Ignore and do not buffer manual external origins received from messaging or
+# from XML files.
+# The parameter "buffer.ignoreOrigins" must be inactive for this option to be
+# effective.
+buffer.ignoreManualOrigins = true
+
+# The time delta to the future. Positive values allow objects with times in the
+# future to be buffered when the difference to current time or to creation time
+# is not larger than the given value.
+# Normally, objects like picks and origins are created after their actual times
+# and all other objects are spurious and should be ignored. In case of wrong
+# sensor timing or faster-than-real-time waveform playbacks, objects may be
+# generated with actual times (pick time or origin time) in the future.
+# If less or equal to 0.0, then all objects created before time of the object
+# or with object times in the future are ignored.
+buffer.futureTimeDelta = 0.0
+
+# Phase type of considered picks. Valid types: P or Is.
+clusterSearch.phaseType = P
+
+# Minimum number of core points (picks) to form a cluster.
+clusterSearch.minSize = 4
+
+# Maximum number of picks in a cluster when stopping clustering. Eventual
+# clusters may still be larger from core points. Using values < 0 deactivates
+# the feature.
+# The parameter is meant to support large-N networks where the high network
+# density results in very many clusters with high computational load
+# effectively slowing down the processing of picks. Using reasonable values
+# such as 10 or 15 will reduce the number of clusters while maintaining high
+# quality initial origins.
+clusterSearch.maxSize = -1
+
+# Maximum allowed difference between considered picks and cluster reference
+# time (latest pick time). Optimum values can be derived from travel times.The
+# cluster search ignores all picks which exceed the value. Using "-1" enables
+# all picks regardless of the delay.
+clusterSearch.maxPickDelay = -1.0
+
+# Mode to set the cluster reference time. Read the documentation for the
+# details. Available modes:
+# LastPick: The pick time of the last incoming P pick is the cluster reference
+# time.
+# MaxPickDelay: Setting the cluster reference time is delayed until
+# clusterSearch.minSize and association.minPhase picks are available.
+clusterSearch.referenceTimeMode = LastPick
+
+# The level on which to compare stream IDs of picks in order to avoid origins
+# with multiple picks from the same sensor. The level is derived from the
+# NET.STA.LOC.CHA stream representation. Picks with equal stream IDs on the
+# given level are treated as originating from the same stream no matter of the
+# ID on a higher level. Clusters having picks on streams equal on the given
+# level are split into new clusters with unique streams. During association
+# picks equal on the given level are ignored - the first assigned pick wins.
+streamCheckLevel = loc
+
+# Average velocity used for distance calculation.
+clusterSearch.averageVelocity = 7.0
+
+# Maximum allowed distance over all core points and maximum allowed distance
+# for neighborhood search. Both account for travel-time difference,
+# inter-station distance and the configured averageVelocity.
+clusterSearch.maxSearchDist = 60
+
+# Maximum allowed origins derived from cluster search. Set this option to zero
+# to disable the cluster search completly.
+clusterSearch.maxOrigins = 128
+
+# Send origins based on cluster search as preliminary origins if the location
+# fails. Otherwise those origins are ignored. Consider activating
+# "checkOrigins".
+clusterSearch.preliminary = false
+
+# Check, if derived origins fulfill the cluster search criteria anymore.
+# Activating this option may lower the number of events and suppress fake
+# events.
+clusterSearch.checkOrigins = false
+
+# Number picks in cluster origin to be reached for starting to associate more P
+# and S picks.
+association.minPhase = 4
+
+# Maximum distance from origin to stations for associating P and S picks.
+association.maxDist = 1000.0
+
+# Maximum allowed difference between measured and predicted arrival times for
+# associating P phases to origin. Larger values allow significant correction of
+# initial locations.
+association.maxPResidual = 4.0
+
+# Allow S-type picks without checking for a reference pick. References to P
+# picks are typically added to S picks by scautopick but picks from other
+# modules may not have this feature. When this option is active, the reference
+# pick is not tested at all.
+association.dropReferenceCheck = false
+
+# Maximum allowed difference between measured and predicted arrival time for
+# associating S phases to origins. Larger values allow significant correction
+# of initial locations.
+association.maxSResidual = 4.0
+
+# Maximum allowed time residuals of picks after association and relocation.
+# Picks will be removed at exceedence starting with largest residual and
+# origins will be relocated.
+association.maxResidual = 2.0
+
+# The number of arrivals of an origin for controlling the association of more
+# picks. Beyond this number, the minimum of maxPResidual or maxSResidual and
+# maxResidual for associating P or S phases, respectively, is tested before
+# association. Using values < 0 deactivates the feature.
+# The parameter is meant to support large-N networks where the high network
+# density results in very many picks and high computational load, effectively
+# slowing down the quality check of picks. Setting a reasonable value, e.g.,
+# >20 will only associate the best picks to origins already well constraint.
+association.arrivalCountMinRes = -1
+
+# Type of travel-time tables for phase association. May be different from
+# locator.
+association.tableType = LOCSAT
+
+# Name of travel-time table used for phase association. May be different from
+# locator profile. Using a different table/profile may result in increased
+# runtime.
+association.table = iasp91
+
+# The locator type to be used. Use e.g. LOCSAT or Hypo71.
+locator.type = LOCSAT
+
+# The locator profile to be used. Using a different profile/table for locating
+# and associating may result in increased runtime.
+locator.profile = iasp91
+
+# If enabled, the locator fixes the depth to the configured default value
+# "defaultDepth" in case that all previous attempts to relocate fail. This
+# option may result in many more origins. It prevents "ignoreDepth" from beeing
+# effective if "defaultDepth" < "ignoreDepth".
+locator.fixDepth = false
+
+# If enabled, the locator is forced to fix the depth to the value configured by
+# "defaultDepth". Free-depth solutions are excluded. Activating this
+# option may be useful for sources with known depths or in case of sparse
+# networks.
+locator.forceFixDepth = false
+
+# This parameter is only used in conjunction with
+# "eventAssociation.maximumMatchingArrivalTimeDiff". If a station has multiple
+# associated arrivals for a particular event, this flag defines if the time
+# distance of a new pick to all arrivals must be within
+# "eventAssociation.maximumMatchingArrivalTimeDiff" or if one matching arrival
+# is enough.
+eventAssociation.compareAllArrivalTimes = false
+
+# Minimum number of matching picks between two origins to be associated to the
+# same event.
+eventAssociation.minMatchingArrivals = 3
+
+# If this time window in seconds is negative, pickIDs are compared to find
+# matching arrivals. A non negative value (including 0) compares pick times
+# regardless of the pickID. Pass: |pick1.time - pick2.time| <= threshold.
+eventAssociation.maxMatchingArrivalTimeDiff = -1
+
+# Allowed difference in epicenter between an incoming origin compared with
+# preferred origins to get associated.
+eventAssociation.maxDist = 500.0
+
+# Associates an origin with an existing event if the origin time differs not
+# more than 60 seconds unless the minimumMatchingArrivals criteria matches.
+eventAssociation.maxTimeSpan = 60.0
+
+# Parameter "a" in the equation t = a x N + b.
+# Increasing the value reduces the amount of sent origins. With the option --ep
+# (playback mode) this value is set to 0.
+publication.intervalTimeSlope = 0.5
+
+# Parameter "b" in the equation t = a x N + b.
+# Increasing the value reduces the amount of sent origins. With the option --ep
+# (playback mode) this value is set to 0.
+publication.intervalTimeIntercept = 0.0
+
+# Integer interval to check the origin buffer for sending origins if no other
+# origins have been created.
+# Reducing the value may be required in EEW: it increases the load on scanloc
+# but allows to send origins more rapidly.
+publication.wakeUpInterval = 5
+
+# The weight for number of used P arrival measures. Assumes only arrival time
+# when exactly 1 value is set. Use a comma-separated list, wT,wSlo,wBaz, for
+# giving specific weight to pick time, slowness and back azimuth, respectively.
+# Example: 1.0,0.0,0.0 .
+# The usage of slowness and back azimuth depends on locator. They are not
+# considered by Hypo71, NonLinLoc, StdLoc and FixedHypocenter.
+# Also used for Is infrasound phases when considered in clustering.
+score.sum.p = 1.0
+
+# The weight for number of added but unused P arrivals.
+# Also used for Is when considered for clustering.
+score.sum.p0 = 0.5
+
+# The weight for number of used S arrival measures. Assumes only arrival time
+# when exactly 1 value is set. Use a comma-separated list, wT,wSlo,wBaz, for
+# giving specific weight to pick time, slowness and back azimuth, respectively.
+# Example: 2.0,0.0,0.0 .
+# The usage of slowness and back azimuth depends on locator. They are not
+# considered by Hypo71, NonLinLoc, StdLoc and FixedHypocenter.
+score.sum.s = 2.0
+
+# The weight for number of added but unused S arrivals.
+score.sum.s0 = 0.5
+
+# Origin depth is normalized to this value for computing the score
+# contribution. Shallower depths contribute to larger score.
+score.sum.normalizationDepth = 650.0
+
+# The weight of origin depth. Set this value to 0.0 for scoring origins
+# independent of depth whenever shallow and deep sources are equally expected.
+score.sum.depth = 1.0
+
+# Origin RMS is normalized to this value for computing the score contribution.
+# Lower RMS contribute to larger score.
+score.sum.normalizationRMS = 1.5
+
+# The weight of origin RMS residual.
+score.sum.residual = 1.0
+
+# Increase the weight for manual picks by a factor of 1.001. This gives
+# preference to manual picks in case automatic ones co-exist for the same
+# station.
+score.sum.increaseManual = false

etc/defaults/scardac.cfg

@@ -0,0 +1,56 @@
+# The URL to the waveform archive where all data is stored.
+# Format: [service://]location[#type]
+# "service": The type of the archive. If not given, "sds://" is implied
+# assuming an SDS archive. The SDS archive structure is defined as
+# YEAR/NET/STA/CHA/NET.STA.LOC.CHA.YEAR.DAYFYEAR, e.g.
+# 2018/GE/APE/BHZ.D/GE.APE..BHZ.D.2018.125
+# Other archive types may be considered by plugins.
+archive = @ROOTDIR@/var/lib/archive
+
+# Number of threads scanning the archive in parallel.
+threads = 1
+
+# Acceptable derivation of end time and start time of successive records in
+# multiples of sample time.
+jitter = 0.5
+
+# Maximum number of segments per stream. If the limit is reached no more
+# segments are added to the database and the corresponding extent is flagged as
+# too fragmented. Use a negative value to disable any limit.
+maxSegments = 1000000
+
+# Line-based text file of form NET.STA.LOC.CHA defining available stream IDs.
+# Depending on the archive type, size and storage media used this file may
+# offer a significant performance improvement compared to collecting the
+# available streams on each startup. Filters defined under `filter.nslc` still
+# apply.
+#nslcFile = ""
+
+# Start of data availability check given as date string or as number of days
+# before now.
+#filter.time.start = 
+
+# End of data availability check given as date string or as number of days
+# before now.
+#filter.time.end = 
+
+# Comma-separated list of stream IDs to process. If empty all streams are
+# accepted unless an exclude filter is defined. The following wildcards are
+# supported: '*' and '?'.
+#filter.nslc.include = 
+
+# Comma-separated list of stream IDs to exclude from processing. Excludes
+# take precedence over includes. The following wildcards are supported: '*' and
+# '?'.
+#filter.nslc.exclude = 
+
+# If set to true all data chunks are read independent of their mtime.
+mtime.ignore = false
+
+# Only read chunks modified after specific date given as date string or as
+# number of days before now.
+#mtime.start = 
+
+# Only read chunks modified before specific date given as date string or as
+# number of days before now.
+#mtime.end = 

etc/defaults/scautoloc.cfg

@@ -0,0 +1,84 @@
+## Send to the LOCATION group
+connection.primaryGroup = LOCATION
+
+## Receive objects from PICK and AMPLITUDE groups
+connection.subscriptions = PICK, AMPLITUDE
+
+## max. permissible RMS for a location to be reported
+#autoloc.maxRMS = 3.5
+
+## max. individual residual (unweighted) for a pick to
+## be used in location
+#autoloc.maxResidual = 7.0
+
+## Max. secondary azimuth gap for an origin to be reported by.
+## Default is 360 degrees, i.e. no restriction based on this parameter.
+#autoloc.maxSGAP = 360
+
+## Arrivals with exceptionally large amplitudes may be
+## flagged as XXL, allowing (in future) faster, preliminary
+## "heads-up" alerts.
+#autoloc.thresholdXXL = 10000.
+
+#autoloc.maxStationDistance = 180
+#autoloc.maxDistanceXXL = 10
+#autoloc.minPhaseCount = 6
+#autoloc.minPhaseCountXXL = 4
+
+## If the station count for stations at < 105 degrees
+## distance exceeds this number, no picks at > 105 degrees will be
+## used in location. They will be loosely associated, though.
+#autoloc.minStaCountIgnorePKP = 15
+
+## Clean-up interval for removing old/unused objects, in seconds
+## Don't change.
+#autoloc.cleanupInterval = 3600
+
+## max. age for objects kept in memory, in seconds
+## Default is 6 hours - don't change.
+#autoloc.maxAge = 21600
+
+## Don't change.
+#autoloc.wakeupInterval = 5
+
+## Grid configuration
+#autoloc.grid = @DATADIR@/scautoloc/grid.conf
+
+## Station configuration
+#autoloc.stationConfig = @DATADIR@/scautoloc/station.conf
+
+## This is only relevant in offline/testing mode
+#locator.stationLocations = @DATADIR@/scautoloc/station-locations.conf
+
+## Manual picks/origins can be fed back into autoloc for two purposes:
+##   * passive association to a solution from a "trusted" source so that we
+##     avoid fake or wrong locations due to events outside our area of interest
+##   * use the manual origins in further processing, especially the manual picks.
+##     Possibly also honor an operator specified fixed depth.
+## Currently we only permit use of manual picks which are then used
+## instead of the corresponding automatic picks (if existing)
+# autoloc.useManualPicks = false
+
+
+## Log all picks received by scautoloc to this file
+autoloc.pickLog = @LOGDIR@/autoloc-picklog
+
+# Amplitude type to be used as SNR amplitude
+# Don't change unless you know exactly what you are doing.
+autoloc.amplTypeSNR = snr
+
+# Amplitude type to be used as absolute amplitude
+# Don't change unless you know exactly what you are doing.
+autoloc.amplTypeAbs = mb
+
+# Use manual origins from our own agency. Essentially it means to
+# use manual picks from manual origins, which is assumed to be
+# better than using only automatic picks.
+autoloc.useManualOrigins = false
+# NOTE: If you set the above to true, then make sure to add the
+# LOCATION group to connection.subscriptions!
+
+# If autoloc.useManualOrigins is true, adopt the depth from manual
+# origins, which is especially important if it was fixed by the analyst.
+autoloc.adoptManualDepth = false
+

etc/defaults/scautopick.cfg

@@ -0,0 +1,87 @@
+# Send to the PICK group
+connection.primaryGroup = PICK
+
+# Send amplitudes to this group
+connection.amplitudeGroup = AMPLITUDE
+
+# Receive objects from CONFIG group
+connection.subscriptions = CONFIG
+
+# The filter used to trigger
+filter = "RMHP(10)>>ITAPER(30)>>BW(4,0.7,2)>>STALTA(2,80)"
+
+# The time correction applied to a detected pick
+timeCorrection = -0.8
+
+# The record ringbuffer size in seconds
+ringBufferSize = 300
+
+# The leadTime defines the time in seconds to
+# start picking on the streams before current
+# time
+leadTime = 60
+
+# The initTime defines a timespan in seconds
+# for that the picker is blind after initialization
+# This time is needed to initialize the filter and
+# depends on it
+initTime = 60
+
+# Interpolate gaps linearly? This is valid for gaps
+# short than thresholds.maxGapLength
+gapInterpolation = false
+
+# For which value on a filtered stream is
+# a pick detected
+thresholds.triggerOn = 3
+
+# The value the filtered stream must reach to
+# enable detection again
+thresholds.triggerOff = 1.5
+
+# The maximum gap length to handle. Gaps larger
+# than this size reset the picker
+thresholds.maxGapLength = 4.5
+
+# The timeWindow used to compute a maximum (snr)
+# amplitude on the filtered stream
+thresholds.amplMaxTimeWindow = 10
+
+thresholds.deadTime = 30
+thresholds.minAmplOffset = 3
+
+# The amplitudes to compute triggered by
+# a new P Pick continuously without having
+# an Origin
+amplitudes = MLv, mb, mB
+
+# Configures the picker to use. By default only simple
+# STALTA detections are emitted as picks. To enable "repicking"
+# define a picker algorithm here.
+picker = ""
+
+# Configures the secondary picker to be used.
+spicker = ""
+
+# Configures the feature extraction type to be used
+fx = ""
+
+# If enabled the all streams are used for picking that are received by the
+# picker. This option has only effect if a file is used as input which contains
+# more data than the picker requests or if amplitudes are enabled which are using
+# the horizontal components.
+useAllStreams = false
+
+# If enabled the all secondary pickers that were triggered by a previous pick
+# will be terminated when a new detection or pick has been found. This aims to
+# avoid the case where an S phase is wrongly picked as P but would also be
+# picked as S by the secondary picker. But suppressing the S pick can lead to
+# undesired results. It might be better in some situations to have two picks
+# (P and S) instead only a wrong P.
+killPendingSPickers = true
+
+# If enabled and a picker is configured then detections are sent as well.
+# To distinguish between detections and picks the evaluation mode of the pick
+# is set to manual. This is meant to be a debug option which can be used to
+# compare detections and picks by their evaluation mode.
+sendDetections = false

etc/defaults/scesv.cfg

@@ -0,0 +1,2 @@
+# Messaging subscriptions
+connection.subscriptions = EVENT, MAGNITUDE, LOCATION, FOCMECH

etc/defaults/scevent.cfg

@@ -0,0 +1,203 @@
+# Send to the EVENT group
+connection.primaryGroup = EVENT
+
+# Receive objects from LOCATION, MAGNITUDE and FOCMECH group
+connection.subscriptions = LOCATION, MAGNITUDE, FOCMECH, EVENT
+
+
+# A magnitudes needs at least 4 stationmagnitudes
+# to become preferred
+eventAssociation.minimumMagnitudes = 4
+
+# An automatic origin will be associated to an
+# event when it has at least 10 phases
+eventAssociation.minimumDefiningPhases = 10
+
+# Minimum score of an automatic origin to be allowed to
+# form an new Event. This requires an activated score
+# plugin. See parameter score.
+# If set the minimumDefiningPhases has no effect at as
+# this check will be superseded by the score check. It is
+# the task of the score processor to evaluate a proper
+# score for all input origins.
+# By default this option is deactivated.
+#eventAssociation.minimumScore = 1
+
+# An automatic origin will be associated to an
+# event when it falls inside this region.
+# Format: min-lat, min-lon, max-lat, max-lon
+#eventAssociation.region.rect = -90,-180,90,180
+
+# Search 1800 seconds BEFORE origin time of a
+# new location for matching events
+eventAssociation.eventTimeBefore = 1800
+
+# Search 1800 seconds AFTER origin time of a
+# new location for matching events
+eventAssociation.eventTimeAfter = 1800
+
+# An origin will be associated to an existing
+# event when at least 3 picks matches with
+# former associated origins
+eventAssociation.minimumMatchingArrivals = 3
+
+# If this time window in seconds is negative, pickIDs
+# are compared to find matching arrivals. A non negative
+# value (including 0) compares pick times regardless
+# of the pickID.
+# Pass: |pick1.time - pick2.time| <= threshold
+eventAssociation.maximumMatchingArrivalTimeDiff = -1
+
+# This parameter is only used in conjunction with
+# eventAssociation.maximumMatchingArrivalTimeDiff. If a station
+# has multiple associated arrivals for a particular event, this
+# flag defines if the time distance of a new pick to all arrivals
+# must be within eventAssociation.maximumMatchingArrivalTimeDiff
+# or if one matching arrival is enough.
+eventAssociation.compareAllArrivalTimes = true
+
+# Associates an origin with an existing event
+# if the origin time differs not more
+# than 60 seconds unless the minimumMatchingArrivals
+# criteria matches.
+eventAssociation.maximumTimeSpan = 60
+
+# Associates an origin to an existing event
+# when the location differs not more
+# than 5 degrees unless the minimumMatchingArrivals
+# criteria matches
+eventAssociation.maximumDistance = 5
+
+# Minimum number of station magnitudes required for Mw(mB) to be considered as
+# preferred magnitude.
+eventAssociation.minMwCount = 8
+
+# If false then the station count rules out the magnitude priority
+# which is only taken into account if two magnitudes have the
+# same station count.
+#
+# If true then the priority rules out the station count
+# which is only taken into account if two magnitudes have the
+# same priority.
+eventAssociation.magPriorityOverStationCount = false
+
+# Minimum number of station magnitudes which ensures that Mw(mB) will be
+# preferred and not mb.
+eventAssociation.mbOverMwCount = 30
+
+# Average between mb and Mw(mB) which must be exceeded to become Mw(mB)
+# preferred.
+eventAssociation.mbOverMwValue = 6
+
+# The magnitude type priority list
+# Magnitudes with other types cannot become
+# preferred magnitudes
+eventAssociation.magTypes = M
+
+# The agencyID priority list
+# When the eventtool comes to the point to select a preferred
+# origin it orders all origins by its
+# agency priority and selects then the best one among the
+# highest priority agency.
+# It also defines the agency priority for custom priority
+# checks (eventAssociation.priorities)
+#eventAssociation.agencies = GFZ
+
+# The author priority list
+# When the eventtool comes to the point to select a preferred
+# origin it orders all origins by its
+# author priority and selects then the best one among the
+# highest priority author.
+# It also defines the author priority for custom priority
+# checks (eventAssociation.priorities)
+#eventAssociation.authors = scautoloc@localhost
+
+# The general priority list to decide if an origin becomes preferred. The
+# priority decreases in the order of the parameters. This list is not used
+# unless this parameter is activated.
+# Empty priority list: scevent replicates the default hard wired behaviour:
+# AGENCY, STATUS, PHASES_AUTOMATIC, TIME_AUTOMATIC
+# Each item in the list corresponds to a check that is performed. Each check
+# computes a score of the incoming origin (s1) and the current preferred origin
+# (s2). If the s1 is lower than s2, the incoming origin is rejected and does
+# not become preferred. All subsequent checks are ignored. If s1 is equal to
+# s2, the next check in the list is performed. If s1 is larger than s2, the
+# origin becomes preferred and all subsequent checks are ignored.
+# Available tokens:
+# AGENCY: check based on agency priorities
+# AUTHOR: check based on author priorities
+# MODE: evaluation mode priority: 0 = unset, 1 = automatic, 2 = manual, manual
+# over-rules automatic
+# STATUS: priority combined from evaluation status and evaluation mode: -100 =
+# status is rejected, -1 = status is reported, 0 = status is preliminary or
+# status is unset and mode is automatic, 1 = status is confirmed or status is
+# unset and mode is manual, 2 = status is reviewed, 3 = status is final,
+# METHOD: check based on the method priorities
+# PHASES: higher phase count = higher priority
+# PHASES_AUTOMATIC: only checks phase priorities for incoming automatic origins
+# RMS: lower rms = higher priority
+# RMS_AUTOMATIC: only check RMS on incoming automatic origins
+# TIME: more recent origins (creationTime) have higher priorities
+# TIME_AUTOMATIC: only check creationTime priority on incoming automatic
+# origins
+# SCORE: evaluates the score according to a configured ScoreProcessor and
+# prefers the origin/focalmechanism with the highest score
+#eventAssociation.priorities = AGENCY, STATUS, PHASES_AUTOMATIC, TIME_AUTOMATIC
+
+# If true, one magnitude will be preferred even if magnitude criteria are
+# not fullfilled.
+eventAssociation.enableFallbackMagnitude = false
+
+# The eventID prefix
+# The eventID format is [prefix][year][code], e.g. gfz2008fdvg
+eventIDPrefix = "gfz"
+
+# Defines the pattern to generate an event ID.
+# %p : prefix
+# %Y : year
+# %[w]c: alpha character
+# %[w]C: upper case alpha character
+# %[w]d: decimal
+# %[w]x: hexadecimal
+# %[w]X: upper case hexadecimal
+eventIDPattern = "%p%Y%04c"
+
+# Configures the number of event ID slots to look back and forth when an event
+# ID is already taken. The default in previous versions was 5. Now -1 means
+# that the margin is determined automatically based on
+# "eventAssociation.eventTimeBefore" and "eventAssociation.eventTimeAfter".
+# According to the configured "eventIDPattern" a fixed time range per slot can
+# be computed and with that width the number of look ahead slots and look back
+# slots can be computed based on the given time ranges for event association.
+eventIDLookupMargin = -1
+
+# Configures a timespan in seconds to delay origin association
+#eventAssociation.delayTimeSpan = 0
+
+# AgencyID filter used to delay origin association if
+# eventAssociation.delayTimeSpan > 0
+#eventAssociation.delayFilter.agencyID = agency
+
+# Author filter used to delay origin association if
+# eventAssociation.delayTimeSpan > 0
+#eventAssociation.delayFilter.author = author
+
+# evaluationMode filter used to delay origin association if
+# eventAssociation.delayTimeSpan > 0. Allowed values are "manual" or "automatic"
+#eventAssociation.delayFilter.evaluationMode = automatic
+
+# Defines whether to associate or to ignore origins derived from CMT/MT
+# inversions.
+eventAssociation.ignoreFMDerivedOrigins = true
+
+# If the preferred origin has evaluation status 'rejected' the event type will
+# be set as 'not existing' unless the event type has been fixed by an operator
+# or the preferred origin has been fixed.
+eventAssociation.declareFakeEventForRejectedOrigin = false
+
+# Allows to match picks that are associated with weight 0
+eventAssociation.allowLooseAssociatedArrivals = false
+
+# If enabled then the EventDescription with type 'Flinn-Engdahl region'
+# will be populated with the Flinn-Engdahl region name.
+populateFERegion = false

etc/defaults/scevtlog.cfg

@@ -0,0 +1,13 @@
+connection.username = scevtlog
+connection.subscriptions = EVENT, LOCATION, MAGNITUDE, PICK, AMPLITUDE
+
+# The output directory
+directory = @LOGDIR@/events
+
+# The format to use to log events.
+# Possible formats are: autoloc1, autoloc3 and xml.
+# For compatibility reasons autoloc3 is the default
+# format, but it is recommended to use xml, because
+# it can be converted in autoloc1 and autoloc3 using
+# scbulletin.
+format = xml

etc/defaults/scheli.cfg

@@ -0,0 +1,75 @@
+# List of stream codes to be plotted (net.sta.loc.cha). If not in capture mode
+# only the first stream is shown. When using a list, the first entry is
+# considered. Use commas for separating streams.
+# Example: GR.MOX..BHZ
+#heli.streams = GR.MOX..BHZ
+
+# Filter to be applied on the data.
+#heli.filter = BW(3,0.7,2.0)
+
+# Filter to be applied on the data.
+heli.numberOfRows = 48
+
+# Length of data per trace.
+heli.rowTimeSpan = 1800
+
+# The time format used to print the start and end time of the whole plot (upper
+# right corner). The format specification is the one used in the strftime
+# function (man strftime).
+heli.timeFormat = %F
+
+# Sets current time to last data sample
+heli.recordTime = false
+
+# Line width of traces.
+heli.lineWidth = 1
+
+# A list of alternating row colors cycled through for painting traces.
+heli.colors = FF0000, 0000FF
+
+# Use anti aliasing to plot the traces. The default uses the settings from
+# scheme.records.antiAliasing
+heli.antialiasing = false
+
+# Add stream description to traces.
+heli.stream.description = true
+
+# Define the method to scale traces within rows. Possible values are:
+# minmax: Scale all rows to configured minimum and maximum amplitudes
+# configured by amplitudeRange.min and amplitudeRange.max.
+# row: Scale each row to the maximum within this row.
+heli.amplitudeRange.scaling = minmax
+
+# Minimum amplitude to show in trace. Requires amplitudeRange.scale = "minmax".
+heli.amplitudeRange.min = -0.00001
+
+# Minimum amplitude to show in trace. Requires amplitudeRange.scale = "minmax".
+heli.amplitudeRange.max = +0.00001
+
+# Image creation interval. Negative values disable image dumping. If enabled,
+# images are generated at the configured interval.
+heli.dump.interval = 0
+
+# Name of output file. The filename can contain placeholders that are replaced
+# by the corresponding streamID parts:
+# %N : network code
+# %S : station code
+# %L : location code
+# %C : channel code
+# Placeholders are important if more than one stream is given and capture mode
+# is active.
+heli.dump.outputFile = /tmp/heli_%N_%S_%L_%C.png
+
+# Image resolution
+heli.dump.dpi = 300
+
+# Number of pixels horizontally
+heli.dump.xres = 1024
+
+# Number of pixels vertically
+heli.dump.yres = 768
+
+# Defines the path to a script that is called whenever an image has been
+# captured and written to disc. The only parameter is the path to the generated
+# image.
+scripts.postprocessing = ""

etc/defaults/scm.cfg

@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+plugins = ${plugins}, mncursesplugin

etc/defaults/scmag.cfg

@@ -0,0 +1,57 @@
+# Send to the MAGNITUDE group
+connection.primaryGroup = MAGNITUDE
+
+# Receive objects from PICK, AMPLITUDE and LOCATION group
+connection.subscriptions = PICK, AMPLITUDE, LOCATION
+
+# Interval between 2 sending processes. The interval has influence how often
+# information is updated.
+sendInterval = 1
+
+# The minimum weight of an arrival to be used for magnitude
+# calculations.
+minimumArrivalWeight = 0.5
+
+# Defines the types of magnitudes to calculate.
+# A magnitude of a given type is going to be calculated
+# only when a corresponding amplitude exists. Check
+# the amplitudes calculated by scautopick and scamp also.
+magnitudes = MLv, mb, mB, Mwp
+
+# Defines the average method to use when computing
+# the network magnitude. To define the average method
+# per magnitude type append the type, eg:
+# magnitudes.average = default, MLv:median
+# The default behaviour is to compute the mean if less
+# than 4 contributed station magnitudes exist otherwise
+# a trimmed mean of 25 percent is used.
+magnitudes.average = default
+
+# Enable/disable calculation of a summary magnitude
+summaryMagnitude.enabled = true
+
+# This is the minimum station magnitude required for any
+# magnitude to contribute to the summary magnitude at all. If
+# this is set to 4 then no magnitude with less than 4 station
+# magnitudes is taken into consideration even if this results
+# in no summary magnitude at all. For this reason, the
+# default here is 1 but in a purely automatic system it should
+# be higher, at least 4 is recommended.
+summaryMagnitude.minStationCount = 1
+
+# Define the type of the summary magnitude
+summaryMagnitude.type = M
+
+# Define the coefficients to calculate the weight
+# of a magnitude:
+#   weight = a*magStationCount+b
+# Unnamed values define the default values
+summaryMagnitude.coefficients.a = 0, Mw(mB):0.4, Mw(Mwp):0.4
+summaryMagnitude.coefficients.b = 1, MLv:2, Mw(mB):-1, Mw(Mwp):-1
+
+# Define the magnitudes to include into the the summary magnitude
+# calculation
+#summaryMagnitude.whitelist = ""
+summaryMagnitude.blacklist = mB, Mwp
+
+summaryMagnitude.singleton = true

etc/defaults/scmaster.cfg

@@ -0,0 +1,100 @@
+# The available queues.
+queues = production, playback
+
+# The default group set
+defaultGroups = AMPLITUDE, \
+                PICK, \
+                LOCATION, \
+                MAGNITUDE, \
+                FOCMECH, \
+                EVENT, \
+                QC, \
+                PUBLICATION, \
+                GUI, \
+                INVENTORY, \
+                ROUTING, \
+                CONFIG, \
+                LOGGING, \
+                IMPORT_GROUP, \
+                SERVICE_REQUEST, \
+                SERVICE_PROVIDE
+
+interface {
+	bind = 0.0.0.0:18180
+
+	# List of IP masks which are allowed to access
+	#acl = 0.0.0.0/0
+
+	ssl {
+		bind = 0.0.0.0:-1 # Disabled by default
+
+		# List of IP masks which are allowed to access
+		#acl = 0.0.0.0/0
+
+		# The private server key. This key will not be shared with clients and
+		# must be kept secret.
+		key = @CONFIGDIR@/ssl/key.pem
+
+		# The server certificate shared with clients.
+		certificate = @CONFIGDIR@/ssl/cert.pem
+	}
+}
+
+
+queues {
+	production {
+		# Grant access to all connections
+		acl = 0.0.0.0/0
+
+		# The plugins loaded and executed for this particular queue.
+		# The execution order is exactly the same order as given here.
+		plugins = dbstore
+
+		processors {
+			messages = dbstore
+
+			# Configure the dbstore processor
+			messages {
+				dbstore {
+					# Select the database driver. This all depends on the
+					# loaded plugins.
+					driver = mysql
+
+					# Defines the read connection sent to the clients
+					read = sysop:sysop@localhost/seiscomp
+
+					# Defines the write connection for the plugin. This line
+					# will not be published and only be used internally.
+					write = sysop:sysop@localhost/seiscomp
+
+					# If enabled, the plugin will check the database schema
+					# version and refuse to start if the version doesn't match
+					# the latest version. If disabled and the an object needs
+					# to be stored which is incompatible with the database
+					# schema this object is lost. Leave this option enabled
+					# unless you know exactly what are you doing and what
+					# the consequences are.
+					strictVersionMatch = true
+				}
+			}
+		}
+	}
+
+	playback {
+		# Grant access only to localhost
+		acl = 127.0.0.1
+	}
+}
+
+
+http {
+	# The directory served by the http server at staticPath
+	filebase = @DATADIR@/scmaster/http/
+
+	# The URL path at which html files and assets are available.
+	# All files under filebase will be served at this URL path.
+	staticPath = /
+
+	# The URL path at which the broker websocket is available.
+	brokerPath = /
+}

etc/defaults/scmv.cfg

@@ -0,0 +1,13 @@
+# Enable maps legends
+scheme.map.showLegends = true
+
+# Messaging subscriptions
+connection.subscriptions = AMPLITUDE, PICK, EVENT, LOCATION, MAGNITUDE, QC, CONFIG
+
+# Sets the location of the map symbol legend (QC, ground motion).
+# Use either: topleft, topright, bottomright or bottomleft.
+mapLegendPosition = topleft
+
+# Sets the location of the event symbol legend. Use either:
+# topleft, topright, bottomright or bottomleft.
+eventLegendPosition = bottomleft

etc/defaults/scolv.cfg

@@ -0,0 +1,69 @@
+# Messaging subscriptions
+connection.subscriptions = EVENT, LOCATION, FOCMECH, MAGNITUDE, PICK, CONFIG, GUI
+
+# Load initially events of 1 day from
+# database
+loadEventDB = 1.0
+
+# Define favourite pick phases
+# These phases go into the "Picking" menu as
+# top-level items
+picker.phases.favourites = P, Pn, Pg, pP, S, Sg, sP
+
+# Defines the phases (additionally to the pick phases)
+# for which theoretical arrival times are computed and
+# which are plotted into the trace
+picker.showPhases = P, Pn, Pg, pP, sP, S, Sg
+
+# When loading the traces of an event (origin) are
+# all picks (not only the associated ones) going to be
+# loaded within that timewindow from the database
+picker.loadAllPicks = false
+
+# Load all components (Z,N,E) when opening the picker
+# per default
+picker.loadAllComponents = false
+
+# Magnitudes to compute manually by default
+magnitudes = MLv, mb, mB, Mwp
+
+# A list of magnitude types to be displayed in the summary widget (F8).
+visibleMagnitudes = M, ML, MLv, mb, mB, Mwp, Mjma, Ms_20, Ms(BB)
+
+# Default visible column set of arrival table. The
+# order of the table columns is fixed and will not
+# reflect the order given here.
+# Possible values are:
+#  * Used
+#  * Status
+#  * Phase
+#  * Weight
+#  * Method
+#  * Polarity
+#  * Net
+#  * Sta
+#  * Loc/Cha
+#  * Timeres
+#  * Dis
+#  * Az
+#  * Time
+#  * +/-
+#  * Slo
+#  * Slores
+#  * Baz
+#  * Bazres
+#  * Created
+#  * Latency
+olv.arrivalTable.visibleColumns = Used, Status, Phase, Net, Sta, Loc/Cha, Timeres, Dis, Az, Time, +/-
+
+# enable/disable advanced options (magnitude parameters) for artificial
+# origin creations
+olv.artificialOriginAdvanced = false
+
+# If a locator does not populate the take off angle in its arrivals
+# the first motion plot will not show picked polarities. This option
+# defines whether to compute take off angles that are not present
+# in the arrivals or not.
+olv.computeMissingTakeOffAngles = true
+
+olv.systemTray = true

etc/defaults/scqc.cfg

@@ -0,0 +1,120 @@
+#
+# *** QcTool default configuration file ***
+#
+# Place a copy with your own modifications
+# in ~/.seiscomp
+#
+
+# Send to the QC group
+connection.primaryGroup = QC
+
+
+# Receive objects from CONFIG group
+connection.subscriptions = CONFIG
+
+
+# ID of the creator
+CreatorId="smi://de.gfz-potsdam/QcTool_0.3.1"
+
+
+# use only configured streams (trunk/key/station_*) (z-component) (True/False)
+# --> the same streams as e.g. scautopick works on
+useConfiguredStreams = true
+
+# If useConfiguredStreams is true then this parameter decides whether to use
+# only the vertical component (default) or all three components.
+# The 3 components are collected from the inventory according to channel
+# orientation. If that is not possible then the fixed components N and E will
+# be used.
+use3Components = false
+
+# if useConfiguredStreams == False then
+# load (from inventory) only those streams, matching the streamMask
+# RegEx e.g. "^(NET1|NET2)\.(STA1|STA2|STA3)\.(LOC)\.((BH)|(LH)|(HH))Z$"
+# RegEx e.g. "^(.+)\.(.+)\.(.*)\.(.+)Z$"
+streamMask = "^(.+)\.(.+)\.(.*)\.(BHZ)$"
+
+
+# Database look up for past entries not older than x days
+# (to determine the last QC parameter calculated)
+# [days]
+dbLookBack = 7
+
+
+# currently implemented QcPlugins:
+# QcDelay, QcLatency, QcTiming, QcRms, QcOffset, QcGap, QcSpike, QcOutage
+#
+# Load this plugins for calculating Qc Parameters
+plugins = qcplugin_delay, \
+          qcplugin_latency, \
+          qcplugin_timing, \
+          qcplugin_rms, \
+          qcplugin_offset, \
+          qcplugin_gap, \
+          qcplugin_overlap, \
+          qcplugin_availability, \
+          qcplugin_spike, \
+          qcplugin_outage
+
+
+# QcPlugin DEFAULT configuration
+#
+# Use this plugin only for realtime  processing [True].
+# Default [False] means, plugin is able to
+# process archived data AND realtime data streams.
+plugins.default.realTimeOnly = False
+#
+# Qc-Buffer Length [s] (aka LTA-Buffer)
+# Must be >= plugins.*.bufferLength
+plugins.default.buffer = 4000
+plugins.default.filter = ""
+#
+#     A R C H I V E
+# Interval for sending archive messages [s]
+# ... which will finally end up in the database
+# so be carefull, not setting it too small!!!
+# If set to -1, nothing gets written into the database
+plugins.default.archive.interval = -1
+# Archive Buffer length [s]
+plugins.default.archive.buffer = 3600
+#
+#     R E P O R T
+# Interval for sending report messages [s]
+# ... which e.g. may be displayed by scqcv (QcView)
+plugins.default.report.interval = 60
+# Report Buffer length [s]
+plugins.default.report.buffer = 600
+# Report messages are generated in case of no data is received since timeout seconds [s]
+# (only in realtime processing mode)
+plugins.default.report.timeout = 0
+#
+#     A L E R T
+# (only available in realtime processing mode)
+# !!! STILL EXPERIMENTAL !!!
+# Interval for checking alert thresholds [s]
+# A value of -1 disables threshold checking.
+plugins.default.alert.interval = -1
+# Alert Buffer length [s] (aka STA-Buffer)
+plugins.default.alert.buffer = 1800
+# Alert threshold in percent [%], single value. [list: 25,50,75 ... not yet implemented]
+plugins.default.alert.thresholds = 150
+
+
+# QcPlugin SPECIFIC configuration
+plugins.QcLatency.report.buffer = 60
+plugins.QcLatency.report.timeout = 60
+plugins.QcLatency.realTimeOnly = True
+#
+plugins.QcDelay.report.buffer = 60
+plugins.QcDelay.report.timeout = 60
+plugins.QcDelay.realTimeOnly = True
+#
+plugins.QcAvailability.report.timeout = 60
+#
+plugins.QcRms.report.buffer = 3600
+plugins.QcRms.report.timeout = 0
+plugins.QcRms.realTimeOnly = True
+#
+# If there is a gap of more than x [s],
+# write an OUTAGE entry into the database.
+plugins.QcOutage.notifyDB = 1800

etc/defaults/scqcv.cfg

@@ -0,0 +1,445 @@
+# Defines the primary group of a module. This is the name of the group where a
+# module sends its messages to if the target group is not explicitely given in
+# the send call.
+connection.primaryGroup = QC
+
+# Defines a list of message groups to subscribe to. The default is usually
+# given by the application and does not need to be changed.
+connection.subscriptions = QC, CONFIG
+
+# List of QC paramters to be displayed in the details table. Read the scqc
+# documentation for a list of available QC parameters and the default
+# configuration of scqcv $SEISCOMP_ROOT/etc/defaults/scqcv.cfg for more
+# examples.
+# Format: "Parameter name : ConfigName"
+# Example: "delay : delay","spikes count : spike","spikes amplitude :
+# spikeAmplitude" Refer to the parameters by their ConfigName to configure the
+# attriutes.
+parameter = "latency           : latency",\
+            "delay             : delay",\
+            "timing quality    : timing",\
+            "offset            : offset",\
+            "rms               : rms",\
+            "gaps count        : gap",\
+            "overlaps count    : overlap",\
+            "availability      : availability",\
+            "spikes count       : spike"
+#            "gaps interval     : gapInterval",\
+#            "gaps length       : gapLength",\
+#            "spikes interval   : spikeInterval",\
+#            "spikes amplitude  : spikeAmplitude"
+#            "overlaps interval : overlapInterval",\
+#            "overlaps length   : overlapLength"
+
+# List of channels to display. By default the global binding configuration is
+# used which can be overwritten with this parameter.
+streams.codes = default
+
+# Add new streams automatically to the streams configured in streams.codes when
+# waveform QC parameters are provided for these streams.
+streams.cumulative = false
+
+# Length of data to be displayed.
+streamWidget.length = 600
+
+# Names of range profile to be considered. The range profiles define the
+# background color table fields depending on the field value. Add the default
+# ranges for which different intervals and the color are configured.
+default.ranges = sane, bad
+
+# Values are: int, float, percent, timeSpan
+# Displays raw values if unset.
+default.format = float
+
+# Default time in seconds, how long a value is displayed in scqcv if no update
+# is received. Setting to 0 means, show value until updated.
+default.expire = 0
+
+# A color defined by the color definitions below.
+default.color = grey1
+
+# Activate to display absolute values (modulus).
+default.useAbsoluteValue = false
+
+# Values are: int, float, percent, timeSpan
+# Displays raw values if unset.
+availability.format = percent
+
+# Default time in seconds, how long a value is displayed in scqcv if no update
+# is received. Setting to 0 means, show value until updated.
+availability.expire = 600
+
+# Value interval for range sane
+availability.range.sane = 99.0, 101.0
+
+# Contribution of this range for computing the score. The range must be
+# considered.
+availability.range.sane.count = 0
+
+# Names of range profile to be considered The range profiles s define the
+# background color table fields depending on the field value. Add the default
+# ranges for which different intervals and the color are configured.
+delay.ranges = sane, inter, bad
+
+# Values are: int, float, percent, timeSpan
+# Displays raw values if unset.
+delay.format = timeSpan
+
+# Value interval for range sane
+delay.range.sane = 0.0, 60.0
+
+# Value interval for range inter
+delay.range.inter = 60, 120
+
+# Contribution of this range for computing the score. The range must be
+# considered.
+delay.range.bad.count = -500
+
+# A color defined by the color definitions below.
+delay.range.bad.color = red
+
+# Contribution of this range for computing the score. The range must be
+# considered.
+delay.range.inter.count = -1
+
+# A color defined by the color definitions below.
+delay.range.inter.color = yellow
+
+# Contribution of this range for computing the score. The range must be
+# considered.
+delay.range.sane.count = 0
+
+# A color defined by the color definitions below.
+delay.range.sane.color = green
+
+# Default time in seconds, how long a value is displayed in scqcv if no update
+# is received. Setting to 0 means, show value until updated.
+gap.expire = 600
+
+# Value interval for range sane
+gap.range.sane = 0.0, 0.0
+
+# Contribution of this range for computing the score. The range must be
+# considered.
+gap.range.sane.count = 0
+
+# Values are: int, float, percent, timeSpan
+# Displays raw values if unset.
+latency.format = timeSpan
+
+# Value interval for range sane
+latency.range.sane = 0.0, 600.0
+
+# Contribution of this range for computing the score. The range must be
+# considered.
+latency.range.bad.count = -1000
+
+# A color defined by the color definitions below.
+latency.range.bad.color = grey
+
+# Contribution of this range for computing the score. The range must be
+# considered.
+latency.range.sane.count = 0
+
+# Activate to display absolute values (modulus).
+offset.useAbsoluteValue = true
+
+# Value interval for range sane
+offset.range.sane = 0.0, 500.E3
+
+# Contribution of this range for computing the score. The range must be
+# considered.
+offset.range.sane.count = 0
+
+# Value interval for range sane
+rms.range.sane = 10.0, 20.E3
+
+# Contribution of this range for computing the score. The range must be
+# considered.
+rms.range.sane.count = 0
+
+# A color defined by the color definitions below.
+rms.range.sane.color = green
+
+# Default time in seconds, how long a value is displayed in scqcv if no update
+# is received. Setting to 0 means, show value until updated.
+spike.expire = 600
+
+# Value interval for range sane
+spike.range.sane = 0.0, 0.0
+
+# Contribution of this range for computing the score. The range must be
+# considered.
+spike.range.sane.count = 0
+
+# Names of range profile to be considered The range profiles s define the
+# background color table fields depending on the field value. Add the default
+# ranges for which different intervals and the color are configured.
+timing.ranges = sane, inter, bad
+
+# Values are: int, float, percent, timeSpan
+# Displays raw values if unset.
+timing.format = int
+
+# Activate to display absolute values (modulus).
+timing.useAbsoluteValue = false
+
+# Value interval for range sane
+timing.range.sane = 90.0, 100.0
+
+# Value interval for range inter
+timing.range.inter = 50.0, 90.0
+
+# Contribution of this range for computing the score. The range must be
+# considered.
+timing.range.bad.count = -100
+
+# A color defined by the color definitions below.
+timing.range.bad.color = darkred
+
+# Contribution of this range for computing the score. The range must be
+# considered.
+timing.range.inter.count = -1
+
+# A color defined by the color definitions below.
+timing.range.inter.color = yellow
+
+# Contribution of this range for computing the score. The range must be
+# considered.
+timing.range.sane.count = 0
+
+# A color defined by the color definitions below.
+timing.range.sane.color = green
+
+#
+range.bad = -99.9E99, 99.0E99
+
+# Contribution of this range for computing the score. The range must be
+# considered.
+range.bad.count = -1
+
+# A color defined by the color definitions below.
+range.bad.color = red
+
+# Contribution of this range for computing the score. The range must be
+# considered.
+range.inter.count = 0
+
+# A color defined by the color definitions below.
+range.inter.color = yellow
+
+# Value interval for range sane
+range.sane = 0.0, 99.0E99
+# Contribution of this range for computing the score. The range must be
+# considered.
+range.sane.count = 0
+
+# A color defined by the color definitions below.
+range.sane.color = green
+
+###############################################################################
+# score values for overview window
+# Ranges to be considered for forming the score. Set the count parameter from the
+# respective range section for controlling the contribution of this range.
+score.default.ranges = latency,\
+                       delay,\
+                       timing,\
+                       below,\
+                       r10,\
+                       r09,\
+                       r08,\
+                       r07,\
+                       r06,\
+                       r05,\
+                       r04,\
+                       r03,\
+                       r02,\
+                       r01,\
+                       above,\
+                       unset
+
+#
+range.above = 0, 999
+
+# A color defined by the color definitions below.
+range.above.color = green
+
+# Possible values: enableStream, disableStream
+range.above.action = enableStream
+
+#
+range.below = -99, -11
+
+# Contribution of this range for computing the score. The range must be
+# considered.
+range.below.count = 0
+
+# A color defined by the color definitions below.
+range.below.color = grey
+
+# Possible values: enableStream, disableStream
+range.below.action = disableStream
+
+#
+range.timing = -200, -100
+
+# Contribution of this range for computing the score. The range must be
+# considered.
+range.timing.count = 0
+
+# A color defined by the color definitions below.
+range.timing.color = darkred
+
+#
+range.delay = -600, -500
+
+# Contribution of this range for computing the score. The range must be
+# considered.
+range.delay.count = 0
+
+# A color defined by the color definitions below.
+range.delay.color = darkred
+
+# define cumulative status ranges
+range.latency = -1900, -1000
+
+# Contribution of this range for computing the score. The range must be
+# considered.
+range.latency.count = 0
+
+# A color defined by the color definitions below.
+range.latency.color = grey
+
+#
+range.r01 = -1, -1
+
+# Contribution of this range for computing the score. The range must be
+# considered.
+range.r01.count = 0
+
+# A color defined by the color definitions below.
+range.r01.color = red01
+
+#
+range.r02 = -2, -2
+
+# Contribution of this range for computing the score. The range must be
+# considered.
+range.r02.count = 0
+
+# A color defined by the color definitions below.
+range.r02.color = red02
+
+#
+range.r03 = -3, -3
+
+# Contribution of this range for computing the score. The range must be
+# considered.
+range.r03.count = 0
+
+# A color defined by the color definitions below.
+range.r03.color = red03
+
+#
+range.r04 = -4, -4
+
+# Contribution of this range for computing the score. The range must be
+# considered.
+range.r04.count = 0
+
+# A color defined by the color definitions below.
+range.r04.color = red04
+
+#
+range.r05 = -5, -5
+
+# Contribution of this range for computing the score. The range must be
+# considered.
+range.r05.count = 0
+
+# A color defined by the color definitions below.
+range.r05.color = red05
+
+#
+range.r06 = -6, -6
+
+# Contribution of this range for computing the score. The range must be
+# considered.
+range.r06.count = 0
+
+# A color defined by the color definitions below.
+range.r06.color = red06
+
+#
+range.r07 = -7, -7
+
+# Contribution of this range for computing the score. The range must be
+# considered.
+range.r07.count = 0
+
+# A color defined by the color definitions below.
+range.r07.color = red07
+
+#
+range.r08 = -8, -8
+
+# Contribution of this range for computing the score. The range must be
+# considered.
+range.r08.count = 0
+
+# A color defined by the color definitions below.
+range.r08.color = red08
+
+#
+range.r09 = -9, -9
+
+# Contribution of this range for computing the score. The range must be
+# considered.
+range.r09.count = 0
+
+# A color defined by the color definitions below.
+range.r09.color = red09
+
+#
+range.r10 = -10, -10
+
+# Contribution of this range for computing the score. The range must be
+# considered.
+range.r10.count = 0
+
+# A color defined by the color definitions below.
+range.r10.color = red10
+
+#
+range.unset = 1000, 1000
+
+# Contribution of this range for computing the score. The range must be
+# considered.
+range.unset.count = 0
+
+# A color defined by the color definitions below.
+range.unset.color = grey1
+
+
+# R, G, B, alpha colors
+color.red = 	255, 000, 000, 64
+color.yellow = 	255, 255, 000, 64
+color.green = 	000, 255, 000, 100
+color.blue = 	000, 000, 255, 100
+color.grey = 	130, 130, 130, 255
+color.grey1 = 	240, 240, 240, 255
+color.darkred = 255, 000, 000, 196
+#
+color.red10 = 	255, 000, 000, 255
+color.red09 = 	255, 000, 000, 240
+color.red08 = 	255, 000, 000, 220
+color.red07 = 	255, 000, 000, 200
+color.red06 = 	255, 000, 000, 175
+color.red05 = 	255, 000, 000, 150
+color.red04 = 	255, 000, 000, 125
+color.red03 = 	255, 000, 000, 100
+color.red02 = 	255, 000, 000, 85
+color.red01 = 	255, 000, 000, 70
+
+# valid formats are:
+format.float = 2

etc/defaults/screloc.cfg

@@ -0,0 +1,8 @@
+# Defines the primary group of a module. This is the name of the group where a
+# module sends its messages to if the target group is not explicitely given in
+# the send call.
+connection.primaryGroup = LOCATION
+
+# Defines a list of message groups to subscribe to. The default is usually
+# given by the application and does not need to be changed.
+connection.subscriptions = PICK, LOCATION

etc/defaults/scrttv.cfg

@@ -0,0 +1,69 @@
+# Defines the primary group of a module. This is the name of the group where a
+# module sends its messages to if the target group is not explicitely given in
+# the send call.
+connection.primaryGroup = GUI
+
+# Defines a list of message groups to subscribe to. The default is usually
+# given by the application and does not need to be changed.
+connection.subscriptions = PICK, EVENT, LOCATION, GUI, CONFIG
+
+# If greater than 0 then all traces for which the data latency is higher than
+# this value are hidden.
+maxDelay = 0
+
+# If enabled then all traces are sorted by distance when a new origin arrives.
+resortAutomatically = true
+
+# If enabled, picks are shown.
+showPicks = true
+
+# Defines the filters to be used when filtering is activated.
+filters = "RMHP(2)>>ITAPER(5)>>BW(3, 0.5, 8.0)","RMHP(2)>>ITAPER(5)>>BW_HP(3, 3)"
+
+# Activates the first filter of the configured filter list after startup. This
+# is equivalent to pressing 'f'.
+autoApplyFilter = false
+
+# Defines the buffer size in seconds of the ring bu of each trace.
+bufferSize = 1800
+
+# If set to true all traces will be visible on application startup independent
+# of data availability.
+allTracesInitiallyVisible = false
+
+# Time span in seconds to switch back to the last view after an origin caused
+# resorting. The default is 15min.
+autoResetDelay = 900
+
+# Defines a list of channels codes to be displayed. List items may contain
+# wildcards at any position and are separated by comma. The list is intersected
+# with all channels configured in inventory.
+# Examples:
+# default : display all streams configured by global bindings
+# default, PF.BON.00.HH? : display default and all HH streams of PF.BON.00
+streams.codes = default
+
+# Latitude of the initial location for sorting traces.
+streams.sort.latitude = 0.0
+
+# Longitude of the initial location for sorting traces.
+streams.sort.longitude = 0.0
+
+# The sort mode applied initially
+streams.sort.mode = distance
+
+# Minimum longitude.
+streams.region.lonmin = -180.0
+
+# Maximum longitude.
+streams.region.lonmax = 180.0
+
+# Minimum latitude.
+streams.region.latmin = -90.0
+
+# Maximum latitude.
+streams.region.latmax = 90.0
+
+# Fixed depths for relocation. Any depth can be used during relocation. These
+# are only shortcuts.
+fixedDepths = 0, 10, 18

etc/defaults/scsohlog.cfg

@@ -0,0 +1,12 @@
+# Defines the output file to be created at every timeout
+monitor.output.file = @LOGDIR@/server.xml
+
+# Defines the timeout interval in seconds. Every N seconds
+# the XML output file is generated.
+monitor.output.interval = 60
+
+# Defines an output script which is called after the output
+# file is generated to trigger file processing. The execution
+# of the script is blocking the application and thus the
+# script should not spend too much time with its operations.
+#monitor.output.script = ""

etc/defaults/scwfas.cfg

@@ -0,0 +1,24 @@
+# Defines an alternative SDS archive handler. This is the name of an
+# RecordStream interface that can be loaded via a plugin.
+# If not given an internal implementation will be used.
+handlerSDS = ""
+
+# Defines the filebase of the SDS archive. If an alternative archive handler
+# is defined this value serves as input to setSource().
+filebase = @ROOTDIR@/var/lib/archive
+
+# Defines the server port for Arclink connections. By default the Arclink
+# standard port 18001 will be used.
+arclink.port = -1
+
+# Defines the server port for FDSNWS connections. By default
+# port 18082 will be used.
+fdsnws.port = 8080
+
+# Defines the base URL of the FDSN webservice that is
+# given in the WADL document.
+fdsnws.baseURL = http://localhost:8080/fdsnws
+
+# Defines the aggregated maximum time window (seconds) for all requested "
+# streams. A value of 0 will deactive any restriction.
+fdsnws.maxTimeWindow = 0

etc/defaults/scwfparam.cfg

@@ -0,0 +1,251 @@
+# default subscriptions groups
+connection.subscriptions = PICK, AMPLITUDE, MAGNITUDE, LOCATION, EVENT
+
+# The path to the processing info logfile.
+wfparam.logfile = @LOGDIR@/scwfparam-processing-info.log
+
+# Defines the white- and blacklist of data streams to be used.
+# The rules to decide if a stream is used or not are the following:
+# 1. if whitelist is not empty and the stream is not on the whitelist,
+#    don't use it, ok otherwise
+# 2. if blacklist is not empty and the stream is on the blacklist,
+#    don't use it, ok otherwise
+# Both checks are made and combined with AND.
+# Either whitelist or blacklist contains a list of patterns (wildcard allowed
+# as * and ?), eg GE.*.*.*, *, GE.MORC.*.BH?
+# Each stream id (NET.STA.LOC.CHA) will be checked against the defined patterns
+wfparam.streams.whitelist = ""
+wfparam.streams.blacklist = ""
+
+# Default value of total time window length in seconds
+# if wfparam.magnitudeTimeWindowTable is not specified.
+# This times window includes wfparam.preEventWindowLength.
+wfparam.totalTimeWindowLength = 360
+
+# Magnitude dependent time window table. The format is
+# "mag1:secs1, mag2:secs2, mag3:secs3".
+# If a magnitude falls between two configured magnitudes the time window
+# of the lower magnitude is then used. No interpolation takes place.
+# Magnitude outside the configured range are clipped to the lowest/highest
+# value.
+#wfparam.magnitudeTimeWindowTable = ""
+
+# The pre event time window length in seconds.
+wfparam.preEventWindowLength = 60
+
+# Analogue to wfparam.magnitudeTimeWindowTable but instead giving a time
+# window, the distance in km is specified.
+#wfparam.magnitudeDistanceTable = ""
+
+# The maximum epicentral distance in km of a station being considered for
+# processing. This value is used if wfparam.magnitudeDistanceTable is not
+# specified.
+wfparam.maximumEpicentralDistance = 400
+
+# Relative saturation threshold in percent. If the absolute raw amplitude
+# exceeds X% of 2**23 counts the station will be excluded from processing.
+wfparam.saturationThreshold = 80
+
+# Specifies the STA length in seconds of the applied STA/LTA check.
+wfparam.STAlength = 1
+
+# Specifies the LTA length in seconds of the applied STA/LTA check.
+wfparam.LTAlength = 60
+
+# Specifies the minimum STALTA ratio to be reached to further process a station.
+wfparam.STALTAratio = 3
+
+# Specifies the number of seconds around P to be used to check the STA/LTA ratio
+wfparam.STALTAmargin = 5
+
+# Defines the factor applied to the signigicant duration to define the
+# processing spetra time window. If that value is <= 0 the totalTimeWindowLength
+# is used.
+wfparam.durationScale = 1.5
+
+# Specifies a list of damping values for computation of the relative
+# displacement elastic response spectrum in percent.
+wfparam.dampings = 5
+
+# Specifies the number of natural periods for computation of the relative
+# displacement elastic response spectrum between Tmin and Tmax.
+wfparam.naturalPeriods = 100
+
+# Defines if a linear spacing or logarithmic spacing between Tmin and Tmax
+# is used. The default is a linear spacing. The logarithmic spacing will fail
+# if either Tmin or Tmax is 0.
+wfparam.naturalPeriods.log = false
+
+# Specifies the minimum period (Tmin) in seconds for computation of the
+# relative displacement lastic response spectrum.
+wfparam.Tmin = 0
+
+# Specifies the maximum period (Tmax) in seconds for computation of the
+# relative displacement elastic response spectrum.
+wfparam.Tmax = 5
+
+# Enables/disables after shock removal.
+wfparam.afterShockRemoval = true
+
+# Enables/disables pre-event cut-off. A hardcoded sta/lta algorithm
+# (with sta=0.1s, lta=2s, sta/lta threshold=1.2) is run on the time window
+# defined by (expected_P_arrival_time - 15 s). The pre-event window is hence
+# defined as [t(sta/lta =1.2) - 15.5 s, t(sta/lta =1.2) - 0.5 s].
+wfparam.eventCutOff = 1
+
+# Specifies the filter order of the general filter.
+wfparam.filter.order = 4
+
+# Magnitude dependent filter table. The format is
+# "mag1:fmin1;fmax1, mag2:fmin2;fmax2, mag3:fmin3;fmax3".
+# If a magnitude falls between two configured magnitudes the filter
+# of the lower magnitude is then used. No interpolation takes place.
+# Magnitude outside the configured range are clipped to the lowest/highest
+# value.
+# Frequency values are given as simple positive doubles (Hz is assumed) or
+# with suffix "fNyquist" which is then multiplied by the Nyquist frequency
+# of the data to get the final corner frequency.
+wfparam.magnitudeFilterTable = 0:0.2;0.8fNyquist,\
+                               3:0.1;0.8fNyquist,\
+                               5:0.05;0.8fNyquist,\
+                               7:0.025;0.8fNyquist
+
+# Specifies the frequency of the general hi-pass filter. If this parameter is
+# equal to 0 the hi-pass filter is not used. If suffix "fNyquist" is used
+# then the value is multiplied by the Nyquist frequency of the data to get
+# the final corner frequency of the filter.
+wfparam.filter.loFreq = 0.025
+
+# Specifies the frequency of the general lo-pass filter. If this parameter
+# is equal to 0 the lo-pass filter is not used. If suffix "fNyquist" is
+# used then the value is multiplied by the Nyquist frequency of the data to
+# get the final corner frequency of the filter.
+wfparam.filter.hiFreq = 40
+
+# Specifies the filter order of the post-deconvolution filter.
+wfparam.pd.order = 4
+
+# Specifies the frequency of the post-deconvolution hi-pass filter.
+# If this parameter is equal to 0 the hi-pass filter is not used. If
+# suffix "fNyquist" is used then the value is multiplied by the Nyquist
+# frequency of the data to get the final corner frequency of the filter.
+wfparam.pd.loFreq = 0
+
+# Specifies the frequency of the post-deconvolution lo-pass filter.
+# If this parameter is equal to 0, the lo-pass filter is disabled.
+# If suffix "fNyquist" is used then the value is multiplied by the Nyquist
+# frequency of the data to get the final corner frequency of the filter.
+wfparam.pd.hiFreq = 0
+
+# Enables/disables deconvolution and thus the usage of wfparam.pd.order,
+# wfparam.pd.loFreq and wfparam.pd.hiFreq. If a channel does not provide full
+# response information it is not used for processing.
+wfparam.deconvolution = true
+
+# Specifies the interval in seconds to check/start scheduled operations.
+wfparam.cron.wakeupInterval = 10
+
+# Specifies the maximum allowed idle time of a process before removed.
+# The idle time is calculated if no further processing is scheduled and
+# computes as: [now]-lastRun.
+wfparam.cron.eventMaxIdleTime = 3600
+
+# Enables/disables updating of a cron log file. This file will be created under
+# ~/.seiscomp/log/[appname].sched
+# and contains information about the scheduled events and the processing queue.
+# The file is updated each n seconds, where n = wfparam.cron.wakeupInterval.
+wfparam.cron.logging = true
+
+# Specifies the delay in seconds to delay processing if a new authoritative
+# origin arrives for an event.
+wfparam.cron.updateDelay = 60
+
+# Specifies a list of delay times in seconds relative to event time to trigger
+# the processing. When the first origin of an event arrives this list is used
+# to construct the crontab for this event.
+wfparam.cron.delayTimes = ""
+
+# Specifies the initial acquisition timeout. If the acquisition source
+# (eg Arclink) does not respond within this threshold with waveforms,
+# the request is discarded.
+wfparam.acquisition.initialTimeout = 30
+
+# Specifies the acquisition timeout when waveforms are being transfered.
+# If no new waveforms arrive within this threshold, the request is aborted.
+# This is important if a Seedlink connection is configured which can block
+# the application for a very long time if at least one requested channel has
+# no data. Seedlink does not finished the request until all data has been sent.
+# When data will arrive for a particular channel is not known.
+wfparam.acquisition.runningTimeout= 2
+
+# Enables generation of short output event id's.
+wfparam.output.shortEventID = false
+
+# Enables/disables the output of processed waveforms.
+wfparam.output.waveforms.enable = false
+
+# Specifies the waveform output path. This parameter is only used if
+# wfparam.output.waveforms.enable is true.
+wfparam.output.waveforms.path = @LOGDIR@/shakemaps/waveforms
+
+# Enables/disables the creation of an event directory (named with eventID) when
+# storing the processed waveforms. This parameter is only used if
+# wfparam.output.waveforms.enable is true.
+wfparam.output.waveforms.withEventDirectory = false
+
+# Enables/disables the output of spectra (psa, drs). The output format is a
+# simple ascii file where the first column is the period and the second column
+# the corresponding value.
+wfparam.output.spectra.enable = false
+
+# Specifies the spectra output path. This parameter is only used if
+# wfparam.output.spectra.enable is true.
+wfparam.output.spectra.path = @LOGDIR@/shakemaps/spectra
+
+# Enables/disables the creation of an event directory (named with eventID)
+# when storing the spectra. This parameter is only used if
+# wfparam.output.spectra.enable is true.
+wfparam.output.spectra.withEventDirectory = false
+
+# Enables/disables ShakeMap XML output.
+wfparam.output.shakeMap.enable = true
+
+# Specifies the ShakeMap XML output path. This is only used if
+# wfparam.output.shakeMap.enable is set to true.
+wfparam.output.shakeMap.path = @LOGDIR@/shakemaps
+
+# Specifies a script that is called whenever a new ShakeMap XML is available.
+# The script is called with 5 parameters:
+#   * EventID
+#   * modified EventID for ShakeMap output
+#   * path to event directory (where input/event.xml and input/event_dat.xml lives)
+# No files are deleted by the application. The ownership goes to the
+# called script.
+#wfparam.output.shakeMap.script = ...
+
+# Enables/disables synchronous or asynchronous script calls. If enabled,
+# be careful not to spend too much time in the script. The application is
+# blocked while the script is running.
+wfparam.output.shakeMap.synchronous = true
+
+# If enabled the maximum PGV, PGA, PSA03, PSA10 and PSA30 of both horizontal
+# components is used in the final output. Otherwise each component is saved.
+wfparam.output.shakeMap.maximumOfHorizontals = false
+
+# The XML encoding string written to the Shakemap XML file.
+wfparam.output.shakeMap.encoding = "UTF-8"
+
+# The target version of the Shakemap input files.
+wfparam.output.shakeMap.version = 3
+
+# Enables messaging output which creates objects of the StrongMotionParameters
+# data model extension (defined by SED) and sends them to scmaster. In order to
+# save the objects to the database, scmaster needs to load the dmsm plugin and
+# the corresponding database schema must be applied.
+# The default message group is AMPLITUDE. To change this group redefine
+# connection.primaryGroup.
+wfparam.output.messaging = false
+
+# Defines the magnitude tolerance to completely reprocess an event with respect
+# to the last state.
+wfparam.magnitudeTolerance = 0.5

etc/defaults/seedlink.cfg

@@ -0,0 +1,114 @@
+# Default network code. Used when a network code is omitted by a client
+# in STATION request. Should be set to the network code of the majority
+# of configured stations. 1 or 2 characters long, uppercase.
+network = XX
+
+# Defines the Seedlink port to accept requests.
+port = 18000
+
+# Path to the base directory of SeedLink data files (disk buffer).
+filebase = @ROOTDIR@/var/lib/seedlink/buffer
+
+# List of trusted addresses.
+trusted = 127.0.0.0/8
+
+# List of IP addresses or IP/mask pairs (in ipchains/iptables syntax)
+# that can access stations. Per station access definitions
+# supersede this parameter. By default any client can access
+# all stations.
+access = 0.0.0.0/0
+
+# Check start and end times of streams.
+stream_check = true
+
+# If stream_check = enabled, also check for gaps in all channels that
+# match given pattern. Register all gaps that are larger than +-0.5 seconds.
+# gap_check_pattern = [EBLV][HLNG][ZNE]|S[NG][ZNE].
+# Disabled to save memory.
+gap_check_pattern = XXXXX
+
+# Time difference between records (microseconds) above which a gap is declared.
+gap_treshold = 500000
+
+# Can be enabled or disabled. Required for slinktool option -tw.
+window_extraction = true
+
+# Same as window_extraction for trusted IP addresses.
+window_extraction_trusted = true
+
+# Allow websocket connections.
+websocket = false
+
+# Same as websocket for trusted IP addresses.
+websocket_trusted = false
+
+# If activated Seedlink uses the mseedfifo to read records and
+# only the mseedfifo_plugin is started. This command is useful
+# to playback historic data by eg msrtsimul.
+msrtsimul = false
+
+# Size of memory buffer (number of recent Mini-SEED records kept in RAM).
+buffers = 100
+
+# Number of disk buffer segments (files under <dir>/station/segments/
+# where <dir> is the directory given by the filebase parameter).
+segments = 50
+
+# Size of one disk buffer segment in the records (512-byte units).
+segsize = 1000
+
+# Number of blank records to insert after the re-scan of disk buffer
+# if <dir>/station/buffer.xml is not found (assuming the server
+# did not terminate correctly).
+blanks = 10
+
+# Encoding of Mini-SEED records created by SeedLink. The value must be
+# steim1 or steim2. If omitted, the global encoding parameter is used.
+encoding = steim2
+
+# INFO provided to arbitrary Internet hosts: ID, CAPABILITIES, STATIONS,
+# STREAMS
+info = streams
+
+# INFO provided to trusted hosts: ID, CAPABILITIES, STATIONS, STREAMS,
+# GAPS, CONNECTIONS, ALL
+info_trusted = all
+
+# Show requests in log file
+request_log = true
+
+# Give warning if an input channel has time gap larger than 10 us
+proc_gap_warn = 10
+
+# Flush streams if an input channel has time gap larger than 0.1 s
+proc_gap_flush = 100000
+
+# Reset FIR filters if an input channel has time gap larger than 1 s
+proc_gap_reset = 1000000
+
+# Enable backfilling buffer for out-of-order records when raw samples
+# are transmitted. This values defines its capacity in seconds.
+backfill_buffer = 0
+
+# Maximum allowed deviation from the sequence number of oldest packet if
+# packet with requested sequence number is not found. If seq_gap_limit is
+# exceeded, data flow starts from the next packet coming in, otherwise
+# from the oldest packet in buffer.
+# Use the following to always start with the oldest packet:
+# seq_gap_limit = 16777216
+seq_gap_limit = 100000
+
+# Total number of TCP/IP connections allowed
+connections = 500
+
+# Maximum number of TCP/IP connections per IP
+connections_per_ip = 20
+
+# Maximum speed per connection (0: throttle disabled)
+bytespersec = 0
+
+# Define a database read connection to be used for Seedlink station descriptions.
+# If no database is configured (which is the default) then the station code will be used.
+# If a remote host is specified, ensure that its database server is reachable from this computer.
+inventory_connection = ""
+

etc/defaults/slarchive.cfg

@@ -0,0 +1,72 @@
+# Host of the Seedlink server to connect to. If the acquisition
+# is running on one system nothing needs to be changed.
+address = 127.0.0.1
+
+# The port of the Seedlink server to connect to. If the acquisition
+# is running on one system this port must match the configured
+# local Seedlink port.
+port = 18000
+
+# Path to waveform archive where all data is stored. Relative paths
+# (as the default) are treated relative to the installation
+# directory ($SEISCOMP_ROOT).
+archive = var/lib/archive
+
+# Number of records (512 byte units) to buffer before flushing to
+# disk.
+buffer = 1000
+
+# The network reconnect delay (in seconds) for the connection
+# to the SeedLink server. If the connection breaks for any
+# reason this will govern how soon a reconnection should be
+# attempted. The default value is 30 seconds.
+delay = 30
+
+# The network timeout (in seconds) for the connection to the
+# SeedLink server. If no data [or keep alive packets?] are received
+# in this time range the connection is closed and re-established
+# (after the reconnect delay has expired). The default value is
+# 600 seconds. A value of 0 disables the timeout.
+networkTimeout = 900
+
+# Timeout for closing idle data stream files in seconds. The idle
+# time of the data streams is only checked when some packets has
+# arrived. If no packets arrived no idle stream files will be
+# closed. There is no reason to change this parameter except for
+# the unusual cases where the process is running against an open
+# file number limit. Default is 300 seconds.
+idleTimeout = 300
+
+# Interval (in seconds) at which keepalive (heartbeat) packets
+# are sent to the server. Keepalive packets are only sent if
+# nothing is received within the interval. This requires a
+# Seedlink version >= 3.
+keepalive = 0
+
+# Path to cerificate store where all certificates and CRLs are stored. Relative
+# paths(as the default) are treated relative to the installation directory
+# ($SEISCOMP_ROOT). If the signature check is enabled slarchive loads all files
+# at start. The store uses the OpenSSl store format. From the offical OpenSSL
+# documentation: "The directory should contain one certificate or CRL per file
+# in PEM format, with a file name of the form hash.N for a certificate, or
+# hash.rN for a CRL. The .N or .rN suffix is a sequence number that starts at
+# zero, and is incremented consecutively for each certificate or CRL with the
+# same hash value. Gaps in the sequence numbers are not supported, it is
+# assumed that there are no more objects with the same hash beyond the first
+# missing number in the sequence.The .N or .rN suffix is a sequence number that
+# starts at zero, and is incremented consecutively for each certificate or CRL
+# with the same hash value. Gaps in the sequence numbers are not supported, it
+# is assumed that there are no more objects with the same hash beyond the first
+# missing number in the sequence." The hash value can be obtained as follows:
+# openssl x509 -hash -noout -in >file<
+validation.certs = var/lib/certs
+
+# Signatures are expected to be carried in blockette 2000 as opaque data.
+# Modes:
+# ignore : Signatures will be ignored and no further actions will be taken.
+# warning: Signatures will be checked and all received records which do not
+# carry a valid signature or no signature at all will be logged with at warning
+# level. skip : All received records without a valid signature will be ignored
+# and will not be processed.
+validation.mode = ignore
+

etc/descriptions/access.xml

@@ -0,0 +1,46 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
+<seiscomp>
+	<module name="access" category="Acquisition" standalone="true">
+		<description>
+			Access module for FDSNWS.
+		</description>
+	</module>
+
+	<binding module="access">
+		<description>
+			FDSNWS station access.
+		</description>
+		<configuration>
+			<group name="access">
+				<description>
+					Defines access to restricted data. When defined it will add the listed users to the list of authorized users to access certain restricted data give the parameters on this binding.
+				</description>
+				<parameter name="users" type="list:string" default="">
+					<description>
+						List of users (e-mail addresses) allowed to access the restricted data.
+					</description>
+				</parameter>
+				<parameter name="disableStationCode" type="boolean" default="false">
+					<description>
+						When disableStationCode option is set to true the access entries will be generated only for the network level (and optionally stream level), no station code will be filled (this can potentially reduce the number of entries on the access table, and save memory on the request handler when used).
+					</description>
+				</parameter>
+				<parameter name="streams" type="list:string" default="">
+					<description>
+						List of locations.streams this access rule applies to. The location code is optional (optional, allow wildcards).
+					</description>
+				</parameter>
+				<parameter name="start" type="datetime" default="">
+					<description>
+						Start of validity (optional).
+					</description>
+				</parameter>
+				<parameter name="end" type="datetime" default="">
+					<description>
+						End of validity (optional).
+					</description>
+				</parameter>
+			</group>
+		</configuration>
+	</binding>
+</seiscomp>

etc/descriptions/bindings2cfg.xml

@@ -0,0 +1,82 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
+<seiscomp>
+	<module name="bindings2cfg" category="Utilities">
+		<description>
+		Synchronize key files with configuration database or convert them to
+		configuration XML.
+		</description>
+		<command-line>
+			<synopsis>
+				bindings2cfg [options]
+			</synopsis>
+			<group name="Generic">
+				<optionReference>generic#help</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>generic#version</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>generic#config-file</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>generic#plugins</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>generic#print-config-vars</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>generic#validate-schema-params</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>generic#dump-settings</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>generic#daemon</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>generic#auto-shutdown</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>generic#shutdown-master-module</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>generic#shutdown-master-username</optionReference>
+			</group>
+
+			<group name="Verbosity">
+				<optionReference>verbosity#verbosity</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>verbosity#v</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>verbosity#quiet</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>verbosity#component</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>verbosity#syslog</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>verbosity#lockfile</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>verbosity#console</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>verbosity#debug</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>verbosity#log-file</optionReference>
+			</group>
+
+			<group name="Database">
+				<optionReference>database#db-driver-list</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>database#database</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>database#config-module</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>database#inventory-db</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>database#config-db</optionReference>
+			</group>
+
+			<group name="Messaging">
+				<optionReference>messaging#user</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>messaging#host</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>messaging#timeout</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>messaging#primary-group</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>messaging#subscribe-group</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>messaging#content-type</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>messaging#start-stop-msg</optionReference>
+			</group>
+
+			<group name="Input">
+				<option long-flag="key-dir" argument="arg">
+					<description>
+					Override the location of the default key directory,
+					which is $SEISCOMP_ROOT/etc/key .
+					</description>
+				</option>
+			</group>
+			<group name="Output">
+				<option flag="o" long-flag="output" argument="arg">
+					<description>
+					If given, an output XML file is generated. Use '-' for
+					stdout.
+					</description>
+				</option>
+				<option long-flag="create-notifier">
+					<description>
+					If given then a notifier message containing all notifiers
+					will be written to the output XML. This option only applies
+					if an output file is given. Notifier creation either requires
+					and input database and an input config XML as reference.
+					</description>
+				</option>
+			</group>
+		</command-line>
+	</module>
+</seiscomp>

etc/descriptions/caps_plugin.xml

@@ -0,0 +1,60 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
+<seiscomp>
+	<plugin name="caps">
+		<extends>seedlink</extends>
+		<description>Global options for the CAPS plugin</description>
+		<configuration>
+			<group name="plugins">
+				<group name="caps">
+					<parameter name="maxTimeDiff" type="float" default="86400">
+						<description>
+						The maxmimum time difference with respect to current
+						time of the end time of a received record. If
+						exceeded then the end time will not be logged into
+						the state file.
+						</description>
+					</parameter>
+					<parameter name="inOrder" type="boolean" default="false">
+						<description>
+						Request all records in-order. Out-of-order records will
+						be skipped.
+						</description>
+					</parameter>
+				</group>
+			</group>
+		</configuration>
+	</plugin>
+	<binding module="seedlink" name="caps" category="sources">
+		<description>Transfers data from CAPS to SeedLink server</description>
+		<configuration>
+			<parameter name="address" type="string" default="localhost:18002">
+				<description>
+					CAPS URL to fetch data from, format: [[caps|capss]://][user:pass@]host[:port]
+				</description>
+			</parameter>
+			<parameter name="streams" type="string" default="*.*">
+				<description>
+				Comma-separated list of streams. Stream format is [LOC.CHA].
+				Streams may contain wildcards
+				</description>
+			</parameter>
+			<parameter name="unpack" type="string" default="">
+				<description>
+				Comma-separated list of streams to unpack. Stream format is [LOC.CHA].
+				Streams may contain wildcards. Unpacking in this context means that
+				incoming data is converted to RAW data before sending
+				it to SeedLink. The proc option must be set when using this option.
+				For each stream there must be a corresponding entry in the proc object
+				so that the raw stream can be processed by SeedLink. The name of the
+				input entry must match the chanel ID, e.g., 00ENZ or ENZ.
+				</description>
+			</parameter>
+			<parameter name="proc" type="string">
+				<description>
+				Name of the proc object (defined in streams.xml); used for processing
+				raw streams (streams submitted by a plugin as raw samples).
+				</description>
+			</parameter>
+		</configuration>
+	</binding>
+</seiscomp>

etc/descriptions/diskmon.xml

@@ -0,0 +1,22 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
+<seiscomp>
+	<module name="diskmon" category="System" standalone="true">
+		<description>Monitors a disk and sends notifications.</description>
+		<configuration>
+			<parameter name="threshold" type="int" default="95">
+				<description>
+					Disk usage threshold in percent. Each time when the disk usage exceeds this level,
+					an alert e-mail is send to the user. Note that disk usage is only checked when a
+					cron job of seiscomp check is installed or seiscomp check is called
+					regularly by other means.
+				</description>
+			</parameter>
+			<parameter name="emails" type="list:string" default="">
+				<description>
+					Comma-separated list of e-mail addresses to notify when disk usage
+					threshold is exceeded.
+				</description>
+			</parameter>
+		</configuration>
+	</module>
+</seiscomp>

etc/descriptions/dlsv2inv.xml

@@ -0,0 +1,91 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
+<seiscomp>
+	<module name="dlsv2inv" category="Inventory">
+		<description>
+		Convert dataless SEED to SeisComP inventory XML.
+		</description>
+		<command-line>
+			<synopsis>
+				dlsv2inv [OPTIONS] input [output=stdout]
+			</synopsis>
+			<group name="Generic">
+				<optionReference>generic#help</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>generic#version</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>generic#config-file</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>generic#plugins</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>generic#daemon</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>generic#print-config-vars</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>generic#validate-schema-params</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>generic#dump-settings</optionReference>
+			</group>
+
+			<group name="Verbosity">
+				<optionReference>verbosity#verbosity</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>verbosity#v</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>verbosity#quiet</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>verbosity#component</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>verbosity#syslog</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>verbosity#lockfile</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>verbosity#console</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>verbosity#debug</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>verbosity#log-file</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>verbosity#print-context</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>verbosity#print-component</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>verbosity#log-utc</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>verbosity#trace</optionReference>
+			</group>
+
+			<group name="ArcLink">
+				<option long-flag="dcid" argument="arg">
+					<description>
+					Override the datacenter ID which is read from the
+					datacenterID configuration parameter and written to the
+					network and station archive attribute.
+					</description>
+				</option>
+				<option long-flag="net-description" argument="arg">
+					<description>
+					Set the network description. It supports the following
+					placeholders: ${code}, ${start}, ${end}, ${class} and
+					${archive}.
+					</description>
+				</option>
+				<option long-flag="net-start" argument="arg">
+					<description>
+						Set network start time. Format is %Y-%m-%d.
+					</description>
+				</option>
+				<option long-flag="net-end" argument="arg">
+					<description>
+						Set network end time. Format is %Y-%m-%d.
+					</description>
+				</option>
+				<option long-flag="net-type" argument="arg">
+					<description>
+						Set the network type (VBB, SM, etc.).
+					</description>
+				</option>
+				<option long-flag="temporary">
+					<description>
+						Set the network temporary flag to true.
+					</description>
+				</option>
+				<option long-flag="restricted">
+					<description>
+						Set the network restricted flag to true.
+					</description>
+				</option>
+				<option long-flag="private">
+					<description>
+						Set the network private flag to true.
+					</description>
+				</option>
+			</group>
+			<group name="Convert">
+				<option flag="f" long-flag="formatted">
+					<description>Enable formatted XML output.</description>
+				</option>
+			</group>
+		</command-line>
+	</module>
+</seiscomp>

etc/descriptions/ew2sc3.xml

@@ -0,0 +1,160 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
+<seiscomp>
+	<module name="ew2sc" category="Processing">
+		<description>
+		Earthworm hypo2000_arc messages importer
+		</description>
+		<configuration>
+			<group name="ew2sc3">
+				<parameter name="configPath" type="string">
+					<description>
+					Folder to store logs and achives of hypo2000_arc files from Earthworm export_genericer
+					</description>
+				</parameter>
+				<parameter name="senderPort" type="int">
+					<description>
+					Earthworm export_generic's socket to listen to
+					</description>
+				</parameter>
+				<parameter name="modID" type="int">
+					<description>
+					Expected Earthworm Module ID (ew2sc3 will read the message only if its ModID is correct).
+					Set to 0 (MOD_WILDCARD) to accept any Earthworm Module ID.
+					</description>
+				</parameter>
+				<parameter name="instID" type="int">
+					<description>
+					Expected Earthworm Institute ID (ew2sc3 will read the message only if its InstID is correct)
+					Set to 0 (INST_WILDCARD) to accept any Earthworm Institute ID.
+					</description>
+				</parameter>
+				<parameter name="customAgencyID" type="string">
+					<description>
+                                        Institute name to use when storing origin into database.
+                                        If blank, the origin will have the system AgencyID. If specified, the origin will have the given AgencyID.
+                                        </description>
+				</parameter>
+				<parameter name="author" type="string">
+					<description>Author name to use when storing origin into database.</description>
+				</parameter>
+				<parameter name="hostname" type="string">
+					<description>
+					Earthworm export_generic IP address to connect to
+					</description>
+				</parameter>
+				<parameter name="defaultLatitude" type="string">
+					<description>
+					Default event latitude to use if hypo2000_arc location is null (space filled)
+					</description>
+				</parameter>
+				<parameter name="defaultLongitude" type="string">
+					<description>
+					Default event longitude to use if hypo2000_arc location is null (space filled)
+					</description>
+				</parameter>
+				<parameter name="locatorProfile" type="string">
+					<description>
+					Name of the earth model used by Earthworm location process
+					</description>
+				</parameter>
+				<parameter name="enableArchiving" type="boolean">
+					<description>
+					Enable/Disable hypo2000_arc message file archiving (usefull for troobleshooting)
+					</description>
+				</parameter>
+				<parameter name="myAliveInt" type="int">
+					<description>
+					Time interval (in sec) between two heartbeats messages sent by SeisComP.
+					This parameter should be lower than Earthworm export_generic RcvAliveInt parameter
+					</description>
+				</parameter>
+				<parameter name="senderTimeout" type="int">
+					<description>
+					Maximum time (in millisecond) before the connection to Earthworm export_generic times out.
+					This parameter has to be set accordingly to Earthworm export_generic parameters
+					</description>
+				</parameter>
+				<parameter name="maxMsgSize" type="int">
+					<description>
+					Maximum message size (in char) between the Earthworm export_generic and ew2sc3.
+					This parameter has to be set accordingly to Earthworm export_generic MaxMsgSize parameter
+					</description>
+				</parameter>
+				<parameter name="myAliveString" type="string">
+					<description>
+					Alive string to send to Earthworm export_generic in order to keep the connection alive.
+					This string should be identical as Earthworm export_generic RcvAliveText string
+					</description>
+				</parameter>
+				<parameter name="senderAliveString" type="string">
+					<description>
+					Alive string expected from Earthworm export_generic in order to keep the connection alive.
+					This string should be identical as Earthworm export_generic SendAliveText string
+					</description>
+				</parameter>
+				<parameter name="enableUncertainties" type="boolean">
+					<description>
+					Enable/Disable uncertainties conversions.
+					Earthworm doesn't have uncertainties but weight from 0 to 4.
+					If enabled, ew2sc3 will convert pick weight to uncertainties followind a simple mapping between weight and pickerUncertainties list.
+					</description>
+				</parameter>
+				<parameter name="pickerUncertainties" type="list:double">
+					<description>
+					Uncertainty values (in sec) to use when enableUncertainties is enabled.
+					Refer to scolv document for syntax.
+					</description>
+				</parameter>
+				<parameter name="maxUncertainty" type="double">
+					<description>
+					Maximum weight value from Earthworm corresponding to maximum uncertainty
+					</description>
+				</parameter>
+			</group>
+		</configuration>
+		<command-line>
+			<group name="Generic">
+				<optionReference>generic#help</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>generic#version</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>generic#config-file</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>generic#plugins</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>generic#daemon</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>generic#auto-shutdown</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>generic#shutdown-master-module</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>generic#shutdown-master-username</optionReference>
+			</group>
+
+			<group name="Verbosity">
+				<optionReference>verbosity#verbosity</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>verbosity#v</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>verbosity#quiet</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>verbosity#component</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>verbosity#syslog</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>verbosity#lockfile</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>verbosity#console</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>verbosity#debug</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>verbosity#log-file</optionReference>
+			</group>
+
+			<group name="Messaging">
+				<optionReference>messaging#user</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>messaging#host</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>messaging#timeout</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>messaging#primary-group</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>messaging#subscribe-group</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>messaging#content-type</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>messaging#start-stop-msg</optionReference>
+			</group>
+
+			<group name="Database">
+				<optionReference>database#db-driver-list</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>database#database</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>database#config-module</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>database#inventory-db</optionReference>
+				<option flag="" long-flag="db-disable" argument="" publicID="database#db-disable">
+					<description>Do not use the database at all</description>
+				</option>
+			</group>
+		</command-line>
+	</module>
+</seiscomp>

etc/descriptions/fdsnws.xml

@@ -0,0 +1,293 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
+<seiscomp>
+	<module name="fdsnws" category="Utilities">
+		<description>
+		Provide FDSN Web Services.
+		</description>
+		<command-line>
+			<synopsis>
+				fdsnws [options]
+			</synopsis>
+			<group name="Generic">
+				<optionReference>generic#help</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>generic#version</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>generic#config-file</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>generic#plugins</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>generic#daemon</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>generic#auto-shutdown</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>generic#shutdown-master-module</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>generic#shutdown-master-username</optionReference>
+			</group>
+			<group name="Verbosity">
+				<optionReference>verbosity#verbosity</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>verbosity#v</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>verbosity#quiet</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>verbosity#component</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>verbosity#syslog</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>verbosity#lockfile</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>verbosity#console</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>verbosity#debug</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>verbosity#log-file</optionReference>
+			</group>
+			<group name="Database">
+				<optionReference>database#db-driver-list</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>database#database</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>database#config-module</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>database#inventory-db</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>database#db-disable</optionReference>
+			</group>
+			<group name="Records">
+				<optionReference>records#record-driver-list</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>records#record-url</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>records#record-file</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>records#record-type</optionReference>
+			</group>
+		</command-line>
+		<configuration>
+			<parameter name="listenAddress" type="IP" default="0.0.0.0">
+				<description>
+				Define the bind address of the server. &quot;0.0.0.0&quot; allows
+				any interface to connect to this server whereas &quot;127.0.0.0&quot;
+				only allows connections from localhost.
+				</description>
+			</parameter>
+			<parameter name="port" type="int" default="8080">
+				<description>
+				Server port to listen for incoming requests. Note: The FDSN Web
+				service specification defines the service port 80. Please refer
+				to the documentation on how to serve on privileged ports.
+				</description>
+			</parameter>
+			<parameter name="connections" type="int" default="5">
+				<description>
+				Number of maximum simultaneous requests.
+				</description>
+			</parameter>
+			<parameter name="queryObjects" type="int" default="10000">
+				<description>
+				Maximum number of objects per query, used in fdsnws-station and
+				fdsnws-event to limit main memory consumption.
+				</description>
+			</parameter>
+			<parameter name="realtimeGap" type="int" unit="s">
+				<description>
+				Restrict end time of requests to current time - realtimeGap
+				seconds. Negative values allowed. Used in fdsnws-dataselect.
+				WARNING: If this value is unset and a realtime recordsource
+				(e.g. slink) is used, requests may block if end time in future
+				is requested.
+				</description>
+			</parameter>
+			<parameter name="samplesM" type="float">
+				<description>
+				Maximum number of samples (in units of million) per query, used
+				in fdsnws-dataselect to prevent a single user to block one
+				connection with a large request.
+				</description>
+			</parameter>
+			<parameter name="recordBulkSize" type="int" default="102400" unit="bytes">
+				<description>
+				Set the number of bytes to buffer for each chunk of waveform data
+				served to the client. The lower the buffer the higher the overhead
+				of Python Twisted. The higher the buffer the higher the memory
+				usage per request. 100kB seems to be a good trade-off.
+				</description>
+			</parameter>
+			<parameter name="htpasswd" type="string" default="@CONFIGDIR@/fdsnws.htpasswd">
+				<description>
+				Path to password file used in fdsnws-dataselect/queryauth. The
+				format is 'username:password' separated by lines. Because of the
+				HTTP digest authentication method required by the FDSN
+				specification, the passwords have to be stored in plain text.
+				</description>
+			</parameter>
+			<parameter name="accessLog" type="string">
+				<description>
+				Path to access log file. If unset no access log is created.
+				</description>
+			</parameter>
+			<parameter name="requestLog" type="string">
+				<description>
+				Path to request log file. If unset no request log is created.
+				</description>
+			</parameter>
+			<parameter name="userSalt" type="string">
+				<description>
+				Secret salt for calculating userID.
+				</description>
+			</parameter>
+			<parameter name="corsOrigins" type="list:string:" default="*">
+				<description>
+				List of domain names Cross-Origin Resource Sharing (CORS)
+				request may originate from. A value of '*' allows any web page
+				to embed your service. An empty value will switch of CORS
+				requests entirely. An example of multiple domains might be:
+				'https://test.domain.de, https://production.domain.de'.
+				</description>
+			</parameter>
+			<parameter name="allowRestricted" type="boolean" default="true">
+				<description>
+				Enable/disable access to restricted inventory data.
+				</description>
+			</parameter>
+			<parameter name="handleConditionalRequests" type="boolean" default="false">
+				<description>
+				Enable/disable handling of time-based conditional requests (RFC
+				7232) by the fdsnws-station resource.
+				</description>
+			</parameter>
+			<parameter name="useArclinkAccess" type="boolean" default="false">
+				<description>
+				If enabled, then access to restricted waveform data is
+				controlled by arclink-access bindings. By default authenticated
+				users have access to all data.
+				</description>
+			</parameter>
+			<parameter name="hideAuthor" type="boolean" default="false">
+				<description>
+				If enabled, author information is removed from any event
+				creationInfo element.
+				</description>
+			</parameter>
+			<parameter name="hideComments" type="boolean" default="false">
+				<description>
+				If enabled, event comment elements are no longer accessible.
+				</description>
+			</parameter>
+			<parameter name="evaluationMode" type="string">
+				<description>
+				If set, the event service will only return events having a
+				preferred origin with a matching evaluationMode property.
+				</description>
+			</parameter>
+			<group name="eventType">
+				<parameter name="whitelist" type="list:string">
+					<description>List of enabled event types</description>
+				</parameter>
+				<parameter name="blacklist" type="list:string">
+					<description>List of disabled event types</description>
+				</parameter>
+			</group>
+			<parameter name="eventFormats" type="list:string">
+				<description>
+				List of enabled event formats. If unspecified, all supported
+				formats are enabled.
+				</description>
+			</parameter>
+			<parameter name="serveDataSelect" type="boolean" default="true">
+				<description>
+				Enable/disable the DataSelect service.
+				</description>
+			</parameter>
+			<parameter name="serveEvent" type="boolean" default="true">
+				<description>
+				Enable/disable the Event service.
+				</description>
+			</parameter>
+			<parameter name="serveStation" type="boolean" default="true">
+				<description>
+				Enable/disable the Station service.
+				</description>
+			</parameter>
+			<parameter name="serveAvailability" type="boolean" default="false">
+				<description>
+				Enable/disable the Availability service. Note: This is a non
+				standard FDSNWS extension served under fdsnws/ext/availability.
+				</description>
+			</parameter>
+			<parameter name="stationFilter" type="string">
+				<description>
+				Path to station inventory filter file.
+				</description>
+			</parameter>
+			<parameter name="dataSelectFilter" type="string">
+				<description>
+				Path to dataselect inventory filter file.
+				</description>
+			</parameter>
+			<parameter name="debugFilter" type="boolean" default="false">
+				<description>
+				If enabled, a debug line is written for each stream ID explaining
+				why a stream was added/removed by a inventory filter.
+				</description>
+			</parameter>
+			<parameter name="inventoryCoordinatePrecision" type="int">
+				<description>
+				Number of decimal places used for station and sensor location
+				coordinates. If specified, the coordinates are obfuscated
+				when the inventory is read on service startup or reload.
+				</description>
+			</parameter>
+			<parameter name="fileNamePrefix" type="string" default="fdsnws">
+				<description>
+				Define the prefix for the default filenames if downloading and
+				saving data from within a browser.
+				For data loaded using dataselect, it is thus fdsnws.mseed by default.
+				</description>
+			</parameter>
+			<group name="dataAvailability">
+				<description>
+				Provide access to waveform data availability information stored
+				in the SeisComP database. In case of a SDS archive, this
+				information may be collected by scardac (SeisComP archive
+				data availability collector).
+				</description>
+				<parameter name="enable" type="boolean" default="false">
+					<description>
+					Enable loading of data availabilty information from
+					SeisComP database. Availability information is used by
+					station and ext/availability service.
+					</description>
+				</parameter>
+				<parameter name="cacheDuration" type="int" default="300" unit="s">
+					<description>
+					Number of seconds data availabilty information is considered
+					valid. If the duration time is exceeded, the information is
+					fetched again from the database.
+					</description>
+				</parameter>
+				<parameter name="dccName" type="string" default="DCC">
+					<description>
+					Name of the archive use in sync format of dataavailability
+					extent service.
+					</description>
+				</parameter>
+				<parameter name="repositoryName" type="string" default="primary">
+					<description>
+					Name of the archive use in some format of data availability
+					extent service.
+					</description>
+				</parameter>
+			</group>
+			<group name="trackdb">
+				<parameter name="enable" type="boolean" default="false">
+					<description>
+					Save request log to database.
+					</description>
+				</parameter>
+				<parameter name="defaultUser" type="string" default="fdsnws">
+					<description>
+					Default user.
+					</description>
+				</parameter>
+			</group>
+			<group name="auth">
+				<parameter name="enable" type="boolean" default="false">
+					<description>
+					Enable auth extension.
+					</description>
+				</parameter>
+				<parameter name="gnupgHome" type="string" default="@ROOTDIR@/var/lib/gpg">
+					<description>
+					GnuPG home directory.
+					</description>
+				</parameter>
+				<parameter name="blacklist" type="list:string">
+					<description>
+					List of revoked token IDs.
+					</description>
+				</parameter>
+			</group>
+		</configuration>
+	</module>
+</seiscomp>

etc/descriptions/fdsnxml2inv.xml

@@ -0,0 +1,72 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
+<seiscomp>
+	<module name="fdsnxml2inv" category="Inventory">
+		<description>
+			Convert station inventory between FDSN StationXML format and 
+			SeisComP XML.
+		</description>
+
+		<configuration>
+		</configuration>
+
+		<command-line>
+			<synopsis>
+				fdsnxml2inv [OPTIONS] input [output]
+			</synopsis>
+
+			<group name="Generic">
+				<optionReference>generic#help</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>generic#version</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>generic#config-file</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>generic#plugins</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>generic#daemon</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>generic#print-config-vars</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>generic#validate-schema-params</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>generic#dump-settings</optionReference>
+			</group>
+
+			<group name="Verbosity">
+				<optionReference>verbosity#verbosity</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>verbosity#v</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>verbosity#quiet</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>verbosity#component</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>verbosity#syslog</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>verbosity#lockfile</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>verbosity#console</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>verbosity#debug</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>verbosity#log-file</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>verbosity#print-context</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>verbosity#print-component</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>verbosity#log-utc</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>verbosity#trace</optionReference>
+			</group>
+
+			<group name="Convert">
+				<option flag="f" long-flag="formatted">
+					<description>
+					Generate formatted SCML. Otherwise, output XML to a single line.
+					</description>
+				</option>
+				<option flag="" long-flag="to-staxml">
+					<description>
+					Convert from SCML to StationXML and expects SCML as input.
+					If not given, input is SCML and output is StationXML.
+					</description>
+				</option>
+				<option flag="" long-flag="relaxed-ns-check">
+					<description>
+					Enable relaxed XML namespace checks. This will also accept
+					tags within a different namespace than defined in the 
+					supported schema.
+					</description>
+				</option>
+				<option flag="" long-flag="log-stages">
+					<description>
+					Add more output to stderr for all channel response stages
+					when converting from StationXML.
+					</description>
+				</option>
+			</group>
+		</command-line>
+	</module>
+</seiscomp>

etc/descriptions/gdrt_plugin.xml

@@ -0,0 +1,126 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
+<seiscomp>
+	<plugin name="gdrt">
+		<extends>seedlink</extends>
+		<description>Global options for the qdrt plugin</description>
+	</plugin>
+	<binding module="seedlink" name="gdrt" category="sources">
+		<description>
+		GDRT (GFZ Displacement Real-Time) is the data format of the Real-time Precise
+		Point Positioning (RTPPP) provided by the Helmholtz Centre Potsdam – GFZ German
+		Research Centre for Geosciences. This development was supported by the German
+		Federal Ministry of Education and Research (BMBF) within the EWRICA project.
+
+		The GDRT plugin is a SeedLink plugin that converts GDRT UDP messages to
+		miniSEED channels according to the following table:
+
+		+-------+---------------------+----------------+---------------------------------------+-------------------+
+		| Index | Field name          | Format         | Description                           | miniSEED channel  |
+		+=======+=====================+================+=======================================+===================+
+		|   1   | Start of message    | character(1)   | A fixed character '>'                 |                   |
+		+-------+---------------------+----------------+---------------------------------------+-------------------+
+		|   2   | Station ID          | character(4)   | GDRT station ID                       |                   |
+		+-------+---------------------+----------------+---------------------------------------+-------------------+
+		|   3   | Epoch time          | integer(4)     | UTC time (year, month, day, hour,     |                   |
+		|       |                     | integer(2)     | minute, second)                       |                   |
+		|       |                     | integer(2)     |                                       |                   |
+		|       |                     | integer(2)     |                                       |                   |
+		|       |                     | integer(2)     |                                       |                   |
+		|       |                     | double(%5.2f)  |                                       |                   |
+		+-------+---------------------+----------------+---------------------------------------+-------------------+
+		|   4   | Solution type       | integer(2)     | 0: Single point positioning (SPP)     |     LBS           |
+		|       |                     |                +---------------------------------------+                   |
+		|       |                     |                | +1: Precise point positioning (PPP)   |                   |
+		|       |                     |                +---------------------------------------+                   |
+		|       |                     |                | +2: Precise point positioning         |                   |
+		|       |                     |                | ambiguity resolution (PPP-AR)         |                   |
+		|       |                     |                +---------------------------------------+                   |
+		|       |                     |                | +4: Precise point positioning         |                   |
+		|       |                     |                | regional augmentation (PPP-RA)        |                   |
+		+-------+---------------------+----------------+---------------------------------------+-------------------+
+		|   5   | Observation type    | integer(2)     | +1: GPS                               |     LBO           |
+		|       |                     |                +---------------------------------------+                   |
+		|       |                     |                | +2: GLONASS                           |                   |
+		|       |                     |                +---------------------------------------+                   |
+		|       |                     |                | +4: Galileo                           |                   |
+		|       |                     |                +---------------------------------------+                   |
+		|       |                     |                | +8: BDS                               |                   |
+		|       |                     |                +---------------------------------------+                   |
+		|       |                     |                | +16: Seismic data                     |                   |
+		+-------+---------------------+----------------+---------------------------------------+-------------------+
+		|   6   | Positioning type    | integer(2)     | 1: Coordinate fixed solution          |     LBP           |
+		|       |                     |                +---------------------------------------+                   |
+		|       |                     |                | 2: Static solution                    |                   |
+		|       |                     |                +---------------------------------------+                   |
+		|       |                     |                | 3: Kinematic solution                 |                   |
+		|       |                     |                +---------------------------------------+                   |
+		|       |                     |                | 4: Dynamic solution                   |                   |
+		+-------+---------------------+----------------+---------------------------------------+-------------------+
+		|   7   | Processing type     | integer(2)     | 1: Real-time solution                 |     LBT           |
+		|       |                     |                +---------------------------------------+                   |
+		|       |                     |                | 2: Post-processing solution           |                   |
+		+-------+---------------------+----------------+---------------------------------------+-------------------+
+		|   8   | Ratio of            | double(%6.2f)  | The ratio value of PPP ambiguty       |     LBR (×100)    |
+		|       | ambiguity fix       |                | fixing (larger value means more       |                   |
+		|       |                     |                | reliable ambiguity fixing)            |                   |
+		+-------+---------------------+----------------+---------------------------------------+-------------------+
+		|   9   | Number of           | integer(2)     | Number of satellites used for the     |     LBC (summed)  |
+		|       | satellites          | integer(2)     | solution (GPS, GLONASS, Galileo, BDS) |                   |
+		|       |                     | integer(2)     |                                       |                   |
+		|       |                     | integer(2)     |                                       |                   |
+		+-------+---------------------+----------------+---------------------------------------+-------------------+
+		|  10   | Coordinate X        | double(%14.4f) | Coordinates X, Y, and Z in the Earth  |     LBX           |
+		+-------+---------------------+----------------+ Centered Earth Fixed (ECEF)           +-------------------+
+		|  11   | Coordinate Y        | double(%14.4f) | coordinate system in meters           |     LBY           |
+		+-------+---------------------+----------------+                                       +-------------------+
+		|  12   | Coordinate Z        | double(%14.4f) |                                       |     LBZ           |
+		+-------+---------------------+----------------+---------------------------------------+-------------------+
+		|  13   | Variance of         | double(%14.4f) | Variance of coordinates (m²)          |     LB1           |
+		|       | coordinate X        |                |                                       |                   |
+		+-------+---------------------+----------------+                                       +-------------------+
+		|  14   | Variance of         | double(%14.4f) |                                       |     LB2           |
+		|       | coordinate Y        |                |                                       |                   |
+		+-------+---------------------+----------------+                                       +-------------------+
+		|  15   | Variance of         | double(%14.4f) |                                       |     LB3           |
+		|       | coordinate Z        |                |                                       |                   |
+		+-------+---------------------+----------------+---------------------------------------+-------------------+
+		|  16   | Covariance of       | double(%14.4f) | Covariance of coordinates (m²)        |     LB4           |
+		|       | coordinates X and Y |                |                                       |                   |
+		+-------+---------------------+----------------+                                       +-------------------+
+		|  17   | Covariance of       | double(%14.4f) |                                       |     LB5           |
+		|       | coordinates X and Z |                |                                       |                   |
+		+-------+---------------------+----------------+                                       +-------------------+
+		|  18   | Covariance of       | double(%14.4f) |                                       |     LB6           |
+		|       | coordinates Y and Z |                |                                       |                   |
+		+-------+---------------------+----------------+---------------------------------------+-------------------+
+		|  19   | Correction          | string(4)      | Name of orbit/clock/upd product and   |                   |
+		|       | information         |                | name of three used reference stations |                   |
+		|       |                     |                | in PPP-RA, separated with '+'         |                   |
+		+-------+---------------------+----------------+---------------------------------------+-------------------+
+		|  20   | End of message      | character(1)   | A fixed character '!'                 |                   |
+		+-------+---------------------+----------------+---------------------------------------+-------------------+
+		</description>
+		<configuration>
+			<parameter name="station" type="string">
+				<description>
+					GDRT station code.
+				</description>
+			</parameter>
+			<parameter name="locationCode" type="string" default="">
+				<description>
+					Sensor location code.
+				</description>
+			</parameter>
+			<parameter name="sampleRate" type="double" default="1.0" unit="Hz">
+				<description>
+					Sample rate in Hz.
+				</description>
+			</parameter>
+			<parameter name="udpport" type="int" default="9999">
+				<description>
+					UDP port for receiving GDRT messages. By default port 9999 will be used.
+				</description>
+			</parameter>
+		</configuration>
+	</binding>
+</seiscomp>

etc/descriptions/global_dfx.xml

@@ -0,0 +1,81 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
+<seiscomp>
+	<plugin name="FX-DFX">
+		<extends>global</extends>
+		<description>
+		Implementation of the CTBTO/IDC polarization analysis for
+		three-component stations.
+		</description>
+	</plugin>
+	<binding name="FX-DFX" module="global">
+		<description>
+		Implementation of the CTBTO/IDC polarization analysis for
+		three-component stations.
+		</description>
+		<configuration>
+			<group name="fx">
+				<description>
+				Feature extraction types, e.g. for scautopick.
+				</description>
+				<group name="DFX">
+					<description>
+					Three component feature extraction algorithm ported from the
+					automatic processing system implemented at CTBTO/IDC. The
+					documentation of the methods is not publically available.
+					In case of questions and comments, please contact CTBTO by
+					email: support@ctbto.org.
+					</description>
+					<group name="filter">
+						<description>
+						Butterworth filter options of the bandpass.
+						</description>
+						<parameter name="order" type="int" default="3">
+							<description>
+							The order of the filter.
+							</description>
+						</parameter>
+						<parameter name="loFreq" type="double" default="1" unit="Hz">
+							<description>
+							The lower cut-off frequency. A negative value or zero
+							will disable a lower cut-off frequency.
+							</description>
+						</parameter>
+						<parameter name="hiFreq" type="double" default="3" unit="Hz">
+							<description>
+							The upper cut-off frequency. A negative value or zero
+							will disable a upper cut-off frequency.
+							</description>
+						</parameter>
+					</group>
+					<group name="polar">
+						<parameter name="window" type="double" default="1.5" unit="s">
+							<description>
+							Length of the covariance window in seconds.
+							</description>
+						</parameter>
+						<parameter name="overlap" type="double" default="0.5">
+							<description>
+							The fraction of the covariance window to overlap.
+							</description>
+						</parameter>
+						<parameter name="alpha" type="double" default="0.3">
+							<description>
+							A station-dependent parameter used to compute a polarization slowness estimate.
+							</description>
+						</parameter>
+						<parameter name="ds" type="double" default="0.03">
+							<description>
+							A station-dependent parameter used to compute the back azimuth and slowness errors.
+							</description>
+						</parameter>
+						<parameter name="dk" type="double" default="0.1">
+							<description>
+							A station-dependent parameter used to compute the back azimuth and slowness errors.
+							</description>
+						</parameter>
+					</group>
+				</group>
+			</group>
+		</configuration>
+	</binding>
+</seiscomp>

etc/descriptions/global_fixedhypocenter.xml

@@ -0,0 +1,48 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
+<seiscomp>
+	<plugin name="FixedHypocenter">
+		<extends>global</extends>
+		<description>Locator for re-computing source time with fixed hypocenter</description>
+		<configuration>
+			<group name="FixedHypocenter">
+				<description>
+					Locator parameters: FixedHypocenter
+				</description>
+				<parameter name="profiles" type="list:string" default="LOCSAT/iasp91,LOCSAT/tab">
+					<description>
+					Defines a list of available travel time tables. Each item
+					is a tuple separated by a slash with format &quot;[interface]/[model]&quot;.
+					Built-in interfaces are &quot;LOCSAT&quot; and &quot;libtau&quot;.
+					Other interfaces might be added via plugins. Please check their
+					documentation for the required interface name.
+					</description>
+				</parameter>
+				<parameter name="usePickUncertainties" type="boolean" default="false">
+					<description>
+					Whether to use pick time uncertainties rather than a fixed
+					time error. If true, then the uncertainties are retrieved from
+					each individual pick object. If they are not defined, then the
+					default pick time uncertainty as defined by defaultTimeError
+					will be used instead.
+					</description>
+				</parameter>
+				<parameter name="defaultTimeError" type="double" default="1.0" unit="s">
+					<description>
+					The default pick time uncertainty if pick uncertainties are
+					not going to be used or if they are absent.
+					</description>
+				</parameter>
+				<parameter name="degreesOfFreedom" type="int" default="8">
+					<description>
+					Number of degrees of freedom used for error estimate.
+					</description>
+				</parameter>
+				<parameter name="confLevel" type="double" default="0.9">
+					<description>
+					Confidence level between 0.5 and 1.
+					</description>
+				</parameter>
+			</group>
+		</configuration>
+	</plugin>
+</seiscomp>

etc/descriptions/global_homogeneous.xml

@@ -0,0 +1,51 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
+<seiscomp>
+	<plugin name="homogeneous">
+		<extends>global</extends>
+		<description>
+		Travel-times for a homogeneous velocity model
+		</description>
+		<configuration>
+			<extend-struct type="ttt profile" match-name="homogeneous">
+				<struct type="table profile">
+					<description>
+					Parameters defining the area where the profile applies
+					and the P/S velocities. Once defined, the profile can
+					be registered in ttt.homogeneous.tables
+					</description>
+					<parameter name="origin" type="list:double" unit="deg">
+						<description>
+						Geographic origin of the region. Expects 2 values:
+						latitude, longitude.
+						</description>
+					</parameter>
+					<parameter name="radius" type="double" unit="km">
+						<description>
+						Radius validity of the region.
+						</description>
+					</parameter>
+					<parameter name="minDepth" type="double" unit="km">
+						<description>
+						Min Depth validity of the region.
+						</description>
+					</parameter>
+					<parameter name="maxDepth" type="double" unit="km">
+						<description>
+						Max Depth validity of the region.
+						</description>
+					</parameter>
+					<parameter name="P-velocity" type="double" unit="km/s">
+						<description>
+						P wave velocity.
+						</description>
+					</parameter>
+					<parameter name="S-velocity" type="double" unit="km/s">
+						<description>
+						S wave velocity.
+						</description>
+					</parameter>
+				</struct>
+			</extend-struct>
+		</configuration>
+	</plugin>
+</seiscomp>

etc/descriptions/global_hypo71.xml

@@ -0,0 +1,87 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
+<seiscomp>
+	<plugin name="Hypo71">
+		<extends>global</extends>
+		<description>
+		The traditional Hypo71PC locator with SeisComP.
+		</description>
+		<configuration>
+			<group name="hypo71">
+				<description>
+					Locator parameters: Hypo71
+				</description>
+				<parameter name="logFile" type="string" default="@LOGDIR@/HYPO71.LOG">
+					<description>
+					Temporary file used by Hypo71 to store calculation logs.
+					</description>
+				</parameter>
+				<parameter name="inputFile" type="string" default="@DATADIR@/hypo71/HYPO71.INP">
+					<description>
+					Temporary file to write Hypo71 input data to.
+					</description>
+				</parameter>
+				<parameter name="outputFile" type="string" default="@DATADIR@/hypo71/HYPO71.PRT">
+					<description>
+					Temporary output file to read Hypo71 location data from.
+					</description>
+				</parameter>
+				<parameter name="defaultControlFile" type="string" default="@DATADIR@/hypo71/profiles/default.hypo71.conf">
+					<description>
+					Hypo71 default profile.
+					If no custom profile is specified, this profile will be used by the plugin when proceeding to a localization. 
+					</description>
+				</parameter>
+				<parameter name="hypo71ScriptFile" type="string" default="@DATADIR@/hypo71/run.sh">
+					<description>
+					Bash script executed when calling the Hypo71 locator plugin for locating the earthquake.
+					</description>
+				</parameter>
+				<parameter name="profiles" type="list:string">
+					<description>
+					Hypo71 profile name.
+					Multiples names may be set. They must be separated by comma.
+					Each profile can have different velocity or parameters.
+					</description>
+				</parameter>
+				<group name="profile">
+					<description>
+						Profiles containing the profile-specific velocity model and the Hypo71 parameters.
+					</description>
+					<struct type="Hypo71 profile" link = "hypo71.profiles">
+						<parameter name="earthModelID" type="string">
+							<description>
+							Profile's velocity model name.
+							</description>
+						</parameter>
+						<parameter name="methodID" type="string" default="Hypo71">
+							<description>
+							Profile's method.
+							It is generally the locator's name (Hypo71).
+							</description>
+						</parameter>
+						<parameter name="controlFile" type="string">
+							<description>
+							File containing the profile parameters.
+							</description>
+						</parameter>
+						<parameter name="fixStartDepthOnly" type="boolean" default="false">
+							<description>
+							If the depth is requested to be fixed (e.g. by ticking the option
+							in scolv) the plugin performs only one location starting at
+							specified depth but with free depth evaluation. This option
+							defines whether it should really fix the depth (false) or
+							use this fixed depth only as starting point (true).
+							</description>
+						</parameter>
+					</struct>
+				</group>
+				<parameter name="publicID" type="string">
+					<description>Custom patternID to use when generating origin publicID</description>
+				</parameter>
+				<parameter name="useHypo71PatternID" type="boolean">
+					<description>Specifies if the given publicD should be used for generating origin publicID</description>
+				</parameter>
+			</group>
+		</configuration>
+	</plugin>
+</seiscomp>

etc/descriptions/global_iloc.xml

@@ -0,0 +1,233 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
+<seiscomp>
+	<plugin name="iLoc">
+		<extends>global</extends>
+		<description>
+			Locator in SeisComP implemented by the plugin lociloc.
+		</description>
+		<configuration>
+			<group name="iLoc">
+				<description>
+					Locator parameters: iLoc
+				</description>
+				<parameter name="auxDir" type="string" default="@DATADIR@/iloc/iLocAuxDir">
+					<description>
+					iLoc directory for auxialiary files and directories. Some
+					of them must be provided from the iLoc website. Read the
+					documentation for their installation.
+					</description>
+				</parameter>
+				<parameter name="usePickUncertainties" type="boolean" default="false">
+					<description>
+					Whether to use pick time uncertainties (true) or to use the
+					default timing error (false).
+					</description>
+				</parameter>
+				<parameter name="defaultTimeError" type="double" default="9999999" unit="s">
+					<description>
+					The default pick time error forwarded to iLoc if no pick time
+					uncertainties are set or if using the pick time uncertainties
+					is disabled.
+					</description>
+				</parameter>
+				<parameter name="profiles" type="list:string" default="iasp91,ak135">
+					<description>
+					iLoc profile name.
+					Multiples names may be set separated by comma.
+					Each profile can have different velocity or parameters.
+					</description>
+				</parameter>
+				<group name="profile">
+					<description>
+						Profiles containing the specific locator parameters. For
+						the global models, iasp91 and ak135, profiles are
+						automatically considered with defaults.
+						To adjust the profile parameters the corresponding profile
+						must be created.
+					</description>
+					<struct type="iLoc profile" link = "iLoc.profiles">
+						<parameter name="Verbose" type="boolean" default="true">
+							<description>
+							</description>
+						</parameter>
+
+						<parameter name="globalModel" type="string" default="">
+							<description>
+							Name of globally applied velocity model
+							into which RSTT or the local model is integrated. If
+							unset, the name of the profile is considered instead.
+							</description>
+						</parameter>
+						<parameter name="UseRSTT" type="boolean" default="false">
+							<description>
+							Use regional seismic travel-time tables
+							</description>
+						</parameter>
+						<parameter name="UseRSTTPnSn" type="boolean" default="true">
+							<description>
+							Use regional seismic travel-time tables for Pn and Sn
+							</description>
+						</parameter>
+						<parameter name="UseRSTTPgLg" type="boolean" default="true">
+							<description>
+							Use regional seismic travel-time tables for Pg and Lg
+							</description>
+						</parameter>
+						<parameter name="UseLocalTT" type="boolean" default="false">
+							<description>
+							Use local velocity model if defined in LocalVmodel.
+							</description>
+						</parameter>
+						<parameter name="LocalVmodel" type="string" default="">
+							<description>
+							Full path to a file containing the local velocity model.
+							Requires: UseLocalTT = true. Empty string or unset or
+							UseLocalTT = false disables using a local model in
+							this profile.
+
+							Example:
+
+							 @DATADIR@/iloc/iLocAuxDir/localmodels/model.localmodel.dat.
+							</description>
+						</parameter>
+						<parameter name="MaxLocalTTDelta" type="float" default="3" unit="deg">
+							<description>
+							Maximum epicentral distance for applying the local
+							velocity model.
+							</description>
+						</parameter>
+						<parameter name="DoGridSearch" type="boolean" default="true">
+							<description>
+							Perform neighbourhood algorithm
+							</description>
+						</parameter>
+						<parameter name="NAsearchRadius" type="float" default="5" unit="deg">
+							<description>
+							Neighbourhood Algorithm: Search radius around initial
+							epicentre
+							</description>
+						</parameter>
+						<parameter name="NAsearchDepth" type="float" default="300" unit="km">
+							<description>
+							Neighbourhood Algorithm: Search radius around initial
+							depth
+							</description>
+						</parameter>
+						<parameter name="NAsearchOT" type="float" default="30" unit="s">
+							<description>
+							Neighbourhood Algorithm: Search radius around initial
+							origin time
+							</description>
+						</parameter>
+						<parameter name="NAlpNorm" type="float" default="1">
+							<description>
+							Neighbourhood Algorithm: p-value for norm to compute
+							misfit [1,2]
+							</description>
+						</parameter>
+						<parameter name="NAiterMax" type="integer" default="5">
+							<description>
+							Neighbourhood Algorithm: Maximum number of iterations
+							</description>
+						</parameter>
+						<parameter name="NAcells" type="integer" default="25">
+							<description>
+							Neighbourhood Algorithm: Number of cells to be resampled
+							at each iteration
+							</description>
+						</parameter>
+						<parameter name="NAinitialSample" type="integer" default="1000" unit="">
+							<description>
+							Neighbourhood Algorithm: Size of initial sample
+							</description>
+						</parameter>
+						<parameter name="NAnextSample" type="integer" default="100" unit="">
+							<description>
+							Neighbourhood Algorithm: Size of subsequent samples
+							</description>
+						</parameter>
+
+						<parameter name="MinDepthPhases" type="integer" default="3" unit="">
+							<description>
+							Depth resolution: Minimum number of depth phases for depdp
+							</description>
+						</parameter>
+						<parameter name="MaxLocalDistDeg" type="float" default="0.2" unit="deg">
+							<description>
+							Depth resolution: Maximum local distance
+							</description>
+						</parameter>
+						<parameter name="MinLocalStations" type="integer" default="1">
+							<description>
+							Depth resolution: Minimum number of local defining stations
+							</description>
+						</parameter>
+						<parameter name="MaxSPDistDeg" type="float" default="2.0" unit="deg">
+							<description>
+							Depth resolution: Maximum distance for using S-P travel-time differences.
+							</description>
+						</parameter>
+						<parameter name="MinSPpairs" type="integer" default="3">
+							<description>
+							Depth resolution: Minimum number of defining S-P phase pairs
+							</description>
+						</parameter>
+						<parameter name="MinCorePhases" type="integer" default="3">
+							<description>
+							Depth resolution: Minimum number of defining core reflection phases
+							</description>
+						</parameter>
+						<parameter name="MaxShallowDepthError" type="float" default="30.0" unit="km">
+							<description>
+							Depth resolution: Maximum depth error for crustal free-depth
+							</description>
+						</parameter>
+						<parameter name="MaxDeepDepthError" type="float" default="60.0" unit="km">
+							<description>
+							Depth resolution: Maximum depth error for deep free-depth
+							</description>
+						</parameter>
+
+						<parameter name="DoCorrelatedErrors" type="boolean" default="true">
+							<description>
+							Linearized inversion: Account for correlated errors
+							</description>
+						</parameter>
+						<parameter name="SigmaThreshold" type="float" default="6.0" unit="s">
+							<description>
+							Linearized inversion: Used to exclude big residuals from solution
+							</description>
+						</parameter>
+						<parameter name="AllowDamping" type="boolean" default="true">
+							<description>
+							Linearized inversion: Allow damping of model vector
+							</description>
+						</parameter>
+						<parameter name="MinIterations" type="integer" default="4">
+							<description>
+							Linearized inversion: Minimum number of iterations
+							</description>
+						</parameter>
+						<parameter name="MaxIterations" type="integer" default="20">
+							<description>
+							Linearized inversion: Maximum number of iterations
+							</description>
+						</parameter>
+						<parameter name="MinNdefPhases" type="integer" default="4">
+							<description>
+							Linearized inversion: Minimum number of defining phases
+							</description>
+						</parameter>
+						<parameter name="DoNotRenamePhases" type="boolean" default="false">
+							<description>
+							Linearized inversion: Do not rename phases. Deactivating
+							allows to rename the phases automatically for this
+							profile.
+							</description>
+						</parameter>
+					</struct>
+				</group>
+			</group>
+		</configuration>
+	</plugin>
+</seiscomp>

etc/descriptions/global_locext.xml

@@ -0,0 +1,23 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
+<seiscomp>
+	<plugin name="LocExt">
+		<extends>global</extends>
+		<description>
+		Locator which forwards the processing to external scripts
+		</description>
+		<configuration>
+			<group name="ExternalLocator">
+				<description>
+				Locator parameters: External. This locator requires the plugin
+				&quot;locext&quot; to be loaded.
+				</description>
+				<parameter name="profiles" type="list:string">
+					<description>
+					A list of profiles defined as tuples of name
+					and path to a script separated by colon.
+					</description>
+				</parameter>
+			</group>
+		</configuration>
+	</plugin>
+</seiscomp>

etc/descriptions/global_locrouter.xml

@@ -0,0 +1,52 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
+<seiscomp>
+	<plugin name="LocRouter">
+		<extends>global</extends>
+		<description>
+		Meta locator routing location requests of picks and origins to actual
+		locator implementations.
+		</description>
+		<configuration>
+			<group name="RouterLocator">
+				<description>
+				Locator parameters: Router. This locator requires the plugin
+				&quot;locrouter&quot; to be loaded.
+				</description>
+				<parameter name="regions" type="string">
+					<description>
+					A GeoJSON or BNA file defining locator profiles by region.
+					Supported polygon attributes:
+
+					name: Name of polygon
+
+					locator: Name of the locator interface
+
+					profile: Name of the locator specific profile
+
+					minDepth: Minimum depth in km
+
+					maxDepth: Minimum depth in km
+					</description>
+				</parameter>
+				<group name="initial">
+					<description>
+						Configuration of initial locator used to create an
+						initial solution based on a pick set. If a solution is
+						found, relocate of the actual locator configured in the
+						region file is invoked.
+					</description>
+					<parameter name="locator" type="string">
+						<description>
+						Name of the initial locator interface, e.g., LOCSAT.
+						</description>
+					</parameter>
+					<parameter name="profile" type="string">
+						<description>
+						Profile name of the initial locator, e.g., iasp91.
+						</description>
+					</parameter>
+				</group>
+			</group>
+		</configuration>
+	</plugin>
+</seiscomp>

etc/descriptions/global_locsat.xml

@@ -0,0 +1,75 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
+<seiscomp>
+	<plugin name="LOCSAT">
+		<extends>global</extends>
+		<description>
+			Locator in SeisComP for computing source time and hypocenter
+			coordinates from phase picks.
+		</description>
+		<configuration>
+			<group name="LOCSAT">
+				<description>
+					Locator parameters: LOCSAT
+				</description>
+				<parameter name="profiles" type="list:string" default="iasp91, tab">
+					<description>
+					Defines a list of available LOCSAT travel-time tables.
+					</description>
+				</parameter>
+				<parameter name="depthInit" type="double" default="20.0" unit="km">
+					<description>
+					The initial depth estimate for LOCSAT.
+					</description>
+				</parameter>
+				<parameter name="usePickUncertainties" type="boolean" default="false">
+					<description>
+					Whether to use pick time untertainties for arrival deltim rather
+					than a fixed time error. If true then the uncertainties are
+					retrieved from each individual pick object. If they are not
+					defined then the default pick time uncertainty will be used
+					as fallback.
+					</description>
+				</parameter>
+				<parameter name="defaultTimeError" type="double" default="1.0" unit="s">
+					<description>
+					The default pick time uncertainty assigned to LOCSAT's arrival deltim
+					attribute if pick uncertainties are not going to be used or
+					if they are absent. A time uncertainty of 0 s may result in
+					errors of the SVD decomposition in LOCSAT.
+					</description>
+				</parameter>
+				<parameter name="usePickBackazimuth" type="boolean" default="true">
+					<description>
+					Whether to forward pick backazimuth to LOCSAT or not. In an
+					automatic mode backazimuth measurements might be inaccurrate
+					and disabling their usage in LOCSAT can be controlled with
+					this parameter.
+					</description>
+				</parameter>
+				<parameter name="usePickSlowness" type="boolean" default="true">
+					<description>
+					Whether to forward pick horizontal slowness to LOCSAT or not.
+					In an automatic mode slowness measurements might be
+					inaccurrate and disabling their usage in LOCSAT can be
+					controlled with	this parameter.
+					</description>
+				</parameter>
+				<parameter name="degreesOfFreedom" type="int" default="9999">
+					<description>
+					Number of degrees of freedom.
+					</description>
+				</parameter>
+				<parameter name="confLevel" type="double" default="0.9">
+					<description>
+					Confidence level between 0.5 and 1.0.
+					</description>
+				</parameter>
+				<parameter name="enableConfidenceEllipsoid" type="boolean" default="false">
+					<description>
+					Compute the confidence ellipsoid from covariance matrix in 3D.
+					</description>
+				</parameter>
+			</group>
+		</configuration>
+	</plugin>
+</seiscomp>

etc/descriptions/global_mb.xml

@@ -0,0 +1,35 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
+<seiscomp>
+	<plugin name="mb">
+		<extends>global</extends>
+		<description>
+		Body wave magnitude at teleseismic distances
+		</description>
+	</plugin>
+	<binding name="mb" module="global">
+		<description>
+		Body wave magnitude at teleseismic distances measured at 1 s period.
+		</description>
+		<configuration>
+			<group name="magnitudes">
+				<group name="mb">
+					<description>
+					Parameters for computing mb magnitudes from mb amplitudes.
+					</description>
+					<parameter name="minDist" type="double" unit="deg" default="5">
+						<description>
+						Minimum epicentral distance for computing mb. Note: According
+						to the IASPEI recommendations in 2013, the minimum distance
+						should be 20 deg.
+						</description>
+					</parameter>
+					<parameter name="maxDist" type="double" unit="deg" default="105">
+						<description>
+						Maximum epicentral distance for computing mb.
+						</description>
+					</parameter>
+				</group>
+			</group>
+		</configuration>
+	</binding>
+</seiscomp>

etc/descriptions/global_mb_bb.xml

@@ -0,0 +1,35 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
+<seiscomp>
+	<plugin name="mB_BB">
+		<extends>global</extends>
+		<description>
+		Body wave magnitude  at teleseismic distances similar to mb
+		</description>
+	</plugin>
+	<binding name="mB_BB" module="global">
+		<description>
+		The body wave magnitude at teleseismic distances similar to mb.
+		</description>
+		<configuration>
+			<group name="magnitudes">
+				<group name="mB">
+					<description>
+					Parameters for computing mB magnitudes from mB amplitudes.
+					</description>
+					<parameter name="minDist" type="double" unit="deg" default="5">
+						<description>
+						Minimum epicentral distance for computing mB. Note: According
+						to the IASPEI recommendations in 2013, the minimum distance
+						should be 20 deg.
+						</description>
+					</parameter>
+					<parameter name="maxDist" type="double" unit="deg" default="105">
+						<description>
+						Maximum epicentral distance for computing mB.
+						</description>
+					</parameter>
+				</group>
+			</group>
+		</configuration>
+	</binding>
+</seiscomp>

etc/descriptions/global_mb_idc.xml

@@ -0,0 +1,35 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
+<seiscomp>
+	<plugin name="mb_IDC">
+		<extends>global</extends>
+		<description>
+		Body wave magnitude computed at CTBTO/IDC (mb) is calculated for seismic
+		events from the time-defining primary body waves recorded at seismic
+		stations at an epicentral distance between 20 and 105 degrees
+		from the event.
+		</description>
+	</plugin>
+	<binding name="mb_IDC" module="global">
+		<description>
+		Body wave magnitude computed at CTBTO/IDC (mb) is calculated for seismic
+		events from the time-defining primary body waves recorded at seismic
+		stations at an epicentral distance between 20 and 105 degrees
+		from the event.
+		</description>
+		<configuration>
+			<group name="magnitudes">
+				<group name="mb(IDC)">
+					<parameter name="Q" type="path">
+						<description>
+						Location of the station specific Q table. If not
+						specified then @DATADIR@/magnitudes/IDC/qfvc.ml will be
+						used as fallback. {net}, {sta} and {loc} are placeholders
+						which will be replaced with the concrete network code,
+						station code and location code.
+						</description>
+					</parameter>
+				</group>
+			</group>
+		</configuration>
+	</binding>
+</seiscomp>

etc/descriptions/global_md.xml

@@ -0,0 +1,115 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
+<seiscomp>
+        <plugin name="Md">
+                <extends>global</extends>
+                <description>
+                Duration magnitude plugin
+                </description>
+	</plugin>
+	<binding name="Md" module="global">
+		<description>
+		Duration magnitude plugin
+		</description>
+		<configuration>
+			<group name="magnitudes">
+				<group name="md">
+					<parameter name="seismo" type="int" default="9">
+						<description>
+						Default filter type to use before processing and after deconvolution. It's possible to set :
+						1 for a Wood-Anderson seismometer
+						2 for a 5sec generic Seismometer
+						3 for a WWSSN LP seismometer
+						4 for a WSSN SP seismometer
+						5 for a Generic Seismometer
+						6 for a Butterworth Low pass filter
+						7 for a Butterworth High pass filter
+						8 for a Butterworth Band pass filter
+						9 for a 1Hz eigen-frequency L4C seismometer
+						</description>
+					</parameter>
+					<parameter name="taper" type="double" default="5" unit="s">
+						<description>
+						taper applied to the signal
+						</description>
+					</parameter>
+					<parameter name="signal_length"  type="double" default="150" unit="s">
+						<description>
+						signal length used to compute the duration magnitude
+						</description>
+					</parameter>
+					<parameter name="butterworth" type="string" default="&quot;3,1.5&quot;">
+						<description>
+						Butterworth filter parameter applied to the signal
+						</description>
+					</parameter>
+					<parameter name="depthmax" type="double" default="200" unit="km">
+						<description>
+						Maximum depth at which duration magnitude is valid
+						</description>
+					</parameter>
+					<parameter name="deltamax" type="double" default="400" unit="km">
+						<description>
+						Maximum distance between earthquake and station at which duration magnitude is valid
+						</description>
+					</parameter>
+					<parameter name="snrmin" type="double" default="1.2">
+						<description>
+						Signal to noise ratio below which the coda is reached
+						</description>
+					</parameter>
+					<parameter name="mdmax" type="double" default="5.0">
+						<description>
+						Maximum expected duration magnitude value
+						This is used to find how much data should be loaded for a given station by reversing the formula
+						</description>
+					</parameter>
+					<parameter name="fma" type="double" default="-0.87">
+						<description>
+						FMA regional coefficient
+						See Hypo2000 manual
+						</description>
+					</parameter>
+					<parameter name="fmb" type="double" default="2.0">
+						<description>
+						FMB regional coefficient
+						See Hypo2000 manual
+						</description>
+					</parameter>
+					<parameter name="fmd" type="double" default="0.0035">
+						<description>
+						FMD regional coefficient
+						See Hypo2000 manual
+						</description>
+					</parameter>
+					<parameter name="fmf" type="double" default="0.0">
+						<description>
+						FMF regional coefficient
+						See Hypo2000 manual
+						</description>
+					</parameter>
+					<parameter name="fmz" type="double" default="0.0">
+						<description>
+						FMZ regional coefficient
+						See Hypo2000 manual
+						</description>
+					</parameter>
+					<parameter name="linearcorrection" type="double" default="1.0">
+						<description>
+						Linear correction
+						</description>
+					</parameter>
+					<parameter name="offset" type="double" default="0.0">
+						<description>
+						Offset
+						</description>
+					</parameter>
+					<parameter name="stacor" type="double" default="0.0">
+						<description>
+						Station correction
+						</description>
+					</parameter>
+				</group>
+			</group>
+		</configuration>
+	</binding>
+</seiscomp>

etc/descriptions/global_ml.xml

@@ -0,0 +1,98 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
+<seiscomp>
+	<plugin name="ML">
+		<extends>global</extends>
+		<description>
+		Standard local (Richter) magnitude
+		</description>
+		<configuration>
+			<extend-struct type="GlobalMagnitudeProfile" match-name="ML">
+				<extend-struct type="GlobalMagnitudeRegionProfile">
+					<parameter name="logA0" type="string">
+						<description>
+						Overrides the calibration function log10(A0)
+						for computing ML per region. See logA0
+						description in the bindings.
+						</description>
+					</parameter>
+				</extend-struct>
+			</extend-struct>
+		</configuration>
+	</plugin>
+
+	<binding name="ML" module="global">
+		<description>
+		Standard local (Richter) magnitude
+		</description>
+		<configuration>
+			<group name="amplitudes">
+				<group name="ML">
+					<description>
+					Parameters for measuring ML amplitudes. Add more parameters
+					by adding an amplitude type profile 'ML',
+					</description>
+					<parameter name="preFilter" type="string" default="">
+						<description>
+						The filter applied to raw records before applying
+						Wood-Anderson simulation. Default: no pre-filtering.
+						</description>
+					</parameter>
+					<parameter name="measureType" type="string" default="AbsMax">
+						<description>
+						This parameter allows to set how the amplitude is measured.
+						Either by finding the absolute maximum of the demeaned
+						trace (AbsMax), the difference of maximum and minimum of
+						the signal window (MinMax) or the maximum peak-trough
+						of one cycle (PeakTrough).
+
+						Note that if absMax is already explicitly configured, this
+						parameter has no effect.
+						</description>
+					</parameter>
+					<parameter name="combiner" type="string" default="average">
+						<description>
+						Defines the combiner operation for the amplitudes measured
+						on either both horizontal component. The default is to
+						use the average. Allowed values are: &quot;average&quot;,
+						&quot;min&quot;, &quot;max&quot; and &quot;geometric_mean&quot;.
+						&quot;geometric_mean&quot; corresponds to averaging single-trace
+						magnitudes instead of their amplitudes.
+						</description>
+					</parameter>
+				</group>
+			</group>
+
+			<group name="magnitudes">
+				<group name="ML">
+					<description>
+					Parameters for computing ML magnitudes from ML amplitudes.
+					</description>
+					<parameter name="logA0" type="string" default="0:-1.3,60:-2.8,100:-3.0,400:-4.5,1000:-5.85">
+						<description>
+						The calibration function log10(A0).
+
+						Format: any list of distance-value pairs separated by
+						comma. Values within pairs are separated by colon.
+
+						Example: &quot;0:-1.3,60:-2.8,100:-3.0,400:-4.5,1000:-5.85&quot;
+						specifies 4 distance intervals from
+						0...60, 60...100, 100...400 and 400...1000 km distance.
+						Within these intervals log10(A0) is interpolated linearly
+						between -1.3...-2.8, -2.8...-3.0, -3.0...-4.5 and -4.5...-5.8,
+						respectively.
+
+						Note: The first and last distance samples limit the
+						maximum distance range for computing ML.
+						</description>
+					</parameter>
+					<parameter name="maxDistanceKm" type="double" unit="km" default="-1.0">
+						<description>
+							Maximum epicentral distance for computing ML.
+							No distance limitation for maxDistanceKm = -1.
+						</description>
+					</parameter>
+				</group>
+			</group>
+		</configuration>
+	</binding>
+</seiscomp>

etc/descriptions/global_ml_idc.xml

@@ -0,0 +1,29 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
+<seiscomp>
+	<plugin name="ML_IDC">
+		<extends>global</extends>
+		<description>
+		CTBTO/IDC local magnitude.
+		</description>
+	</plugin>
+	<binding name="ML_IDC" module="global">
+		<description>
+		CTBTO/IDC local magnitude.
+		</description>
+		<configuration>
+			<group name="magnitudes">
+				<group name="ML(IDC)">
+					<parameter name="A" type="path">
+						<description>
+						Location of the station specific attenuation table. If not
+						specified then @DATADIR@/magnitudes/IDC/global.ml will be
+						used as fallback. {net}, {sta} and {loc} are placeholders
+						which will be replaced with the concrete network code,
+						station code and location code.
+						</description>
+					</parameter>
+				</group>
+			</group>
+		</configuration>
+	</binding>
+</seiscomp>

etc/descriptions/global_mlc.xml

@@ -0,0 +1,288 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
+<seiscomp>
+	<plugin name="MLc">
+		<extends>global</extends>
+		<description>
+		Custom magnitude for local events measured on horizontal components
+		</description>
+		<configuration>
+			<extend-struct type="GlobalMagnitudeProfile" match-name="MLc">
+				<extend-struct type="GlobalMagnitudeRegionProfile">
+					<parameter name="distMode" type="string">
+						<description>
+						Considered distance measure between source and receiver.
+						Possible values are
+
+						hypocentral: hypocentral distance
+
+						epicentral: epicentral distance
+						</description>
+					</parameter>
+					<parameter name="calibrationType" type="string" unit="">
+						<description>
+						Type of magnitude calibration formula to be considered.
+						The calibration parameters are considered accordingly.
+						Currently supported are
+
+						&quot;parametric&quot;: consider parameters of parametric
+						configuration in parametric section
+
+						&quot;A0&quot;: consider parameters of non-parametric
+						configuration in A0 section.
+						</description>
+					</parameter>
+					<group name="A0">
+						<description>
+						Parameters for A0, non-parametric magnitude calibration.
+						</description>
+						<parameter name="logA0" type="string">
+							<description>
+							Overrides the calibration function log10(A0)
+							for computing MLc per region. See logA0
+							description in the bindings.
+							</description>
+						</parameter>
+					</group>
+
+					<group name="parametric">
+						<description>
+						Parameters for parametric magnitude calibration:
+						MLc = log10(A) + c3 * log10(r/c5) + c2 * (r + c4) + c1 + c0(station)
+						</description>
+						<parameter name="c0" type="double">
+							<description>
+							Overrides the calibration parameter c0
+							for computing MLc per region. See c0
+							description in the bindings.
+							</description>
+						</parameter>
+						<parameter name="c1" type="double">
+							<description>
+							Overrides the calibration parameter c1
+							for computing MLc per region. See c1
+							description in the bindings.
+							</description>
+						</parameter>
+						<parameter name="c2" type="double">
+							<description>
+							Overrides the calibration parameter c2
+							for computing MLc per region. See c2
+							description in the bindings.
+							</description>
+						</parameter>
+						<parameter name="c3" type="double">
+							<description>
+							Overrides the calibration parameter c3
+							for computing MLc per region. See c3
+							description in the bindings.
+							</description>
+						</parameter>
+						<parameter name="c4" type="double">
+							<description>
+							Overrides the calibration parameter c4
+							for computing MLc per region. See c4
+							description in the bindings.
+							</description>
+						</parameter>
+						<parameter name="c5" type="double">
+							<description>
+							Overrides the calibration parameter c5
+							for computing MLc per region. See c5
+							description in the bindings.
+							</description>
+						</parameter>
+					</group>
+				</extend-struct>
+			</extend-struct>
+		</configuration>
+	</plugin>
+	<binding name="MLc" module="global">
+		<description>
+		Custom magnitude for local events measured on horizontal components
+		</description>
+		<configuration>
+			<group name="amplitudes">
+				<group name="MLc">
+					<description>
+					Parameters for measuring MLc amplitudes. Add more parameters
+					by adding an amplitude type profile 'MLc',
+					</description>
+					<parameter name="preFilter" type="string" default="BW(3,0.5,12)">
+						<description>
+						The filter applied to raw records before applying
+						Wood-Anderson simulation.
+						</description>
+					</parameter>
+					<parameter name="applyWoodAnderson" type="boolean" default="true">
+						<description>
+						Applying Wood-Anderson simulation. To achieve displacement
+						records without WA simulation, an integration filter can
+						be applied with the pre-filter.
+						</description>
+					</parameter>
+					<parameter name="amplitudeScale" type="string" default="1.0">
+						<description>
+						Scaling value multiplied to the measured amplitudes to
+						match the amplitude units expected by the magnitude
+						calibration function.
+
+						Expected amplitudes are
+						in units of mym but actual amplitudes provided from
+						Wood-Anderson-corrected seismograms are in units of mm:
+						amplitudeScale = 1000.
+
+						If data are not corrected for WA, measured amplitudes
+						take the unit of gain-corrected data considering the
+						preFilter:
+						amplitudeScale converts between units of measured and
+						excpected amplitude.
+						</description>
+					</parameter>
+					<parameter name="measureType" type="string" default="AbsMax">
+						<description>
+						Type for measuring amplitudes. Available:
+
+						AbsMax: absolute maximum
+
+						MinMax: half difference between absolute maximum and minimum
+
+						PeakTrough: half difference between maximum and minimum
+						on a half cycle
+						</description>
+					</parameter>
+					<parameter name="combiner" type="string" default="max">
+						<description>
+						Define how to combine the amplitudes measured on both
+						horizontals components:
+
+						min: take the minimum
+
+						max: take the maxium
+
+						avgerage: form the average
+
+						geometric_mean: form the geometric mean
+						</description>
+					</parameter>
+				</group>
+			</group>
+			<group name="magnitudes">
+				<group name="MLc">
+					<description>
+					Parameters for computing MLc magnitudes from MLc amplitudes.
+					</description>
+					<parameter name="distMode" type="string" default="hypocentral">
+						<description>
+						Considered distance measure between source and receiver.
+						Possible values are
+
+						hypocentral: hypocentral distance
+
+						epicentral: epicentral distance
+						</description>
+					</parameter>
+					<parameter name="minDist" type="double" default="-1.0" unit="deg">
+						<description>
+						The minimum distance for computing magnitudes from amplitudes.
+						Negative values deactivate the check.
+						</description>
+					</parameter>
+					<parameter name="maxDist" type="double" default="8" unit="deg">
+						<description>
+						The maximum distance for computing magnitudes from amplitudes.
+						Negative values deactivate the check.
+						</description>
+					</parameter>
+					<parameter name="maxDepth" type="double" default="80" unit="km">
+						<description>
+						The maximum source depth up to which magnitudes are computed.
+						</description>
+					</parameter>
+					<parameter name="calibrationType" type="string" default="&quot;parametric&quot;" unit="">
+						<description>
+						Type of magnitude calibration formula to be considered.
+						The calibration parameters are considered accordingly.
+						Currently supported are
+
+						&quot;parametric&quot;: consider parameters of parametric
+						configuration in parametric section
+
+						&quot;A0&quot;: consider parameters of non-parametric
+						configuration in A0 section.
+						</description>
+					</parameter>
+					<group name="A0">
+						<description>
+						Parameters for A0, non-parametric magnitude calibration.
+						Considered if magnitude.MLc.calibrationType = "A0".
+						</description>
+						<parameter name="logA0" type="string" default="0:-1.3,60:-2.8,100:-3.0,400:-4.5,1000:-5.85">
+							<description>
+							The non-parametric calibration function log10(A0).
+
+							Format: any list of distance-value pairs separated by
+							comma. Values within pairs are separated by colon.
+
+							Example: &quot;0:-1.3,60:-2.8,100:-3.0,400:-4.5,1000:-5.85&quot;
+							specifies 4 distance intervals from
+							0...60, 60...100, 100...400 and 400...1000 km distance.
+							Within these intervals log10(A0) is interpolated linearly
+							between -1.3...-2.8, -2.8...-3.0, -3.0...-4.5 and -4.5...-5.8,
+							respectively.
+
+							Note: The first and last distance samples limit the
+							maximum distance range for computing MLv.
+							</description>
+						</parameter>
+					</group>
+					<group name="parametric">
+						<description>
+						Parameters for parametric magnitude calibration:
+						MLc = log10(A) + c3 * log10(r/c5) + c2 * (r + c4) + c1 + c0(station)
+
+						Considered if magnitude.MLc.calibrationType = "parametric".
+						</description>
+						<parameter name="c0" type="double" default="0.0">
+							<description>
+							Station correction. This is the calibration value 'c0'
+							applied in the
+							parametric magnitude calibration formula.
+							</description>
+						</parameter>
+						<parameter name="c1" type="double" default="0.69">
+							<description>
+							The calibration value 'c1' applied in the
+							parametric magnitude calibration formula.
+							</description>
+						</parameter>
+						<parameter name="c2" type="double"  default="0.00095">
+							<description>
+							The calibration value 'c2' applied in the
+							magnitude calibration formula
+							parametric magnitude calibration formula.
+							</description>
+						</parameter>
+						<parameter name="c3" type="double" default="1.11">
+							<description>
+							The calibration value 'c3' applied in the
+							parametric magnitude calibration formula.
+							</description>
+						</parameter>
+						<parameter name="c4" type="double" default="0.0">
+							<description>
+							The calibration value 'c4' applied in the
+							parametric magnitude calibration formula.
+							</description>
+						</parameter>
+						<parameter name="c5" type="double" default="1.0">
+							<description>
+							The calibration value 'c5' applied in the
+							parametric magnitude calibration formula.
+							</description>
+						</parameter>
+					</group>
+				</group>
+			</group>
+		</configuration>
+	</binding>
+</seiscomp>

etc/descriptions/global_mlh.xml

@@ -0,0 +1,57 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
+<seiscomp>
+	<plugin name="MLh">
+		<extends>global</extends>
+		<description>
+		The MLh plugin (previously MLsed) is designed to compute amplitudes
+		and magnitudes according to the Swiss Seismological Service (SED)
+		standards.
+		</description>
+	</plugin>
+	<binding name="MLh" module="global">
+		<description>
+		The MLh plugin (previously MLsed) is designed to compute amplitudes
+		and magnitudes according to the Swiss Seismological Service (SED)
+		standards. It is a modified version of the gempa ML plugin developed
+		at the Liverpool developer meeting.
+		</description>
+		<configuration>
+			<group name="amplitudes">
+				<group name="MLh">
+					<parameter name="maxavg" type="string" default="max">
+						<description>
+						Define combiner operation for both horizontals (min, max, avg).
+						</description>
+					</parameter>
+					<parameter name="ClippingThreshold" type="double">
+						<description>
+						MLh clipping level, in raw counts, eg. 80% of 2^23 = 6710886.
+						</description>
+					</parameter>
+				</group>
+			</group>
+			<group name="magnitudes">
+				<group name="MLh">
+					<parameter name="params" type="string">
+						<description>
+						Defines attenuation parameters for MLh.
+						Format: &quot;UpToKilometers A B; UpToNextKilometers A B;&quot;.
+						Example: &quot;30 nomag; 60 0.018 2.17; 700 0.0038 3.02&quot;.
+						The first parameter set &quot;30 nomag&quot; means that up to 30km
+						from the sensor the magnitude should not be calculated.
+
+						Note: No MLh computation if params is empty.
+						</description>
+					</parameter>
+					<parameter name="maxDepth" type="double" unit="km" default="80" >
+						<description>
+							Maximum depth allowed to compute the magnitude. Make sure to
+							also update the MLh amplitude bindings accordingly to this
+							value. maxDepth should not be greater than 80km. 
+						</description>
+					</parameter>
+				</group>
+			</group>
+		</configuration>
+	</binding>
+</seiscomp>

etc/descriptions/global_mlr.xml

@@ -0,0 +1,33 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
+<seiscomp>
+	<plugin name="MLr">
+		<extends>global</extends>
+		<description>
+		The GNS/Geonet local magnitude
+		</description>
+	</plugin>
+	<binding name="MLr" module="global">
+		<configuration>
+			<group name="magnitudes">
+				<group name="MLr">
+					<description>
+					Parameter for computing MLr magnitudes for GNS/Geonet from MLv amplitudes.
+					</description>
+					<parameter name="params" type="string">
+						<description>
+						Defines Stations Corrections parameters for MLr (GNS/Geonet Local magnitude).
+						Format: &quot;UpToKilometers A ; UpToNextKilometers A ;&quot;.
+						Example: &quot;30 nomag; 60 0.018 ; 700 0.0038 &quot;.
+						The first parameter set &quot;30 nomag&quot; means that up to 30km
+						from the sensor the magnitude should not be calculated.
+						A is used as station correction.
+						"nomag" is used to disable station magnitudes.
+
+						Note: No MLr computation if params is empty.
+						</description>
+					</parameter>
+				</group>
+			</group>
+		</configuration>
+	</binding>
+</seiscomp>

etc/descriptions/global_mlv.xml

@@ -0,0 +1,88 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
+<seiscomp>
+	<plugin name="MLv">
+		<extends>global</extends>
+		<description>
+		Local (Richter) magnitude measured on the vertical component
+		</description>
+		<configuration>
+			<extend-struct type="GlobalMagnitudeProfile" match-name="MLv">
+				<extend-struct type="GlobalMagnitudeRegionProfile">
+					<parameter name="logA0" type="string">
+						<description>
+						Overrides the calibration function log10(A0)
+						for computing MLv per region. See logA0
+						description in the bindings.
+						</description>
+					</parameter>
+				</extend-struct>
+			</extend-struct>
+		</configuration>
+	</plugin>
+
+	<binding name="MLv" module="global">
+		<description>
+		Local (Richter) magnitude measured on the vertical component
+		</description>
+		<configuration>
+			<group name="amplitudes">
+				<group name="MLv">
+					<description>
+					Parameters for measuring MLv amplitudes. Add more parameters
+					by adding an amplitude type profile 'MLv',
+					</description>
+					<parameter name="preFilter" type="string" default="">
+						<description>
+						The filter applied to raw records before applying
+						Wood-Anderson simulation. Default: no pre-filtering.
+						</description>
+					</parameter>
+					<parameter name="measureType" type="string" default="AbsMax">
+						<description>
+						This parameter allows to set how the amplitude is measured.
+						Either by finding the absolute maximum of the demeaned
+						trace (AbsMax), the difference of maximum and minimum of
+						the signal window (MinMax) or the maximum peak-trough
+						of one cycle (PeakTrough).
+
+						Note that if absMax is already explicitly configured, this
+						parameter has no effect.
+						</description>
+					</parameter>
+				</group>
+			</group>
+
+			<group name="magnitudes">
+				<group name="MLv">
+					<description>
+					Parameters for computing MLv magnitudes from MLv amplitudes.
+					</description>
+					<parameter name="logA0" type="string" default="0:-1.3,60:-2.8,100:-3.0,400:-4.5,1000:-5.85">
+						<description>
+						The calibration function log10(A0).
+
+						Format: any list of distance-value pairs separated by
+						comma. Values within pairs are separated by colon.
+
+						Example: &quot;0:-1.3,60:-2.8,100:-3.0,400:-4.5,1000:-5.85&quot;
+						specifies 4 distance intervals from
+						0...60, 60...100, 100...400 and 400...1000 km distance.
+						Within these intervals log10(A0) is interpolated linearly
+						between -1.3...-2.8, -2.8...-3.0, -3.0...-4.5 and -4.5...-5.8,
+						respectively.
+
+						Note: The first and last distance samples limit the
+						maximum distance range for computing MLv.
+						</description>
+					</parameter>
+					<parameter name="maxDistanceKm" type="double" unit="km" default="-1.0">
+						<description>
+							Maximum epicentral distance for computing MLv.
+							No distance limitation for maxDistanceKm=-1
+						</description>
+					</parameter>
+				</group>
+			</group>
+		</configuration>
+	</binding>
+</seiscomp>

etc/descriptions/global_mn.xml

@@ -0,0 +1,176 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
+<seiscomp>
+	<plugin name="MN">
+		<extends>global</extends>
+		<description>
+			Nuttli magnitude for Canada and other Cratonic regions
+		</description>
+		<configuration>
+			<group name="amplitudes">
+				<group name="MN">
+					<description>
+					Amplitude control parameters for MN (Nuttli magnitude).
+					</description>
+					<parameter name="velocityModel" type="string" default="iasp91">
+						<description>
+						The travel time table set compiled for LocSAT. The tables
+						are located in &quot;share/locsat/tables/[vmodel].*&quot;.
+						</description>
+					</parameter>
+				</group>
+			</group>
+			<group name="magnitudes">
+				<group name="MN">
+					<description>
+					Regionalization of MN (Nuttli magnitude).
+					</description>
+					<parameter name="region" type="path" default="@DATADIR@/magnitudes/MN/MN.bna">
+						<description>
+						The path to the BNA file which defines the valid region
+						for the MN magnitude. Note that the entire path from
+						source to receiver must lie entirely within the polygon(s).
+						</description>
+					</parameter>
+					<parameter name="offsetMw" type="double">
+						<description>
+						The offset applied to the MN network magnitude to
+						estimate Mw(MN). If not configured then no Mw estimation
+						will be applied.
+						</description>
+					</parameter>
+				</group>
+			</group>
+		</configuration>
+	</plugin>
+	<binding name="MN" module="global">
+		<description>
+		</description>
+		<configuration>
+			<group name="amplitudes">
+				<group name="MN">
+					<description>
+					Parameters for measuring AMN amplitudes.
+					</description>
+					<parameter name="rms" type="boolean" default="false">
+						<description>
+						Whether to use RMS ratio of signal and noise window for
+						SNR computation or the ration of the peak-trough
+						amplitudes of either window.
+						</description>
+					</parameter>
+					<parameter name="filter" type="string">
+						<description>
+						The configurable filter such that the V measurement is
+						made on a filtered trace. By default, filtering is not
+						enabled.
+
+						See https://docs.gempa.de/seiscomp/current/base/filter-grammar.html
+						for how to specify the filter.
+						</description>
+					</parameter>
+					<parameter name="Vmin" type="double" default="3.2" unit="km/s">
+						<description>
+						The minimum phase velocity used to determine the signal
+						window end.
+						</description>
+					</parameter>
+					<parameter name="Vmax" type="double" default="3.6" unit="km/s">
+						<description>
+						The maximum phase velocity used to determine the signal
+						window start.
+						</description>
+					</parameter>
+					<parameter name="snrWindowSeconds" type="double" default="10" unit="s">
+						<description>
+						The length of the SNR window.
+						</description>
+					</parameter>
+					<parameter name="noiseWindowPreSeconds" type="double" default="0" unit="s">
+						<description>
+						The offset of the noise window. A positive value will move
+						the computed noise window to the left on the time axis,
+						a negative value will move it to the right on the time axis.
+						</description>
+					</parameter>
+					<parameter name="signalStartPriorities" type="list:string" default="Lg,Sg,Sn,S,Vmax">
+						<description>
+						The priority list of phase onsets to compute the signal
+						start window. Except for Vmin and Vmax, associated phases
+						(arrivals) must be present in the origin for this
+						particular phase. Picked phases are only considered if
+						the origin is a manual origin or the pick is a
+						manual pick. The first value in the list which can be
+						retrieved or computed, is selected.
+
+						Allowed tokens: Pg, Pn, P, Sg, Sn, S, Lg, Rg, Vmin, Vmax
+						</description>
+					</parameter>
+					<parameter name="signalEndPriorities" type="list:string" default="Rg,Vmin">
+						<description>
+						The priority list of phase onsets to compute the signal
+						end window. Except for Vmin and Vmax, associated phases
+						(arrivals) must be present in the origin for this
+						particular phase. Picked phases are only considered if
+						the origin is a manual origin or the pick is a
+						manual pick. The first value in the list which can be
+						retrieved or computed, is selected.
+
+						Allowed tokens: Pg, Pn, P, Sg, Sn, S, Lg, Rg, Vmin, Vmax
+						</description>
+					</parameter>
+				</group>
+			</group>
+			<group name="magnitudes">
+				<group name="MN">
+					<description>
+					Parameters for computing MN magnitudes from AMN amplitudes.
+					</description>
+					<parameter name="minSNR" type="double" default="2">
+						<description>
+						The minimum SNR required for a magnitude to pass
+						the QC check. The station magnitude will be computed
+						anyway but if the SNR is below this threshold it will
+						be associated with weight zero and will not contribute
+						to the network magnitude.
+						</description>
+					</parameter>
+					<parameter name="minPeriod" type="double" default="0.01" unit="s">
+						<description>
+						The minimum period required for a magnitude to pass
+						the QC check. The station magnitude will be computed
+						anyway but if the period is below this threshold it will
+						be associated with weight zero and will not contribute
+						to the network magnitude.
+						</description>
+					</parameter>
+					<parameter name="maxPeriod" type="double" default="1.3" unit="s">
+						<description>
+						The maximum period allowed for a magnitude to pass
+						the QC check. The station magnitude will be computed
+						anyway but if the period is above this threshold it will
+						be associated with weight zero and will not contribute
+						to the network magnitude.
+						</description>
+					</parameter>
+					<parameter name="minDist" type="double" default="0.5" unit="deg">
+						<description>
+						The minimum distance required for a magnitude to pass
+						the QC check. The station magnitude will be computed
+						anyway but if the distance is below this threshold it
+						will be associated with weight zero and will not contribute
+						to the network magnitude.
+						</description>
+					</parameter>
+					<parameter name="maxDist" type="double" default="30" unit="deg">
+						<description>
+						The maximum distance allowed for a magnitude to be
+						computed. If the distance exceeds this threshold then
+						the computation will be canceled and no station
+						magnitude will be available at all.
+						</description>
+					</parameter>
+				</group>
+			</group>
+		</configuration>
+	</binding>
+</seiscomp>

etc/descriptions/global_ms_20.xml

@@ -0,0 +1,66 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
+<seiscomp>
+	<plugin name="Ms_20">
+		<extends>global</extends>
+		<description>
+		Surface wave magnitude measured at around 20 s
+		</description>
+	</plugin>
+	<binding name="Ms_20" module="global">
+		<description>
+		The surface wave magnitude measured on the vertical component
+		at around 20 s period.
+		</description>
+		<configuration>
+			<group name="amplitudes">
+				<group name="Ms_20">
+					<description>
+					Parameters for computing Ms_20 amplitudes.
+					</description>
+					<parameter name="minVelocity" type="double" unit="km/s" default="3">
+						<description>
+						Minimum group velocity used to compute signal time window.
+						</description>
+					</parameter>
+					<parameter name="maxVelocity" type="double" unit="km/s" default="4">
+						<description>
+						Maximum group velocity used to compute signal time window.
+						</description>
+					</parameter>
+				</group>
+			</group>
+			<group name="magnitudes">
+				<group name="Ms_20">
+					<description>
+					Parameters for computing Ms_20 magnitudes from Ms_20 amplitudes.
+					</description>
+					<parameter name="lowerPeriod" type="double" unit="s" default="18">
+						<description>
+						Lower period limit of the signal for computing Ms_20.
+						</description>
+					</parameter>
+					<parameter name="upperPeriod" type="double" unit="s" default="22">
+						<description>
+						Upper period limit of the signal for computing Ms_20.
+						</description>
+					</parameter>
+					<parameter name="minDist" type="double" unit="deg" default="20">
+						<description>
+						Minimum epicentral distance for computing Ms_20.
+						</description>
+					</parameter>
+					<parameter name="maxDist" type="double" unit="deg" default="160">
+						<description>
+						Maximum epicentral distance for computing Ms_20.
+						</description>
+					</parameter>
+					<parameter name="maxDepth" type="double" unit="km" default="100">
+						<description>
+						Maximum depth for computing Ms_20.
+						</description>
+					</parameter>
+				</group>
+			</group>
+		</configuration>
+	</binding>
+</seiscomp>

etc/descriptions/global_nonlinloc.xml

@@ -0,0 +1,155 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
+<seiscomp>
+	<plugin name="NonLinLoc">
+		<extends>global</extends>
+		<description>
+			NonLinLoc locator wrapper plugin for SeisComP.
+			NonLinLoc was written by Anthony Lomax (http://alomax.free.fr/nlloc).
+		</description>
+		<configuration>
+			<group name="NonLinLoc">
+				<parameter name="publicID" type="string" default="NLL.@time/%Y%m%d%H%M%S.%f@.@id@">
+					<description>
+						PublicID creation pattern for an origin created by NonLinLoc.
+					</description>
+				</parameter>
+
+				<parameter name="outputPath" type="path" default="/tmp/sc3.nll">
+					<description>
+						Defines the output path for all native NonLinLoc input and output files.
+					</description>
+				</parameter>
+
+				<parameter name="saveInput" type="boolean" default="true">
+					<description>
+						Save input files *.obs in outputPath for later processing.
+						Setting to false reduces file i/o and saves disk space.
+					</description>
+				</parameter>
+
+				<parameter name="saveIntermediateOutput" type="boolean" default="true">
+					<description>
+						Save output files in outputPath for later processing or
+						for viewing by the Seismicity Viewer.
+						Setting to false reduces file i/o and saves disk space.
+					</description>
+				</parameter>
+
+				<parameter name="controlFile" type="path">
+					<description>
+						The default NonLinLoc control file to use.
+					</description>
+				</parameter>
+
+				<parameter name="defaultPickError" type="double" default="0.5" unit="s">
+					<description>
+						The default pick error in seconds passed to NonLinLoc if a SeisComP pick
+						object does not provide pick time uncertainties.
+					</description>
+				</parameter>
+
+				<parameter name="fixedDepthGridSpacing" type="double" default="0.1" unit="km">
+					<description>
+						Since NLL does not support fixing the depth natively so this
+						feature is emulated by settings the Z grid very tight around
+						the depth to be fixed. This value sets the Z grid spacing.
+					</description>
+				</parameter>
+
+				<parameter name="allowMissingStations" type="boolean" default="true">
+					<description>
+						Picks from stations with missing configuration will be
+						ignored. The origin will be relocated without that pick
+						if possible.
+
+						If set to false, the plug-in throws
+						an excepection without locating.
+					</description>
+				</parameter>
+
+				<parameter name="profiles" type="list:string">
+					<description>
+						Defines a list of active profiles to be used by the plugin.
+					</description>
+				</parameter>
+
+				<group name="profile">
+					<struct type="NonLinLoc profile" link = "NonLinLoc.profiles">
+						<description>
+							Defines a regional profile that is used if a prelocation falls
+							inside the configured region.
+						</description>
+						<parameter name="earthModelID" type="string">
+							<description>
+								earthModelID that is stored in the created origin.
+							</description>
+						</parameter>
+						<parameter name="methodID" type="string" default="NonLinLoc">
+							<description>
+								methodID that is stored in the created origin.
+							</description>
+						</parameter>
+						<parameter name="tablePath" type="path">
+							<description>
+								Path to travel time tables (grids).
+							</description>
+						</parameter> 
+						<parameter name="stationNameFormat" type="string" default="@STA@">
+							<description>
+								Format of the station name used to select the right travel time table (grid) file
+								for a station. 
+								By default only the station code is used (e.g. tablePath.P.@STA@.time.*), but
+								that doesn't allow to distinguish between multiple network codes or location codes
+								that use the same station code.
+								To overcome this limitation this parameter could be set in a more general way, for
+								example @NET@_@STA@_@LOC@. In this way NonLinLoc will look for
+								travel time table (grid) files of the form: tablePath.P.@NET@_@STA@_@LOC@.time.*
+								Where @NET@ @STA@ @LOC@ are just placeholder for the actual codes
+							</description>
+						</parameter> 
+						<parameter name="controlFile" type="path">
+							<description>
+								Control file of the current profile. If not set, the default
+								control file will be used instead.
+							</description>
+						</parameter>
+						<parameter name="transform" type="string" default="GLOBAL">
+							<description>
+								Transformation type of the configured region. Supported are
+								SIMPLE and GLOBAL.
+
+								Default: GLOBAL is assumed.
+							</description>
+						</parameter>
+						<parameter name="region" type="list:double">
+							<description>
+								Defines the 4 corner values of the epicentral region for selecting the profile.
+								The original epicentre must be within the region.
+
+								If transform is GLOBAL: min_lat, min_lon, max_lat, max_lon.
+								The values define the geographic corner coordinates. Unit is degree.
+
+								If transform is SIMPLE: xmin, ymin, xmax, ymax.
+								The values define the region relative to the configured origin.
+								Unit is km.
+							</description>
+						</parameter>
+						<parameter name="origin" type="list:double" unit="deg">
+							<description>
+								Only used for transformation SIMPLE. Expects 2 values: latitude, longitude.
+								The value define the geographic origin of the area spanned by region.
+								Unit is degree.
+							</description>
+						</parameter>
+						<parameter name="rotation" type="double" unit="deg">
+							<description>
+								Only used for transformation SIMPLE. Defines the rotation around the
+								origin of the defined region.
+							</description>
+						</parameter>
+					</struct>
+				</group>
+			</group>
+		</configuration>
+	</plugin>
+</seiscomp>

etc/descriptions/global_saic.xml

@@ -0,0 +1,92 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
+<seiscomp>
+	<plugin name="S-AIC">
+		<extends>global</extends>
+		<description>
+		The S-AIC plugin computes S picks triggered by P picks by
+		computing a running AIC. It works on the L2-norm of the
+		horizontal components. S-AIC-V works on the vertical component.
+		</description>
+	</plugin>
+	<binding name="S-AIC" module="global">
+		<configuration>
+			<group name="spicker">
+				<group name="AIC">
+					<description>
+					AIC is an algorithm to pick S-phases based on an existing
+					P-phase. In module configuration use the spicker interface name
+					"S-AIC" for picking on the horizontal components or
+					"S-AIC-V" for picking on the vertical comonent. Add the plugins
+					&quot;saic&quot; for the detector and &quot;spickdbg&quot; for
+					the graphical debugger to globel module configuration.
+					</description>
+					<parameter name="noiseBegin" type="double" default="-10" unit="s">
+						<description>
+						Start time of the signal processing relative to the triggering
+						P pick. This adds a margin to the actual processing and is useful
+						to initialize the filter (e.g. STALTA). The data is not used
+						at all for detection until signalBegin is reached.
+						</description>
+					</parameter>
+					<parameter name="signalBegin" type="double" default="1" unit="s">
+						<description>
+						Start time of the S-phase detector relative to the triggering
+						P pick. Delaying the detector ignores P-coda and early signals,
+						e.g. due to P-S phase conversions at shallow depths.
+						</description>
+					</parameter>
+					<parameter name="signalEnd" type="double" default="60" unit="s">
+						<description>
+						End time of the S-phase detector relative to the triggering
+						P pick.
+						</description>
+					</parameter>
+					<parameter name="filter" type="string" default="&quot;RMHP(1)>>ITAPER(2)>>BW(3,3,8)&quot;">
+						<description>
+						Filter applied on the raw horizontal traces to compute
+						the L2 trace. As a minimum remove offsets. S-AIC-V,
+						filters the raw vertical trace computing the filtered
+						vertical trace.
+						</description>
+					</parameter>
+					<parameter name="detecFilter" type="string" default="">
+						<description>
+						Filter applied on the L2 trace before detection (S-AIC)
+						or filtered vertical trace (S-AIC-V). For S-AIC-V either
+						configure filter or detecFilter.
+						</description>
+					</parameter>
+					<parameter name="step" type="double" default="1" unit="s">
+						<description>
+						The AIC time window stepping in seconds. For every step
+						the window is expanded by step and the AIC is computed.
+						</description>
+					</parameter>
+					<parameter name="minSNR" type="double" default="5">
+						<description>
+						Mininum SNR as returned from AIC for accepting a
+						detection.
+						</description>
+					</parameter>
+					<parameter name="minCnt" type="int" default="3">
+						<description>
+						Minimum number of hits for a particular pick time
+						when the running AIC is computed for accepting a
+						detection.
+						</description>
+					</parameter>
+					<parameter name="uncertainty" type="string" unit="s">
+						<description>
+						Defines the pick time uncertainty. Either a symmetric
+						uncertainty as single number or an asymmetric uncertainty
+						in the following format: &quot;(0.5,0.25)&quot;. The first
+						value: uncertainty befor the pick, second value: uncertainty
+						after the pick.
+						</description>
+					</parameter>
+				</group>
+			</group>
+		</configuration>
+	</binding>
+</seiscomp>
+

etc/descriptions/global_stdloc.xml

@@ -0,0 +1,202 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
+<seiscomp>
+	<plugin name="StdLoc">
+		<extends>global</extends>
+		<description>
+			Generic locator plugin for SeisComP.
+		</description>
+		<configuration>
+			<group name="StdLoc">
+				<description>
+				Locator parameters: StdLoc. This locator requires the plugin
+				&quot;stdloc&quot; to be loaded.
+				</description>
+				<parameter name="profiles" type="list:string" default="">
+					<description>
+					Defines a list of profiles to make available to the plugin.
+					</description>
+				</parameter>
+				<group name="profile">
+					<struct type="stdloc profile" link = "StdLoc.profiles">
+						<parameter name="method" type="string" default="LeastSquares" values="LeastSquares,GridSearch,OctTree,GridSearch+LeastSquares,OctTree+LeastSquares">
+							<description>
+							The location method to use: LeastSquares, GridSearch,
+							OctTree, GridSearch+LeastSquares or OctTree+LeastSquares.
+							</description>
+						</parameter>
+						<parameter name="tableType" type="string" default="LOCSAT">
+							<description>
+							Travel time table format type. Also consider
+							&quot;tableModel&quot;!
+							</description>
+						</parameter>
+						<parameter name="tableModel" type="string" default="iasp91">
+							<description>
+							The model to be used. The format depends on
+							&quot;tableType&quot;.
+							</description>
+						</parameter>
+						<parameter name="PSTableOnly" type="boolean" default="true">
+							<description>
+							If enabled the arrival travel time information are fetched
+							using 'P' and 'S' tables only and the user selected
+							specific phase type is not considered (e.g. Pg, Sg,
+							PmP, SmS, P1, S1, etc).
+						</description>
+						</parameter>
+						<parameter name="usePickUncertainties" type="boolean" default="false">
+							<description>
+							Use pick time uncertainties rather than a fixed
+							time error of XXX s. If true, an arrival weight is
+							associated according to the uncertainty of the pick
+							and &quot;pickUncertaintyClasses&quot;.
+							</description>
+						</parameter>
+						<parameter name="pickUncertaintyClasses" type="list:string" unit="s" default="0.000,0.025,0.050,0.100,0.200,0.400">
+							<description>
+							Comma-separated list of time limits of uncertainty
+							classes from which, along with pick time uncertainties,
+							arrival weights are computed. The first value
+							defines the lower limit of class 0.
+
+							The interval into which a pick time uncertainty falls
+							defines the index of the uncertainty class starting
+							with 0.
+
+							The corresponding arrival weight is computed as:
+							weight = 1 / 2^(index).
+
+							Example: A pick with a time uncertainty of 0.15 s is
+							within the 4th interval ranging from 0.1 to 0.2 s.
+							The class index is then 3.
+
+							If pick uncertainty is absent, the highest class index
+							applies.
+							</description>
+						</parameter>
+						<parameter name="confLevel" type="double" default="0.9" range="0.5,1.0">
+							<description>
+							Confidence level, between 0.5 and 1.0, used in
+							computing the hypocenter confidence ellipsoid.
+							</description>
+						</parameter>
+						<parameter name="enableConfidenceEllipsoid" type="boolean" default="false">
+							<description>
+							Compute the hypocenter confidence ellipsoid. Disable
+							this optional parameter to save some computation time.
+							</description>
+						</parameter>
+						<group name="GridSearch">
+							<description>
+								Parameters controlling the GridSearch and OctTree methods.
+							</description>
+							<parameter name="center" type="list:string" unit="deg,deg,km" default="auto,auto,20">
+								<description>
+								Grid center defined as: latitude,longitude,depth. The
+								special value "auto" can be used and the corresponding latitude, longitude
+								 and/or depth will be automatically computed as the average of the arrival
+								station locations.
+								</description>
+							</parameter>
+							<parameter name="size" type="list:string" unit="km" default="40,40,30">
+								<description>
+								Grid size in km defined as: X,Y,Z
+								direction extents around the &quot;GridSearch.center&quot;,
+								where X is the longitudinal extent, Y the
+								latitudinal extent and Z the vertical extent.
+								</description>
+							</parameter>
+							<parameter name="numPoints" type="list:string" default="">
+								<description>
+								Number of grid points in X, Y, Z
+								direction. The first and last points are on the
+								grid boundary unless the number of points is 1
+								and the point will be in the grid center.
+
+								Format: numX,numY,numZ.
+								</description>
+							</parameter>
+							<parameter name="misfitType" type="string" default="L1" values="L1,L2">
+								<description>The type of misfit to use, from which
+								the likelihood function is derived: L1 or L2 norm.
+								L1 is less sensitive to outliers and so more
+								suitable with automatic picks, L2 is the preferred
+								choice for manual picks.
+								</description>
+							</parameter>
+							<parameter name="travelTimeError" type="double" unit="s" default="0.25">
+								<description>
+								Typical error in seconds for travel times to
+								stations. The value affects the uncertainty
+								of the location. In OctTree it also influences
+								the probability density computation: too
+								conservative values increase the number of
+								iterations required by OctTree to converge
+								to a high resolution solution.
+								</description>
+							</parameter>
+						</group>
+						<group name="OctTree">
+							<description>
+								Parameters controlling the OctTree method. OctTree
+								uses the parameters defined in GridSearch, but
+								applies the OctTree search algorithm on the grid.
+								The starting cells of the OctTree search are created by
+								dividing the initial grid in equally sized cells.
+								The grid points becomes the cell vertices.
+								Resulting number of cells in each direction:
+								&quot;GridSearch.numPoints&quot; - 1.
+							</description>
+							<parameter name="maxIterations" type="int" default="50000">
+								<description>
+								Maximum number of iterations after which the
+								search stops. Zero or negatives values disable
+								the stopping.
+								</description>
+							</parameter> 
+							<parameter name="minCellSize" type="double" unit="km" default="0.1">
+								<description>
+								Minimum cell size to be generate by the OctTree
+								search to stop. A zero or negative value disable
+								this stopping mechanism.
+								</description>
+							</parameter>
+						</group>
+						<group name="LeastSquares">
+							<description>
+							Parameters controlling the LeastSquares method.
+							</description>
+							<parameter name="depthInit" type="double" default="20">
+								<description>
+								The initial depth estimate when no initial
+								hypocenter is provided. Used only with
+								'LeastSquares'.
+								</description>
+							</parameter>
+							<parameter name="iterations" type="int" default="20">
+								<description>
+									Number of iterations. Each iteration will
+									use the location and time from the previous
+									Least Squares solution.
+								</description>
+							</parameter> 
+							<parameter name="dampingFactor" type="double" default="0.0">
+								<description>
+									Damping factor to be used when solving the
+									system of equations.
+
+									0: no damping.
+								</description>
+							</parameter>
+							<parameter name="solverType" type="string" default="LSMR" values="LSMR,LSQR">
+								<description>
+								Algorithm to use: either LSMR or LSQR.
+								</description>
+							</parameter>
+						</group>
+					</struct>
+				</group> 
+			</group>
+		</configuration>
+	</plugin>
+</seiscomp>

etc/descriptions/import_inv.xml

@@ -0,0 +1,49 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
+<seiscomp>
+	<module name="import_inv" category="Inventory">
+		<description>Import inventory information from various sources.</description>
+
+		<configuration>
+		</configuration>
+
+		<command-line>
+			<synopsis>
+				import_inv [FORMAT] input [output]
+				import_inv help [topic]
+			</synopsis>
+			<description>
+				The first form takes the format as first parameter and the input
+				and output location. The input location is either a file or directory
+				depending on the format and its converter. If the output is not
+				given it defaults to seiscomp/etc/inventory/{input}.xml. To write
+				the output to stdout, &quot;-&quot; must be used.
+
+				The second form provides help on a particular topic. The only topic
+				currently supported is "formats" which prints all available input
+				formats.
+			</description>
+			<group name="Generic">
+				<optionReference>generic#help</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>generic#version</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>generic#config-file</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>generic#plugins</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>generic#daemon</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>generic#auto-shutdown</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>generic#shutdown-master-module</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>generic#shutdown-master-username</optionReference>
+			</group>
+
+			<group name="Verbosity">
+				<optionReference>verbosity#verbosity</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>verbosity#v</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>verbosity#quiet</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>verbosity#component</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>verbosity#syslog</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>verbosity#lockfile</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>verbosity#console</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>verbosity#debug</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>verbosity#log-file</optionReference>
+			</group>
+		</command-line>
+	</module>
+</seiscomp>

etc/descriptions/inv2dlsv.xml

@@ -0,0 +1,16 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
+<seiscomp>
+	<module name="inv2dlsv" category="Inventory" standalone="true">
+		<description>Converts SC3 inventory XML to dataless SEED.</description>
+		<command-line>
+			<synopsis>
+				inv2dlsv [in_xml [out_dataless]]
+			</synopsis>
+			<description>
+			If in_xml is not given, stdin is used. If out_dataless is not given,
+			stdout is used.
+			</description>
+		</command-line>
+	</module>
+</seiscomp>
+

etc/descriptions/invextr.xml

@@ -0,0 +1,88 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
+<seiscomp>
+	<module name="invextr" category="Inventory">
+		<description>Extract channels from inventory.</description>
+
+		<configuration>
+		</configuration>
+
+		<command-line>
+			<synopsis>
+				invextr [OPTIONS] [input=stdin] [output=stdout]
+			</synopsis>
+			<group name="Generic">
+				<optionReference>generic#help</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>generic#version</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>generic#config-file</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>generic#plugins</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>generic#daemon</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>generic#print-config-vars</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>generic#validate-schema-params</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>generic#dump-settings</optionReference>
+			</group>
+
+			<group name="Verbosity">
+				<optionReference>verbosity#verbosity</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>verbosity#v</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>verbosity#quiet</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>verbosity#component</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>verbosity#syslog</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>verbosity#lockfile</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>verbosity#console</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>verbosity#debug</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>verbosity#log-file</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>verbosity#print-context</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>verbosity#print-component</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>verbosity#log-utc</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>verbosity#trace</optionReference>
+			</group>
+
+			<group name="Extract">
+				<option flag="" long-flag="begin" argument="arg">
+					<description>
+						Begin time to consider streams. Streams ending at or
+						before that time will be ignored.
+					</description>
+				</option>
+				<option flag="" long-flag="end" argument="arg">
+					<description>
+						End time to consider streams. Streams starting after
+						that time will be ignored.
+					</description>
+				</option>
+				<option flag="" long-flag="chans" argument="arg">
+					<description>
+						A comma separated list of channel IDs to extract
+						which can contain wildcards. Default: *.*.*.* meaning
+						all streams.
+
+						Example: invextr --chans &quot;GE.*.*.BHZ,GE.MORC.*.*&quot; inv.xml
+					</description>
+				</option>
+				<option flag="" long-flag="nslc" argument="arg">
+					<description>
+					Stream list file to be used for extracting inventory.
+					Wildcards can be used. --chans is ignored.
+					</description>
+				</option>
+				<option flag="r" long-flag="region" argument="arg">
+					<description>
+					Filter streams by geographic region given as
+					"South, East, North, West". Region is unused by default.
+					</description>
+				</option>
+				<option flag="" long-flag="rm" argument="arg">
+					<description>
+						Removes all channels given with '--chans' instead of
+						extracting them.
+
+						Example: invextr --rm --chans &quot;GE.*&quot; inv.xml
+					</description>
+				</option>
+				<option flag="f" long-flag="formatted">
+					<description>Enables formatted XML output.</description>
+				</option>
+			</group>
+		</command-line>
+	</module>
+</seiscomp>

etc/descriptions/kernel-messaging.xml

@@ -0,0 +1,30 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
+<seiscomp>
+	<plugin name="messaging">
+		<extends>kernel</extends>
+		<description>
+		SeisComP messaging component that enables communication of modules over the network.
+		</description>
+		<configuration>
+			<group name="messaging">
+				<parameter name="enable" type="boolean" default="true">
+					<description>
+						Enables/disables local messaging (scmaster).
+						The messaging component is an integral component
+						of all modules (except e.g. acquisition modules).
+						If you are not sure what to do, enable it.
+					</description>
+				</parameter>
+				<parameter name="bind" type="string" default="">
+					<description>
+						Defines the messaging unencrypted bind address. If
+						left empty then the configuration file (see scmaster)
+						will be used instead. Use this to override the
+						unencrypted bind address. The format is
+						&quot;[ip:]port&quot;.
+					</description>
+				</parameter>
+			</group>
+		</configuration>
+	</plugin>
+</seiscomp>

etc/descriptions/kernel.xml

@@ -0,0 +1,14 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
+<seiscomp>
+	<module name="kernel" category="System" standalone="true">
+		<description>SeisComP kernel.</description>
+		<configuration>
+			<parameter name="syslog" type="boolean" default="false">
+				<description>
+					Sends all logging output to the syslog backend which logs
+					usually to /var/log/messages.
+				</description>
+			</parameter>
+		</configuration>
+	</module>
+</seiscomp>

etc/descriptions/msrtsimul.xml

@@ -0,0 +1,68 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
+<seiscomp>
+	<module name="msrtsimul" category="Acquisition">
+		<description>MiniSEED real time playback and simulation</description>
+		<command-line>
+			<synopsis>
+				msrtsimul [OPTION] miniSEED-file
+			</synopsis>
+			<group name="Verbosity">
+				<option flag="h" long-flag="help" argument="" unit="">
+					<description>
+					Display this help message.
+					</description>
+				</option>
+				<option flag="v" long-flag="verbose" argument="" unit="">
+					<description>
+					Verbose mode.
+					</description>
+				</option>
+			</group>
+			<group name="Playback">
+				<option flag="c" long-flag="stdout" argument="">
+					<description>
+					Write on standard output. The output my be redirected to a
+					specific mseedfifo path.
+					</description>
+				</option>
+				<option flag="d" long-flag="delays" argument="" unit="">
+					<description>
+					Add artificial delays.
+					</description>
+				</option>
+				<option flag="j" long-flag="jump" argument="float" unit="minutes">
+					<description>
+					Minutes to skip at the beginning.
+					</description>
+				</option>
+				<option flag="m" long-flag="mode" argument="string" unit="">
+					<description>
+					Playback mode: choose between 'realtime' and 'historic'
+					</description>
+				</option>
+				<option flag="" long-flag="seedlink" argument="string" unit="">
+					<description>
+					The seedlink module name. Useful if a seedlink alias or
+					non-standard names are used. Replaces 'seedlink'
+					in the standard mseedfifo path.
+					</description>
+				</option>
+				<option flag="s" long-flag="speed" argument="float" unit="">
+					<description>
+					Speed factor. 1 is normal speed.
+					</description>
+				</option>
+				<option flag="" long-flag="test" argument="" unit="">
+					<description>
+					Test mode.
+					</description>
+				</option>
+				<option flag="u" long-flag="unlimited" argument="" unit="">
+					<description>
+					 Allow miniSEED records which are not 512 bytes.
+					</description>
+				</option>
+			</group>
+		</command-line>
+	</module>
+</seiscomp>

etc/descriptions/ql2sc.xml

@@ -0,0 +1,206 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
+<seiscomp>
+	<module name="ql2sc" category="Utilities">
+		<description>QuakeLink (gempa GmbH) to SeisComP event parameter exchange.</description>
+		<configuration>
+			<parameter name="backLog" type="int" default="1800" unit="s">
+				<description>
+				Number of seconds to fetch missed updates on start up.
+				</description>
+			</parameter>
+			<parameter name="cacheSize" type="int" default="5000">
+				<description>
+				Number of public objects to cache.
+				</description>
+			</parameter>
+			<parameter name="batchSize" type="int" default="2000">
+				<description>
+				Maximum number of notifiers to batch in one message. If set
+				to 0 no size limit is enforced. Make sure to not hit the
+				overall message size limited of 16MiB which is enforced by
+				the messaging system.
+				</description>
+			</parameter>
+			<parameter name="eventAssociationTimeout" type="int" default="10" unit="s">
+				<description>
+				If event synchronisation is enabled and an incoming origin
+				is not yet associated with an event on the target machine,
+				then this timeout defines the maximum number of seconds to
+				wait for an association.
+				</description>
+			</parameter>
+			<parameter name="hosts" type="list:string">
+				<description>
+				Registration of the host profiles defining the connection
+				parameters to the QuakeLink hosts.
+				</description>
+			</parameter>
+			<group name="host">
+				<description>
+				Definition of host profiles. For each host profile a connection
+				to one QuakeLink server can established. The profiles must be registered
+				in 'hosts' to apply them.
+				</description>
+				<struct type="quakelink server profile" link="hosts">
+					<description>
+					Provide the connection parameters to one QuakeLink server.
+					</description>
+					<parameter name="url" type="string" default="ql://localhost:18010">
+						<description>
+						URL of the QuakeLink service, the scheme 'qls' enables SSL.
+
+						Format: [ql[s]://][user:pwd@][host][:port].
+
+						If set to an empty string the application will run without any QuakeLink connection attempt.
+						</description>
+					</parameter>
+					<parameter name="gzip" type="boolean" default="false">
+						<description>
+						Enable/disable GZip (GNU zip) compression.
+						</description>
+					</parameter>
+					<parameter name="native" type="boolean" default="false">
+						<description>Request native data instead of XML format.
+						Native data export may be disabled on some hosts.</description>
+					</parameter>
+					<parameter name="syncEventAttributes" type="boolean" default="true">
+						<description>
+						Try to update the event attributes of the target event
+						with the attributes of the source event which includes
+						event type and event certainty. It will not import
+						events but tries to find the associated event of the
+						input preferred origin at the target system and will
+						update the event attributes via journaling.
+						</description>
+					</parameter>
+					<parameter name="syncPreferred" type="boolean" default="false">
+						<description>
+						Synchronize the preferred origin and preferred
+						magnitude selection if different from the imported
+						selection. ql2sc will wait for the event association
+						of an imported origin and check if the preferred origin
+						or preferred magnitude is different from the imported
+						Quakelink event. If so it will send a journal to
+						force selection of the preferred origin and selection
+						of the preferred magnitude type. These are the same
+						operations as within scolv to fix an origin and
+						a particular magnitude type.
+						</description>
+					</parameter>
+					<parameter name="syncEventDelay" type="int" default="0">
+						<description>
+						Delays the synchronization of event attributes in seconds
+						if set to a value greater than zero.
+						</description>
+					</parameter>
+					<group name="data">
+						<description>
+						Specify the XML components to fetch.
+						Note: These options are not used if 'native' data is requested.
+						</description>
+						<parameter name="picks" type="boolean" default="true">
+							<description>Include picks</description>
+						</parameter>
+						<parameter name="amplitudes" type="boolean" default="true">
+							<description>Include amplitudes</description>
+						</parameter>
+						<parameter name="arrivals" type="boolean" default="true">
+							<description>Include origin arrivals</description>
+						</parameter>
+						<parameter name="staMags" type="boolean" default="true">
+							<description>Include origin station magnitudes</description>
+						</parameter>
+						<parameter name="staMts" type="boolean" default="true">
+							<description>Include moment tensor station contributions and phase settings</description>
+						</parameter>
+						<parameter name="preferred" type="boolean" default="true">
+							<description>Include only preferred origin and magnitude information</description>
+						</parameter>
+					</group>
+					<parameter name="keepAlive" type="boolean" default="false">
+						<description>
+						Request server to send keep alive message every 30s to
+						prevent connection reset by firewalls on long idle
+						periods. If activated the client will reset the
+						connection if no alive message is received within 60s.
+						</description>
+					</parameter>
+					<parameter name="filter" type="string">
+						<description>
+						SQL like WHERE clause to filter the result set.
+
+						clause    := condition[ AND|OR [(]clause[)]] __
+						condition := MAG|DEPTH|LAT|LON|PHASES|OTIME|UPDATED [op float|time]|[IS [NOT] NULL] __
+						op        := =|&gt;|&gt;=|&lt;|&lt;=|eq|gt|ge|lt|ge __
+						time      := %Y,%m,%d[,%H,%M,%S,%f]
+						</description>
+					</parameter>
+					<parameter name="routingTable" type="list:string" default="Pick:IMPORT_GROUP,Amplitude:IMPORT_GROUP,FocalMechanism:EVENT,Origin:EVENT">
+						<description>
+						Map datamodel class names to messaging groups. For unmapped objects
+						the mapping of their parent objects is evaluated recursively. Objects
+						may be excluded by mapping them to 'NULL'.
+						</description>
+					</parameter>
+				</struct>
+			</group>
+			<group name="processing">
+				<group name="blacklist">
+					<parameter name="publicIDs" type="list:string">
+						<description>
+						Defines a blacklist of publicID prefixes that are
+						not allowed for processing. Separate items by comma.
+						</description>
+					</parameter>
+				</group>
+				<group name="whitelist">
+					<parameter name="publicIDs" type="list:string">
+						<description>
+						Defines a whitelist of publicID prefixes that are
+						allowed for processing. Separate items by comma.
+						</description>
+					</parameter>
+				</group>
+			</group>
+		</configuration>
+		<command-line>
+			<synopsis>
+			ql2sc [options]
+			</synopsis>
+			<group name="Generic">
+				<optionReference>generic#help</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>generic#version</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>generic#config-file</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>generic#plugins</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>generic#daemon</optionReference>
+			</group>
+			<group name="Verbosity">
+				<optionReference>verbosity#verbosity</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>verbosity#v</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>verbosity#quiet</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>verbosity#print-component</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>verbosity#print-context</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>verbosity#component</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>verbosity#syslog</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>verbosity#lockfile</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>verbosity#console</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>verbosity#debug</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>verbosity#trace</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>verbosity#log-file</optionReference>
+			</group>
+			<group name="Messaging">
+				<optionReference>messaging#user</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>messaging#host</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>messaging#timeout</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>messaging#primary-group</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>messaging#subscribe-group</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>messaging#content-type</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>messaging#start-stop-msg</optionReference>
+			</group>
+			<group name="Database">
+				<optionReference>database#db-driver-list</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>database#database</optionReference>
+			</group>
+		</command-line>
+	</module>
+</seiscomp>

etc/descriptions/scalert.xml

@@ -0,0 +1,195 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
+<seiscomp>
+	<module name="scalert" category="Utilities">
+		<description>Real time alert template.</description>
+		<configuration>
+			<parameter name="firstNew" type="boolean" default="false">
+				<description>
+					Treat an event as new event when it is seen the first time.
+				</description>
+			</parameter>
+			<parameter name="agencyIDs" type="list:string" default="">
+				<description>
+				List of agency IDs to consider picks and origins. The agency ID
+				is extracted from the pick or the preferred origin of the event
+				and compared with the configured IDs.
+
+				unset (=): use agencyID defined in global, default
+
+				empty list (=""): all agencies are allowed
+				</description>
+			</parameter>
+                        <parameter name="authors" type="list:string" default="">
+                                <description>
+                                List of authors to consider picks and origins. The author
+                                is extracted from the pick or the preferred origin of the event
+                                and compared with the configured authors.
+                                empty list (=""): all authors are allowed
+                                </description>
+                        </parameter>
+			<group name="poi">
+				<parameter name="message" type="string">
+					<description>
+					The default message string for the event-script is
+					&quot;earthquake, [HOURS] hours [MINS] minutes ago, [DESC],
+					magnitude [MAG], depth [DEP] kilometers&quot; whereas [DESC]
+					is the string given in the event.description attribute. This
+					string can be overwritten using one of the following options.
+					There are three placeholders that can be used: @region@,
+					@dist@ and @poi@.
+					Example: &quot;@region@, @dist@ kilometers from @poi@
+					away&quot;.
+					</description>
+				</parameter>
+				<parameter name="maxDist" type="double" default="20" unit="deg">
+					<description>
+					When using the nearest point of interest (city) as part of
+					the message string, specify the maximum distance in degrees
+					from the event. Any point of interest farther away will be
+					ignored.
+					</description>
+				</parameter>
+				<parameter name="minPopulation" type="double" default="50000">
+					<description>
+					Minimum population for a city to become a point of interest.
+					</description>
+				</parameter>
+			</group>
+			<group name="scripts">
+				<parameter name="pick" type="string">
+					<description>
+					The script to be called when a pick
+					arrives. Network-, station code, pick publicID are passed
+					as parameters $1, $2, $3.
+					</description>
+				</parameter>
+				<parameter name="amplitude" type="string">
+					<description>
+					The script to be called when an amplitude
+					arrives. Network-, station code, amplitude and amplitude
+					public ID are passed as parameters $1, $2, $3, $4.
+					</description>
+				</parameter>
+				<parameter name="alert" type="string">
+					<description>
+					The script to be called when a preliminary
+					origin arrives. Latitude and longitude are passed as
+					parameters $1 and $2.
+					</description>
+				</parameter>
+				<parameter name="event" type="string">
+					<description>
+					The script to be called when an event has been
+					declared. The message string, a flag (1=new event,
+					0=update event), the EventID, the arrival count and the
+					magnitude (optional when set) are passed as parameters
+					$1, $2, $3, $4 and $5.
+					</description>
+				</parameter>
+			</group>
+			<group name="constraints">
+				<description>Constraints for executing scripts</description>
+				<parameter name="phaseHints" type="list::string" default="P,S">
+					<description>
+					Start the pick script only when the phaseHint of the
+					received pick has one of the value(s).
+					</description>
+				</parameter>
+				<parameter name="phaseStreams" type="list::string" default="">
+					<description>
+					Start the pick script only when the stream (NET.STA.LOC.CHA)
+					of the received pick belongs to the list of stream IDs. If empty,
+					all picks are accepted, otherwise only the ones whose stream ID
+					matches one of the entry of this comma separated list. Each entry
+					must follow the NET.STA.LOC.CHA format, but the special
+					characters ? * | ( ) are also accepeted.
+					E.g. "CH.*,GR.STA??.*,*.*.*.HH?,*.*.*.??(Z|1)"
+					</description>
+				</parameter> 
+				<parameter name="phaseNumber" type="int" default="1">
+					<description>
+					Start the pick script only when a minimum number of phases
+					'phaseNumber' is received within 'phaseInterval'.
+					</description>
+				</parameter>
+				<parameter name="phaseInterval" type="int" default="1" unit='s'>
+					<description>
+					Start the pick script only when a minimum number of phases
+					'phaseNumber' is received within 'phaseInterval'.
+					</description> 
+				</parameter>  
+			</group>
+		</configuration>
+		<command-line>
+			<synopsis>
+				scalert [options]
+			</synopsis>
+			<group name="Generic">
+				<optionReference>generic#help</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>generic#version</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>generic#config-file</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>generic#plugins</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>generic#daemon</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>generic#auto-shutdown</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>generic#shutdown-master-module</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>generic#shutdown-master-username</optionReference>
+				<option long-flag="first-new" param-ref="firstNew"/>
+			</group>
+
+			<group name="Verbosity">
+				<optionReference>verbosity#verbosity</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>verbosity#v</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>verbosity#quiet</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>verbosity#component</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>verbosity#syslog</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>verbosity#lockfile</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>verbosity#console</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>verbosity#debug</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>verbosity#log-file</optionReference>
+			</group>
+
+			<group name="Messaging">
+				<optionReference>messaging#user</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>messaging#host</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>messaging#timeout</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>messaging#primary-group</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>messaging#subscribe-group</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>messaging#content-type</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>messaging#start-stop-msg</optionReference>
+			</group>
+
+			<group name="Database">
+				<optionReference>database#db-driver-list</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>database#database</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>database#config-module</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>database#inventory-db</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>database#db-disable</optionReference>
+			</group>
+
+			<group name="Alert">
+				<option long-flag="amp-type" argument="arg" default="snr">
+					<description>
+					Specify the amplitude type to listen to.
+					</description>
+				</option>
+				<option long-flag="amp-script" argument="arg" param-ref="scripts.amplitude"/>
+				<option long-flag="alert-script" argument="arg" param-ref="scripts.alert"/>
+				<option long-flag="event-script" argument="arg" param-ref="scripts.event"/>
+			</group>
+
+			<group name="Cities">
+				<option long-flag="max-dist" argument="arg" param-ref="poi.maxDist"/>
+				<option long-flag="min-population" argument="arg" param-ref="poi.minPopulation"/>
+			</group>
+
+			<group name="Debug">
+				<option flag="E" long-flag="eventid" argument="arg">
+					<description>
+					Specify event ID that is used for testing. After running the
+					alert scripts scvoice will exit.
+					</description>
+				</option>
+			</group>
+		</command-line>
+	</module>
+</seiscomp>

etc/descriptions/scamp.xml

@@ -0,0 +1,155 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
+<seiscomp>
+	<module name="scamp" category="Processing">
+		<description>Calculates amplitudes on basis of incoming origins and the associated picks.</description>
+		<configuration>
+			<parameter name="amplitudes" type="list:string" default="MLv, mb, mB, Mwp">
+				<description>Definition of magnitude types for which amplitudes are to be calculated.</description>
+			</parameter>
+			<group name="amptool">
+				<parameter name="minimumPickWeight" type="double" default="0.5">
+					<description>
+					The minimum arrival weight within an origin to compute amplitudes for the associated pick.
+					</description>
+				</parameter>
+				<parameter name="streamFromBindings" type="boolean" default="false">
+					<description>
+					If enabled then global bindings will be used to replace
+					location code and channel code of a pick with the configured
+					values of detecLocid and detecStream for amplitude computation.
+					</description>
+				</parameter>
+				<parameter name="initialAcquisitionTimeout" type="double" default="30" unit="s">
+					<description>
+					Timeout in seconds of the first data packet of waveform data acquisition.
+					</description>
+				</parameter>
+				<parameter name="runningAcquisitionTimeout" type="double" default="2" unit="s">
+					<description>
+					Timeout in seconds of any subsequent data packet of waveform data acquisition.
+					</description>
+				</parameter>
+			</group>
+		</configuration>
+		<command-line>
+			<group name="Generic">
+				<optionReference>generic#help</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>generic#version</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>generic#config-file</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>generic#plugins</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>generic#daemon</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>generic#auto-shutdown</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>generic#shutdown-master-module</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>generic#shutdown-master-username</optionReference>
+				<option flag="x" long-flag="expiry" argument="time">
+					<description>Time span in hours after which objects expire.</description>
+				</option>
+				<option flag="O" long-flag="origin-id" argument="publicID">
+					<description>OriginID to calculate amplitudes for and exit.</description>
+				</option>
+				<option long-flag="dump-records">
+					<description>Dumps the filtered traces to ASCII when using -O.</description>
+				</option>
+			</group>
+
+			<group name="Verbosity">
+				<optionReference>verbosity#verbosity</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>verbosity#v</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>verbosity#quiet</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>verbosity#component</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>verbosity#syslog</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>verbosity#lockfile</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>verbosity#console</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>verbosity#debug</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>verbosity#log-file</optionReference>
+			</group>
+
+			<group name="Messaging">
+				<optionReference>messaging#user</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>messaging#host</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>messaging#timeout</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>messaging#primary-group</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>messaging#subscribe-group</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>messaging#content-type</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>messaging#start-stop-msg</optionReference>
+				<option long-flag="test">
+					<description>
+						Test mode where no messages are sent.
+					</description>
+				</option>
+			</group>
+
+			<group name="Database">
+				<optionReference>database#db-driver-list</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>database#database</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>database#config-module</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>database#inventory-db</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>database#db-disable</optionReference>
+			</group>
+
+			<group name="Records">
+				<optionReference>records#record-driver-list</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>records#record-url</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>records#record-file</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>records#record-type</optionReference>
+			</group>
+
+			<group name="Input">
+				<option long-flag="ep" argument="file">
+					<description>
+					Defines an event parameters XML file to be read and processed. This
+					implies offline mode and only processes all origins contained
+					in that file. It computes amplitudes for all picks associated
+					with an origin and outputs an XML file that additionally
+					contains the amplitudes.
+					</description>
+				</option>
+				<option flag="p" long-flag="picks">
+					<description>
+					Force measuring amplitudes for picks only. Origins are
+					ignored and time windows are independent of distance. Works
+					only in combination with --ep.
+					</description>
+				</option>
+				<option long-flag="reprocess">
+					<description>
+					Reprocess and update existing amplitudes. Manual amplitudes
+					will be skipped. Works only in combination with --ep.
+					This option can be used, e.g., for reprocessing amplitudes
+					with new inventory information. Waveform access is required.
+					</description>
+				</option>
+			</group>
+
+			<group name="Reprocess">
+				<description>
+					Amplitudes can be re-processed, e.g. in order to consider inventory
+					changes. The re-processing is time-window based and triggerd by
+					setting start-time or end-time. Re-processing will either create
+					output to stdout in XML format. Using --commit will send the
+					updated amplitudes to the messaging system. Waveform access is
+					required.
+				</description>
+				<option long-flag="force">
+					<description>
+					Forces reprocessing of all amplitudes, even manual ones.
+					</description>
+				</option>
+				<option long-flag="start-time" argument="time">
+					<description>
+					</description>
+				</option>
+				<option long-flag="end-time" argument="time">
+					<description>
+					</description>
+				</option>
+				<option long-flag="commit">
+					<description>
+						Send amplitude updates to the messaging otherwise an XML
+						document will be output.
+					</description>
+				</option>
+			</group>
+		</command-line>
+	</module>
+</seiscomp>

etc/descriptions/scanloc.xml

@@ -0,0 +1,658 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
+<seiscomp>
+	<module name="scanloc" category="Processing">
+		<description>
+		Module for locating local earthquakes and man-made seismicity by DBSCAN
+		cluster search.
+		</description>
+		<configuration>
+			<parameter name="defaultDepth" type="double" unit="km" default="0.0">
+				<description>
+				Default source depth used for locating origins. The range of
+				supported values depends on the configured
+				travel-time interface and locator.
+
+				When origin depth after locating is 0.0 or undefined, the depth
+				is corrected to &quot;defaultDepth&quot; without relocating
+				since the situation indicates issues.
+
+				Note: A similar parameter may require configuration for score
+				plugins.
+				</description>
+			</parameter>
+			<parameter name="ignoreDepth" type="double" unit="km" default="650.0">
+				<description>
+				Maximum depth of an origin to be sent.
+
+				Note: A similar parameter may require configuration for score
+				plugins.
+				</description>
+			</parameter>
+			<parameter name="use3D" type="boolean" default="false">
+				<description>
+				Compute distances in 3D for cluster search,
+				phase association and internal event association. Otherwise,
+				distances are measured from geographic coordinates ignoring elevation.
+				</description>
+			</parameter>
+			<parameter name="maxRMS" type="double" unit="s" default="1.5">
+				<description>
+				Maximum allowed overall residual of an origin to be sent.
+				</description>
+			</parameter>
+			<parameter name="minScore" type="double" default="0.0">
+				<description>
+				Minimum score of an origin to be sent.
+				</description>
+			</parameter>
+			<parameter name="score" type="string" default="OriginSum" values="OriginSum,OriginMultiFeature">
+				<description>
+				Defines the score processor to be used for ranking origins of
+				events. Additional configuration of the plugin and the plugin
+				parameters is required.
+				</description>
+			</parameter>
+			<parameter name="pickComparisonLevel" type="string" default="loc" values="sta,loc,cha">
+				<description>
+				The level up to which compare stream IDs of multiple picks in
+				order to avoid origins with multiple picks from identical stream
+				level, e.g., station (sta), sensor location (loc) or channel
+				(cha).
+
+				The level is derived from the NET.STA.LOC.CHA stream
+				representation. Picks with equal stream IDs on the given level
+				are treated as originating from the same stream no matter of the
+				ID on a lower level. Clusters having picks on streams equal on
+				the given level are split into new clusters with unique streams.
+				During association picks equal on the given level are ignored -
+				the first assigned pick is considered.
+				</description>
+			</parameter>
+			<group name="buffer">
+				<description>
+				Define buffering of picks and origins. scanloc only treats picks
+				and origins kept in the buffer.
+				</description>
+				<parameter name="pickKeep" type="double" unit="s" default="180.0">
+					<description>
+					Time to keep picks. Time comparison is based on the pick
+					times. In non-real time playbacks the time to keep picks is
+					usually compressed.
+					</description>
+				</parameter>
+				<parameter name="pickIgnoreStreamID" type="list:string">
+					<description>
+					Ignore picks created on given stream ID(s). Stream IDs may
+					contain wildcards. Separate multiple IDs by comma.
+					</description>
+				</parameter>
+				<parameter name="ignorePickTimeDifference" type="double" default="0.0" unit="s">
+					<description>
+					Generally, all available picks are added to the buffer and
+					made available for processing. Use this option to ignore new
+					picks made on the same data stream within the given time
+					difference to a previously buffered pick. A value of 0.0 s
+					ignores all picks with identical times.
+					</description>
+				</parameter>
+				<parameter name="originKeep" type="double" unit="s" default="180.0">
+					<description>
+					Time to keep origins. Time comparison is based on the origin
+					times. In non-real time playbacks the time to keep orgins is
+					usually compressed.
+					</description>
+				</parameter>
+				<parameter name="ignoreOrigins" type="boolean" default="false">
+					<description>
+					Ignore and do not buffer external origins received from
+					messaging or from XML files.
+
+					Default: Accept external origins from messaging or XML and
+					associate more phases.
+					</description>
+				</parameter>
+				<parameter name="ignoreManualOrigins" type="boolean" default="true">
+					<description>
+					Ignore and do not buffer manual external origins received
+					from messaging or from XML files.
+
+					The parameter &quot;buffer.ignoreOrigins&quot; must be
+					inactive for this option to be effective.
+					</description>
+				</parameter>
+				<parameter name="originStatusIgnore" type="list:string" default="" values="rejected,reported,preliminary,confirmed,reviewed,final">
+					<description>
+					Ignore an external origin if its status has any of the given
+					states.	The option is ignored for manual origins if
+					buffer.ignoreManualOrigins = false.
+					</description>
+				</parameter>
+				<parameter name="authorWhiteList" type="list:string" default="">
+					<description>
+					Only buffer picks or origins from the given authors.
+					Separate multiple authors by comma. Picks and origins from
+					other authors will be ignored. Wildcards are supported.
+					This parameter overrides
+					&quot;buffer.originAuthorWhiteList&quot;. Manual origins are
+					treated regardless of the author as defined by
+					&quot;buffer.ignoreManualOrigins&quot;.
+					The parameter allows operation of scanloc based on picks and
+					origins from a specific module, e.g., in a pipeline.
+					</description>
+				</parameter>
+				<parameter name="originAuthorWhiteList" type="list:string" default="">
+					<description>
+					Deprecated parameter which will be removed in 2025. Use
+					&quot;buffer.authorWhiteList&quot; instead which overrides
+					this parameter!
+
+					Only buffer external origins from the given authors to the.
+					Separate multiple authors by comma. Manual origins
+					are treated regardless of the author as defined by
+					&quot;buffer.ignoreManualOrigins&quot;.
+
+					The parameter &quot;buffer.ignoreOrigins&quot; must be
+					inactive for this option to be effective.
+					</description>
+				</parameter>
+				<parameter name="futureTimeDelta" type="double" default="0.0" unit="s">
+					<description>
+					The time delta to the future. Positive values allow objects
+					with times in the future to be buffered when the difference
+					to current time or to creation time is not larger than the
+					given value.
+
+					Normally, objects like picks and origins are created after
+					their actual times and all other objects are spurious and
+					should be ignored. In case of wrong sensor timing or
+					faster-than-real-time waveform playbacks, objects may be
+					generated with actual times (pick time or origin time) in
+					the future.
+
+					If less or equal to 0.0, then all objects created before
+					time of the object or with object times in the future are
+					ignored.
+					</description>
+				</parameter>
+			</group>
+			<group name="clusterSearch">
+				<description>
+					Parameters controlling the cluster search based on phase
+					picks of configured phase type.
+				</description>
+				<parameter name="phaseType" type="string" default="P">
+					<description>
+					Phase type of considered picks. Valid types: P or Is.
+					</description>
+				</parameter>
+				<parameter name="minSize" type="int" default="4">
+					<description>
+					Minimum number of core points (picks) to form a cluster.
+					</description>
+				</parameter>
+				<parameter name="maxSize" type="int" default="-1">
+					<description>
+					Maximum number of picks in a cluster when stopping
+					clustering. Eventual clusters may still be larger from core
+					points. Using values &lt; 0 deactivates the feature.
+
+					The parameter is meant to support large-N networks where the
+					high network density results in very many clusters with high
+					computational load effectively slowing down the processing
+					of picks. Using reasonable values such as 10 or 15 will
+					reduce the number of clusters while maintaining high quality
+					initial origins.
+					</description>
+				</parameter>
+				<parameter name="maxPickDelay" type="double" default="-1.0" unit="s">
+					<description>
+					Maximum allowed difference between considered picks and cluster reference
+					time (latest pick time). Optimum values can be derived from
+					travel times.The cluster search ignores all
+					picks which exceed the value. Using "-1" enables all picks
+					regardless of the delay.
+					</description>
+				</parameter>
+				<parameter name="referenceTimeMode" type="string" default="LastPick" values="LastPick,MaxPickDelay">
+					<description>
+					Mode to set the cluster reference time. Read the documentation
+					for the details. Available modes:
+
+					LastPick: The pick time of the last incoming P pick is the
+					cluster reference time.
+
+					MaxPickDelay: Setting the cluster reference time is delayed
+					until clusterSearch.minSize and association.minPhase picks
+					are available.
+					</description>
+				</parameter>
+				<parameter name="regionFilter" type="list:double">
+					<description>
+					Cluster only picks which sensor locations are inside
+					the defined region. The region is defined by latitude,
+					longitude and a radius in km. By default the region filter
+					is disabled.
+
+					Example: 50.1,12.3,20
+					</description>
+				</parameter>
+				<parameter name="averageVelocity" type="double" unit="km/s" default="7.0">
+					<description>
+					Average velocity used for distance calculation.
+					</description>
+				</parameter>
+				<parameter name="maxSearchDist" type="double" unit="s" default="60">
+					<description>
+					Maximum allowed distance over all core points and
+					maximum allowed distance for neighborhood search. Both account
+					for travel-time difference, inter-station distance and the
+					configured averageVelocity.
+					</description>
+				</parameter>
+				<parameter name="maxOrigins" type="uint" default="128">
+					<description>
+					Maximum allowed origins derived from cluster search. Set this
+					option to zero to disable the cluster search completely.
+					</description>
+				</parameter>
+				<parameter name="preliminary" type="boolean" default="false">
+					<description>
+					Send origins based on cluster search as preliminary origins
+					if the location fails. Otherwise those origins are ignored.
+					Consider activating &quot;checkOrigins&quot;.
+					</description>
+				</parameter>
+				<parameter name="checkOrigins" type="boolean" default="false">
+					<description>
+					Check, if derived origins fulfill the cluster search criteria
+					anymore. Activating this option may lower the number of events
+					and suppress fake events.
+					</description>
+				</parameter>
+			</group>
+			<group name="association">
+				<description>
+				Parameters controlling the association of P and S phases to cluster
+				origins or external origins.
+				</description>
+				<parameter name="minPhase" type="int" default="4">
+					<description>
+					Number picks in cluster origin to be reached for starting to
+					associate more P and S picks.
+					</description>
+				</parameter>
+				<parameter name="maxDist" type="double" unit="km" default="1000.0">
+					<description>
+					Maximum distance from origin to stations
+					for associating P and S picks.
+					</description>
+				</parameter>
+				<parameter name="stationConfig" type="file" options="read">
+					<description>
+					The station configuration file contains lines consisting of
+					network code, station code, weight (0 or 1) and maximum
+					association distance given in degree. The maximum association
+					distance is the distance in degrees from the origin up to
+					which this station may contribute to a new origin. This
+					parameter overrides the global parameter
+					&quot;association.maxDist&quot;.
+					If this distance is 180 deg, this station may contribute to
+					new origins world-wide. However, if the distance is only 10
+					degree, the range of this station is limited. This is a helpful
+					setting in case of mediocre stations in a region where there
+					are numerous good and reliable stations nearby. The station
+					will then not pose a risk for locations generated
+					outside the maximum association distance. The last item found
+					in the list overrules previous ones.
+					Network and station codes may be wildcards (*) for
+					convenience. Example:
+
+					* * 1 10
+
+					GE * 1 180
+					</description>
+				</parameter>
+				<parameter name="maxPResidual" type="double" unit="s" default="4.0">
+					<description>
+					Maximum allowed difference between measured and predicted arrival
+					times for associating P phases to origin.
+					Larger values allow significant correction of initial locations.
+					</description>
+				</parameter>
+				<parameter name="dropReferenceCheck" type="boolean" default="false">
+					<description>
+					Allow S-type picks without checking for a reference pick.
+					References to P picks are typically added to S picks by
+					scautopick but picks from other modules may not have this
+					feature. When this option is active, the reference pick is
+					not tested at all. Manual picks are always considered
+					without a reference check.
+					</description>
+				</parameter>
+				<parameter name="maxSResidual" type="double" unit="s" default="4.0">
+					<description>
+					Maximum allowed difference between measured and predicted arrival
+					time for associating S phases to origins. Larger values allow
+					significant correction of initial locations.
+					</description>
+				</parameter>
+				<parameter name="maxResidual" type="double" unit="s" default="2.0">
+					<description>
+					Maximum allowed time residuals of picks after association and
+					relocation. Picks will be removed at exceedence starting with
+					largest residual and origins will be relocated.
+					</description>
+				</parameter>
+				<parameter name="arrivalCountMinRes" type="int" unit="" default="-1">
+					<description>
+					The number of arrivals of an origin for controlling the
+					association of more picks. Beyond this number, the minimum
+					of maxPResidual or maxSResidual and maxResidual for
+					associating P or S phases, respectively, is tested before
+					association.
+
+					The parameter also speeds up the evaluation of origins with
+					more arrivals than configured: Instead of
+					testing residuals of arrivals individually and relocating
+					thereafter, all arrivals not passing the residual check are
+					removed in a bulk.
+
+					The parameter is meant to support large-N networks where the
+					high network density results in very many picks and high
+					computational load, effectively slowing down the quality
+					check of picks. Setting a reasonable value, e.g., >20 will
+					only associate the best picks to origins already well
+					constraint.
+
+					Using values &lt;= 0 deactivates the feature.
+					</description>
+				</parameter>
+				<parameter name="tableType" type="string" default="LOCSAT" values="LOCSAT,libtau,homogeneous">
+					<description>
+					Type of travel-time tables for phase association.
+					May be different from locator.
+					</description>
+				</parameter>
+				<parameter name="table" type="string" default="iasp91" values="iasp91,iasp91_scanloc">
+					<description>
+					Name of travel-time table used for phase association.
+					May be different from locator profile. Using a different
+					table/profile may result in increased runtime.
+					</description>
+				</parameter>
+				<parameter name="zeroWeightProfiles" type="list:string">
+					<description>
+					zeroWeight-profile name for associating the configured phases
+					with zero weight to origins. Multiples profile names may be set
+					separated by comma. The order of names determines order of
+					checked phases. Each profile can have different parameters.
+					</description>
+				</parameter>
+				<group name="zeroWeight">
+					<description>
+					Zero-weight profiles containing the parameters for associating
+					phases with zero weight to origins.
+					</description>
+					<struct type="zeroWeight profile" link = "zeroWeight.profiles">
+						<parameter name="phaseType" type="String">
+							<description>
+							One phase type to be associated with zero weight.
+							Examples: PKP or Pdiff.
+							</description>
+						</parameter>
+						<parameter name="minDistance" type="double" default="120.0" unit="degree">
+							<description>
+							Minimum distance from origin to stations.
+							</description>
+						</parameter>
+						<parameter name="maxResidual" type="double" default="5.0" unit="s">
+							<description>
+							Maximum time residual of the associated phase.
+							</description>
+						</parameter>
+					</struct>
+				</group>
+			</group>
+			<group name="locator">
+				<description>
+					Parameters controlling the locator for locating scanloc
+					origins.
+				</description>
+				<parameter name="type" type="string" default="LOCSAT" values="External,FixedHypocenter,Hypo71,iLoc,LOCSAT,NonLinLoc,Router,StdLoc">
+					<description>
+					The locator type to be used.
+					</description>
+				</parameter>
+				<parameter name="profile" type="string" default="iasp91" values="iasp91,iasp91_scanloc">
+					<description>
+					The locator profile to be used. Using a different profile/table
+					for locating and associating may result in increased runtime.
+					</description>
+				</parameter>
+				<parameter name="fixDepth" type="boolean" default="false">
+					<description>
+					If enabled, the locator fixes the depth to the configured
+					default value &quot;defaultDepth&quot; in case that all
+					previous attempts to relocate fail.
+					This option may result in many more origins. It
+					prevents &quot;ignoreDepth&quot; from beeing
+					effective if &quot;defaultDepth&quot; &lt; &quot;ignoreDepth&quot;.
+					</description>
+				</parameter>
+				<parameter name="forceFixDepth" type="boolean" default="false">
+					<description>
+					If enabled, the locator is forced to fix the depth to the
+					value configured by &quot;defaultDepth&quot;. Free-depth
+					solutions are thus excluded. Activating this option may be
+					useful for sources with known depths or in case of sparse
+					networks.
+					</description>
+				</parameter>
+			</group>
+			<group name="eventAssociation">
+			<description>
+				Parameters controlling the association of interval scanloc
+				origins to internal scanloc events.
+			</description>
+				<parameter name="compareAllArrivalTimes" type="boolean" default="false">
+					<description>
+					This parameter is only used in conjunction with
+					&quot;eventAssociation.maximumMatchingArrivalTimeDiff&quot;.
+					If a station has multiple associated arrivals for a
+					particular event, this flag defines if the time distance
+					of a new pick to all arrivals must be within
+					&quot;eventAssociation.maximumMatchingArrivalTimeDiff&quot;
+					or if one matching arrival is enough.
+					</description>
+				</parameter>
+				<parameter name="minMatchingArrivals" type="int" default="3">
+					<description>
+					Minimum number of matching picks between two origins to be
+					associated to the same event.
+					</description>
+				</parameter>
+				<parameter name="maxMatchingArrivalTimeDiff" type="double" unit="s" default="-1">
+					<description>
+					If this time window in seconds is negative, pickIDs
+					are compared to find matching arrivals. A non negative
+					value (including 0) compares pick times regardless
+					of the pickID. Pass: |pick1.time - pick2.time| &lt;= threshold.
+					</description>
+				</parameter>
+				<parameter name="maxDist" type="double" unit="km" default="500.0">
+					<description>
+					Allowed difference in epicenter between an incoming origin
+					compared with preferred origins to get associated.
+					</description>
+				</parameter>
+				<parameter name="maxTimeSpan" type="double" unit="s" default="60.0">
+					<description>
+					Associates an origin with an existing event if the origin
+					time differs not more than 60 seconds unless the
+					minimumMatchingArrivals criteria matches.
+					</description>
+				</parameter>
+			</group>
+			<group name="publication">
+				<description>
+					Parameters controlling the publication delay of origin for
+					internal events to the messaging system. The delay
+					time, t, is calculated as t = a x N + b where N is the number
+					of arrivals of the origin. After t seconds, the best origin
+					is published. The first origin is always published.
+				</description>
+				<parameter name="intervalTimeSlope" type="double" unit="s/count" default="0.5">
+					<description>
+					Parameter &quot;a&quot; in the equation t = a x N + b.
+
+					Increasing the value reduces the amount of sent origins.
+					With the option --ep (playback mode) this value is set to 0.
+					</description>
+				</parameter>
+				<parameter name="intervalTimeIntercept" type="double" unit="s" default="0.0">
+					<description>
+					Parameter &quot;b&quot;  in the equation t = a x N + b.
+
+					Increasing the value reduces the amount of sent origins.
+					With the option --ep (playback mode) this value is set to 0.
+					</description>
+				</parameter>
+				<parameter name="wakeUpInterval" type="int" unit="s" default="5">
+					<description>
+					Integer interval to check the origin buffer for sending
+					origins if no other origins have been created.
+
+					Reducing the value may be required in EEW: it increases the
+					load on scanloc but allows to send origins more rapidly.
+					</description>
+				</parameter>
+			</group>
+		</configuration>
+		<command-line>
+			<synopsis>
+				scanloc [options]
+			</synopsis>
+			<group name="Generic">
+				<optionReference>generic#help</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>generic#version</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>generic#config-file</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>generic#plugins</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>generic#daemon</optionReference>
+			</group>
+
+			<group name="Verbosity">
+				<optionReference>verbosity#verbosity</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>verbosity#v</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>verbosity#quiet</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>verbosity#print-component</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>verbosity#print-context</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>verbosity#component</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>verbosity#syslog</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>verbosity#lockfile</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>verbosity#console</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>verbosity#debug</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>verbosity#trace</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>verbosity#log-file</optionReference>
+			</group>
+
+			<group name="Messaging">
+				<optionReference>messaging#user</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>messaging#host</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>messaging#timeout</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>messaging#primary-group</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>messaging#subscribe-group</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>messaging#encoding</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>messaging#start-stop-msg</optionReference>
+			</group>
+
+			<group name="Database">
+				<optionReference>database#db-driver-list</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>database#database</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>database#config-module</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>database#inventory-db</optionReference>
+				<option flag="" long-flag="db-disable" argument="" publicID="database#db-disable">
+					<description>Do not use the database at all.</description>
+				</option>
+			</group>
+			<group name="Input">
+				<option flag="" long-flag="ep" argument="arg" type="string">
+					<description>
+					Name of input XML file (SCML) with all picks and origins
+					for offline processing. The database connection is not
+					received from messaging and must be provided. Results
+					are sent as XML to stdout.
+					</description>
+				</option>
+				<option flag="" long-flag="timing" argument="arg" default="pickTime" values="creationTime,pickTime">
+					<description>
+					Timing reference in offline processing with --ep: Use
+					pickTime and creationTime for sorting picks according to
+					pick time and creation time, respectively. pickTime is
+					assumed if no timing is specified. Note: In real-time
+					processing picks are treated as they arrive corresponding to
+					creationTime and this option is irrelevant.
+					</description>
+				</option>
+			</group>
+			<group name="Buffer">
+				<option flag="" long-flag="allow-rejected-picks">
+					<description>
+					Allow processing of picks with evaluation status 'rejected'.
+					Otherwise these picks are ignored and not buffered.
+					</description>
+				</option>
+				<option flag="" long-flag="drop-reference-check" param-ref="association.dropReferenceCheck"/>
+				<option flag="" long-flag="author-whitelist" argument="arg" type="list:string">
+					<description>
+					Only consider picks and origins created by the given
+					author(s). Separate multiple authors by
+					comma. Wildcards are supported.Empty strings
+					allow all authors. Manual origins are treated regardless of
+					the author as defined by
+					&quot;buffer.ignoreManualOrigins&quot;. The option allows
+					operating scanloc based on picks and origins from a specific
+					module, e.g., in a pipeline.
+					</description>
+				</option>
+				<option flag="" long-flag="future-time-delta" argument="arg" param-ref="buffer.futureTimeDelta"/>
+				<option flag="" long-flag="origin-keep" argument="arg" param-ref="buffer.originKeep"/>
+				<option flag="" long-flag="pick-keep" argument="arg" param-ref="buffer.pickKeep"/>
+			</group>
+			<group name="Locator">
+				<option long-flag="locator-type" argument="arg" param-ref="locator.type"/>
+				<option long-flag="locator-profile" argument="arg" param-ref="locator.profile" type="string"/>
+				<option long-flag="locator-list">
+					<description>
+					List all registered locators.
+					</description>
+				</option>
+			</group>
+			<group name="Output">
+				<option flag="" long-flag="final-only">
+					<description>
+					Limit result set to final origins only. This option is
+					available for non-real-time (--ep) processing only.
+					</description>
+				</option>
+				<option long-flag="dump-origins">
+					<description>
+					Don't publish origins, write them to stdout. Useful for
+					tuning.
+					</description>
+				</option>
+				<option long-flag="cluster-search-log-file" argument="arg" type="string">
+					<description>
+					File name to output detailed cluster search information.
+					Useful for tuning.
+					</description>
+				</option>
+				<option flag="f" long-flag="formatted">
+					<description>
+					Use formatted XML output along with  '--ep'. Otherwise XML
+					is unformatted.
+					</description>
+				</option>
+			</group>
+		</command-line>
+	</module>
+</seiscomp>

etc/descriptions/scanloc_multifeature.xml

@@ -0,0 +1,157 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
+<seiscomp>
+	<plugin name="ScoreMF">
+		<extends>scanloc</extends>
+		<description>
+			Plugin for computing a score for an origin by the OriginMultiFeature
+			score processor.
+		</description>
+		<configuration>
+			<group name="score">
+				<description>
+				Origin score processor "OriginMultiFeature" returning a score
+				for an origin as a measure of goodness. The score is
+				then compared against minScore.	Requires to configure
+				the global parameter *plugins* with "scoremf" in order to
+				load this gempa plugin and to set *minScore* and *score*
+				accordingly.
+				</description>
+
+				<group name="mf">
+					<parameter name="defaultScore" type="double" default="0.0">
+						<description>
+						The default score returned for an origin that fails
+						completely or is filtered out by thresholds such as for
+						depth and RMS.
+						</description>
+					</parameter>
+					<!-- Optional: channel letters for type detection -->
+					<parameter name="strongMotionCodes" type="list:string" default="L,N">
+						<description>
+						List of one-letter instrument codes (2nd letter) in
+						channel codes identifying strong motion sensors, e.g.,
+						in HL?, HN?.
+						</description>
+					</parameter>
+
+					<parameter name="infrasoundCodes" type="list:string" default="D">
+						<description>
+						List of one-letter instrument codes (2nd letter) in
+						channel codes identifying infrasound sensors, e.g., in
+						HDF.
+						</description>
+					</parameter>
+
+					<group name="weights">
+						<!-- Phase weights -->
+						<parameter name="p" type="list:double" default="1.0,0.0,0.0">
+							<description>
+							The weight for number of used P arrival measures.
+							Assumes only arrival time when exactly 1 value is set.
+							Use a comma-separated list, wT,wSlo,wBaz, for giving
+							specific weight to pick time, slowness and back azimuth,
+							respectively.
+							Example: 1.0,0.0,0.0 .
+							</description>
+						</parameter>
+
+						<parameter name="p0" type="double" default="0.5">
+							<description>
+							Weight per unused P pick.
+							</description>
+						</parameter>
+
+						<parameter name="s" type="double" default="2.0">
+							<description>
+							Weight per used S pick.
+							</description>
+						</parameter>
+
+						<parameter name="s0" type="double" default="0.5">
+							<description>
+							Weight per unused S pick.
+							</description>
+						</parameter>
+
+						<!-- Quality weights -->
+						<parameter name="normalizationDepth" type="double" default="650.0">
+							<description>
+							Origin depth is normalized to this value for
+							computing the score contribution. Shallower depths
+							contribute to larger score.
+							This is also the maximum allowed depth. Origins with
+							depth greater then this value get a score equal to
+							&quot;defaultScore&quot;.
+							</description>
+						</parameter>
+
+						<parameter name="depth" type="double" default="1.0">
+							<description>
+							Weight for depth-based quality score.
+							</description>
+						</parameter>
+
+						<parameter name="normalizationRMS" type="double" default="1.5">
+							<description>
+							Origin RMS is normalized to this value for computing
+							the score contribution. Lower RMS contribute to
+							larger score.
+							This is also the maximum allowed RMS. Origins with
+							residual greater than this value score equal to
+							&quot;defaultScore&quot;.
+							</description>
+						</parameter>
+
+						<parameter name="residual" type="double" default="1.0">
+							<description>
+							Weight for RMS-based quality score.
+							</description>
+						</parameter>
+
+						<parameter name="gap" type="double" default="1.0">
+							<description>
+							Weight for azimuthal gap score. The smaller the gap
+							the larger the score.
+							</description>
+						</parameter>
+
+						<!-- Manual pick boost -->
+						<parameter name="manualPick" type="double" default="0.5">
+							<description>
+							Weight per used manual pick.
+							</description>
+						</parameter>
+
+						<!-- Channel-type based weights -->
+						<parameter name="strongMotion" type="double" default="0.0">
+							<description>
+							Weight per used strong motion pick as defined in
+							&quot;strongMotionCodes&quot;.
+							</description>
+						</parameter>
+
+						<parameter name="infrasound" type="double" default="0.0">
+							<description>
+							Weight per used infrasound pick as defined in
+							&quot;infrasoundCodes&quot;.
+							</description>
+						</parameter>
+
+						<!-- Author weights -->
+						<parameter name="authors" type="list:string" unit="author:score">
+							<description>
+							List of tuple of authors and score contribution.
+							If an author matches, the corresponding score
+							contribution is added to the final score.
+
+							Example: "scautoloc:1,scanloc:10,ccloc:100".
+							</description>
+						</parameter>´
+					</group>
+
+				</group>
+			</group>
+		</configuration>
+	</plugin>
+</seiscomp>
+

etc/descriptions/scanloc_scoresum.xml

@@ -0,0 +1,101 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
+<seiscomp>
+	<plugin name="ScoreSum">
+		<extends>scanloc</extends>
+		<description>
+		Plugin for scoring origins in scanloc by score processor OriginSum
+		</description>
+		<configuration>
+			<group name="score">
+				<group name="sum">
+					<description>
+					Origin score processor "OriginSum": Compute origin scores as
+					weighted averages of number of used
+					P phases (p), number of unused P phases (p0), number of used
+					S phases (s), number of unused S phases (s0), origin depth and
+					residual. The score applies for ranking origins of events. Add
+					the plugin "scoresum" to the global parameter "plugins" and
+					"OriginSum" to the scanloc parameter "score" for applying this
+					score processor.
+					</description>
+					<parameter name="p" type="list:double" default="1.0">
+						<description>
+						The weight for number of used P arrival measures.
+						Assumes only arrival time when exactly 1 value is set.
+						Use a comma-separated list, wT,wSlo,wBaz, for giving
+						specific weight to pick time, slowness and back azimuth,
+						respectively.
+						Example: 1.0,0.0,0.0 .
+
+						The usage of slowness and back azimuth depends on locator.
+						They are not considered by Hypo71, NonLinLoc, StdLoc and
+						FixedHypocenter.
+
+						The parameter is used for Is infrasound phases when
+						considered in clustering.
+						</description>
+					</parameter>
+					<parameter name="p0" type="double" default="0.5">
+						<description>
+						The weight for number of added but unused P arrivals.
+
+						The parameter is used for Is infrasound phases when
+						considered in clustering.
+						</description>
+					</parameter>
+					<parameter name="s" type="list:double" default="2.0">
+						<description>
+						The weight for number of used S arrival measures.
+						Assumes only arrival time when exactly 1 value is set.
+						Use a comma-separated list, wT,wSlo,wBaz, for giving
+						specific weight to pick time, slowness and back azimuth,
+						respectively.
+						Example: 2.0,0.0,0.0 .
+
+						The usage of slowness and back azimuth depends on locator.
+						They are not considered by Hypo71, NonLinLoc, StdLoc and
+						FixedHypocenter.
+						</description>
+					</parameter>
+					<parameter name="s0" type="double" default="0.5">
+						<description>
+						The weight for number of added but unused S arrivals.
+						</description>
+					</parameter>
+					<parameter name="normalizationDepth" type="double" unit="km" default="650.0">
+						<description>
+						Origin depth is normalized to this value for computing the
+						score contribution. Shallower depths contribute to larger
+						score.
+						</description>
+					</parameter>
+					<parameter name="depth" type="double" default="1.0">
+						<description>
+						The weight of origin depth. Set this value to 0.0 for
+						scoring origins independent of depth whenever shallow and
+						deep sources are equally expected.
+						</description>
+					</parameter>
+					<parameter name="normalizationRMS" type="double" unit="s" default="1.5">
+						<description>
+						Origin RMS is normalized to this value for computing the
+						score contribution. Lower RMS contribute to larger score.
+						</description>
+					</parameter>
+					<parameter name="residual" type="double" default="1.0">
+						<description>
+						The weight of origin RMS residual.
+						</description>
+					</parameter>
+					<parameter name="increaseManual" type="boolean" default="false">
+						<description>
+						Increase the weight for manual picks by a factor of 1.001.
+						This gives preference to manual picks in case
+						automatic ones co-exist for the same station.
+						</description>
+					</parameter>
+				</group>
+			</group>
+		</configuration>
+	</plugin>
+</seiscomp>

etc/descriptions/scardac.xml

@@ -0,0 +1,189 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
+<seiscomp>
+	<module name="scardac" category="Acquisition">
+		<description>Waveform archive data availability collector.</description>
+		<configuration>
+			<parameter name="archive" type="string" default="@SEISCOMP_ROOT@/var/lib/archive">
+				<description>
+				The URL to the waveform archive where all data is stored.
+
+				Format: [service://]location[#type]
+
+				&quot;service&quot;: The type of the archive. If not given,
+				&quot;sds://&quot; is implied assuming an SDS archive. The SDS
+				archive structure is defined as
+				YEAR/NET/STA/CHA/NET.STA.LOC.CHA.YEAR.DAYFYEAR, e.g.
+				2018/GE/APE/BHZ.D/GE.APE..BHZ.D.2018.125
+
+				Other archive types may be considered by plugins.
+				</description>
+			</parameter>
+			<parameter name="threads" type="int" default="1">
+				<description>
+				Number of threads scanning the archive in parallel.
+				</description>
+			</parameter>
+			<parameter name="jitter" type="float" default="0.5">
+				<description>
+				Acceptable derivation of end time and start time of successive
+				records in multiples of sample time.
+				</description>
+			</parameter>
+			<parameter name="maxSegments" type="int" default="1000000">
+				<description>
+				Maximum number of segments per stream. If the limit is reached
+				no more segments are added to the database and the corresponding
+				extent is flagged as too fragmented. Set this parameter to 0 to
+				disable any limits.
+				</description>
+			</parameter>
+			<parameter name="nslcFile" type="string">
+				<description>
+				Line-based text file of form NET.STA.LOC.CHA defining available
+				stream IDs. Depending on the archive type, size and storage
+				media used this file may offer a significant performance
+				improvement compared to collecting the available streams on each
+				startup. Filters defined under `filter.nslc` still apply.
+				</description>
+			</parameter>
+			<group name="filter">
+				<description>
+				Parameters of this section limit the data processing to either
+
+				reduce the scan time of larger archives or to
+
+				prevent deletion of availability information even though parts
+				of the archive have been deleted or moved to a different
+				location.
+				</description>
+				<group name="time">
+					<description>
+					Limit the processing by record time.
+					</description>
+					<parameter name="start" type="string">
+						<description>
+						Start of data availability check given as date string or
+						as number of days before now.
+						</description>
+					</parameter>
+					<parameter name="end" type="string">
+						<description>
+						End of data availability check given as date string or
+						as number of days before now.
+						</description>
+					</parameter>
+				</group>
+				<group name="nslc">
+					<description>
+					Limit the processing by stream IDs.
+					</description>
+					<parameter name="include" type="list:string">
+						<description>
+						Comma-separated list of stream IDs to process. If
+						empty all streams are accepted unless an exclude filter
+						is defined. The following wildcards are supported: '*'
+						and '?'.
+						</description>
+					</parameter>
+					<parameter name="exclude" type="list:string">
+						<description>
+						Comma-separated list of stream IDs to exclude from
+						processing. Excludes take precedence over includes. The
+						following wildcards are supported: '*' and '?'.
+						</description>
+					</parameter>
+				</group>
+			</group>
+			<group name="mtime">
+				<description>
+				Parameters of this section control the rescan of data chunks.
+				By default the last update time of the extent is compared with
+				the record file modification time to read only files modified
+				since the list run.
+				</description>
+				<parameter name="ignore" type="boolean" default="false">
+					<description>
+					If set to true all data chunks are read independent of their
+					mtime.
+					</description>
+				</parameter>
+				<parameter name="start" type="string">
+					<description>
+					Only read chunks modified after specific date given as date
+					string or as number of days before now.
+					</description>
+				</parameter>
+				<parameter name="end" type="string">
+					<description>
+					Only read chunks modified before specific date given as date
+					string or as number of days before now.
+					</description>
+				</parameter>
+			</group>
+		</configuration>
+
+		<command-line>
+			<synopsis>
+				scardac [OPTION]...
+			</synopsis>
+			<description>
+			</description>
+			<group name="Generic">
+				<optionReference>generic#help</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>generic#version</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>generic#config-file</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>generic#plugins</optionReference>
+			</group>
+			<group name="Verbosity">
+				<optionReference>verbosity#verbosity</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>verbosity#v</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>verbosity#quiet</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>verbosity#print-component</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>verbosity#print-context</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>verbosity#component</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>verbosity#syslog</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>verbosity#lockfile</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>verbosity#console</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>verbosity#debug</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>verbosity#trace</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>verbosity#log-file</optionReference>
+			</group>
+			<group name="Collector">
+				<option flag="a" long-flag="archive" argument="arg"
+				    publicID="collector#archive" param-ref="archive"/>
+				<option long-flag="threads" argument="arg"
+				    publicID="collector#threads" param-ref="threads"/>
+				<option flag="j" long-flag="jitter" argument="arg"
+				    publicID="collector#jitter" param-ref="jitter"/>
+				<option long-flag="nslc" argument="arg"
+				    publicID="collector#nslc" param-ref="nslcFile"/>
+				<option long-flag="start" argument="arg"
+				    publicID="collector#start" param-ref="filter.time.start"/>
+				<option long-flag="end" argument="arg"
+				    publicID="collector#end" param-ref="filter.time.end"/>
+				<option long-flag="include" argument="arg"
+				    publicID="collector#include" param-ref="filter.nslc.include"/>
+				<option long-flag="exclude" argument="arg"
+				    publicID="collector#exclude" param-ref="filter.nslc.exclude"/>
+				<option long-flag="deep-scan" argument=""
+				    publicID="collector#deepscan" param-ref="mtime.ignore"/>
+				<option long-flag="modified-since" argument="arg"
+				    publicID="collector#modifiedsince" param-ref="mtime.start"/>
+				<option long-flag="modified-until" argument="arg"
+				    publicID="collector#modifieduntil" param-ref="mtime.end"/>
+				<option long-flag="generate-test-data" argument="arg"
+				    publicID="collector#generate-test-data">
+					<description>
+					Do not scan the archive but generate test data for each
+					stream in the inventory. Format:
+					days,gaps,gapslen,overlaps,overlaplen. E.g., the following
+					parameter list would generate test data for 100 days
+					(starting from now()-100) which includes 150 gaps with a
+					length of 2.5s followed by 50 overlaps with an overlap of
+					5s: --generate-test-data=100,150,2.5,50,5
+					</description>
+				</option>
+			</group>
+		</command-line>
+	</module>
+</seiscomp>

etc/descriptions/scart.xml

@@ -0,0 +1,209 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
+<seiscomp>
+	<module name="scart" category="Utilities" standalone="true">
+		<description>
+		Import/export MiniSEED data to/from SDS archives.
+		</description>
+		<command-line>
+			<synopsis>
+			scart [options] {archive-dir}
+			</synopsis>
+			<description>
+			The last option has to be the archive directory when dump mode is enabled.
+			When no archive directory is explicitly given,
+			$SEISCOMP_ROOT/var/lib/archive or the current directory
+			is used depending on whether $SEISCOMP_ROOT has been set or not.
+			The default operation mode is import. That means that a multiplexed
+			MiniSEED file or another record source such as ArcLink is used to import
+			records into a SDS structure.
+		</description>
+			<group name="Verbosity">
+				<option flag="v" long-flag="verbose">
+					<description>
+					Verbose mode.
+					</description>
+				</option>
+				<option flag="h" long-flag="help">
+					<description>
+					Display a help message.
+					</description>
+				</option>
+			</group>
+			<group name="Mode">
+				<option flag="" long-flag="check">
+					<description>
+					Check mode. Check all files
+					in the given directory for erroneous miniSEED records.
+					All sub-directories are included. If no directory is given,
+					the default SDS archive is scanned. Checks are only complete
+					for files containing exactly one stream. More complete checks
+					are made with scmssort.
+					</description>
+				</option>
+				<option flag="d" long-flag="dump">
+					<description>
+					Set export (dump) mode. Records are retrieved from an archive and
+					written to standard output.
+					</description>
+				</option>
+				<option flag="I">
+					<description>
+					Import mode (default): Specify the recordstream URL to read
+					the data from for archiving. When using any other
+					recordstream than file, a stream list file is needed.
+					Specifying - implies file://- (stdin). If no mode is
+					explicitly specified, -I file://- is assumed.
+					</description>
+				</option>
+			</group>
+
+			<group name="Processing">
+				<option flag="c" argument="channels">
+					<description>
+					Channel filter to be applied to the data streams.
+					Default for Dump: "(B|E|H|M|S)(D|H|L|N)(E|F|N|Z|1|2|3)"
+					Default for Import: "*"
+					</description>
+				</option>
+				<option flag="E">
+					<description>
+					Dump mode: sort records according to their end time.
+					Default: start time.
+					</description>
+				</option>
+				<option long-flag="files" argument="count">
+					<description>
+					Dump mode: Specify the number of file handles to cache.
+					Default: 100.
+					</description>
+				</option>
+				<option flag="i">
+					<description>
+					Ignore records without data samples.
+					</description>
+				</option>
+				<option flag="l" long-flag="list" argument="file">
+					<description>
+					Import, dump mode: Use a stream list file with time windows instead
+					of defined networks and channels (-n, -c and -t are ignored).
+					The list can be generated from events by scevtstreams. One
+					line per stream. Line format: starttime;endtime;streamID
+					The time format is the same as described in option '-t'.
+
+					Example:
+
+					2019-07-17 02:00:00;2019-07-17 02:10:00;GR.CLL..BH?
+					</description>
+				</option>
+				<option flag="m" long-flag="modify">
+					<description>
+					Dump mode: Modify the record time for real time playback.
+					The first record time is NOW. The relative time of
+					successive records to the first one are kept.
+					</description>
+				</option>
+				<option flag="n" argument="networks">
+					<description>
+					Import, dump mode: Data stream selection as a comma separated list 
+					"stream1,stream2,streamX" where each stream can be NET or NET.STA
+					or NET.STA.LOC or NET.STA.LOC.CHA.
+					If CHA is omitted, it defaults to the value of -c option. 
+					Default: "*"
+					</description>
+				</option>
+				<option flag="" long-flag="nslc" argument="file">
+					<description>
+					Import, dump mode: Stream list file to be used instead of
+					defined networks and channels (-n and -c are ignored)
+					for filtering the data by the given streams. Dump mode:
+					Use in combination with -t! One line per stream, line
+					format: NET.STA.LOC.CHA
+
+					Example:
+
+					GR.CLL..BH?
+					</description>
+				</option>
+				<option flag="" long-flag="rename" argument="rule">
+					<description>
+					Import, dump mode: Rename stream data according to the provided
+					rule(s). A rule is "[match-stream:]rename-stream" and match-stream
+					is optional. match-stream and rename-stream are in the
+					"NET.STA.LOC.CHA" format. match-stream supports special
+					charactes "?" "*" "|" "(" ")". rename-stream supports the
+					special character "-" that can be used in place of NET, STA,
+					LOC, CHA codes with the meaning of not renaming those.
+					"-" can also be used as the last character in CHA code.
+					Multiple rules can be provided as a comma separated list
+					or by providing multiple --rename options.
+					</description>
+				</option>
+				<option flag="s" long-flag="sort">
+					<description>
+					Dump mode: Sort records by [start-]time. To sort records by their
+					end time use -E.
+					</description>
+				</option>
+				<option long-flag="speed" argument="value">
+					<description>
+					Dump mode: Specify the speed to dump the records. A value of 0 means
+					no delay otherwise speed is a multiplier of the real time difference
+					between the records. When feeding the records directly into the replay
+					pipe a value of 1 (real time) is recommended.
+					</description>
+				</option>
+				<option flag="t" long-flag="time-window" argument="timeWindow">
+					<description>
+					Import, dump mode: Specify the time window (as one properly
+					quoted string) to dump records for. Times are UTC and
+					separated by a tilde &quot;~&quot;. To dump one hour of
+					waveform data between 2008/01/01 00:00:00 and 2008/01/01
+					01:00:00 use
+					&lt;-t 2008-01-01T00:00:00~2008-01-01T01:00:00&gt;.
+					</description>
+				</option>
+			</group>
+
+			<group name="Output">
+				<option flag="o" long-flag="output">
+					<description>
+					Dump, Import mode: Write data to given file instead of creating
+					a SDS archive. Deactivates --stdout. Deactivated by --test.
+					</description>
+				</option>
+				<option long-flag="print-streams">
+					<description>
+					Print stream information only and exit. Works in import, dump
+					and check mode. Output: NET.STA.LOC.CHA StartTime EndTime.
+					</description>
+				</option>
+				<option long-flag="stdout">
+					<description>
+					Import mode: Write to stdout instead of creating a SDS archive.
+					Deactivated by --test and --output.
+					</description>
+				</option>
+				<option long-flag="test">
+					<description>
+					Test input only, deactivate all miniSEED output. This switch is
+					useful for debugging and printing stream information with
+					--print-streams.
+					</description>
+				</option>
+				<option flag="" long-flag="with-filecheck">
+					<description>
+					Import mode: Check all accessed files. Unsorted or unreadable
+					files are reported to stderr. Checks are only complete
+					for files containing exactly one stream. More complete
+					checks are made with scmssort.
+					</description>
+				</option>
+				<option flag="" long-flag="with-filename">
+					<description>
+					Import mode: Print all accessed files to stderr after import.
+					</description>
+				</option>
+			</group>
+		</command-line>
+	</module>
+</seiscomp>

etc/descriptions/scautoloc.xml

@@ -0,0 +1,488 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
+<seiscomp>
+	<module name="scautoloc" category="Processing">
+		<description>Locates seismic events.</description>
+		<configuration>
+			<group name="locator">
+				<description>
+				Define parameters of the locator. Only LOCSAT is supported.
+				</description>
+				<parameter name="profile" type="string" default="iasp91">
+					<description>
+					The locator profile to use.
+					</description>
+				</parameter>
+				<parameter name="defaultDepth" type="double" default="10" unit="km">
+					<description>
+					For each location, scautoloc performs checks to test if the
+					depth estimate is reliable. If the same location quality
+					(e.g. pick RMS) can be achieved while fixing the depth to
+					the default depth, the latter is used. This is most often
+					the case for shallow events with essentially no depth
+					resolution.
+					</description>
+				</parameter>
+				<parameter name="minimumDepth" type="double" default="5" unit="km">
+					<description>
+					The locator might converge at a depth of 0 or even negative
+					depths. This is usually not desired, as 0 km might be
+					interpreted as indicative of e.g. a quarry blast or another
+					explosive source. In the case of "too shallow" locations the
+					minimum depth will be used.
+
+					Note that the minimum depth can also be configured in scolv,
+					possibly to a different value.
+					</description>
+				</parameter>
+			</group>
+			<group name="buffer">
+				<description>
+				Control the buffer of objects.
+				</description>
+				<parameter name="pickKeep" type="double" default="21600" unit="s">
+					<description>
+					Time to keep picks in the buffer with respect to pick time, not creation time.
+					</description>
+				</parameter>
+				<parameter name="originKeep" type="integer" default="86400" unit="s">
+					<description>
+					Time to keep origins in buffer.
+					</description>
+				</parameter>
+				<parameter name="cleanupInterval" type="integer" default="3600" unit="s">
+					<description>
+					Clean-up interval for removing old/unused objects.
+					</description>
+				</parameter>
+			</group>
+			<group name="autoloc">
+				<description>
+				Define parameters for creating and reporting origins.
+				</description>
+				<parameter name="maxRMS" type="double" default="3.5" unit="s">
+					<description>
+					Maximum travel-time RMS for a location to be reported.
+					</description>
+				</parameter>
+				<parameter name="maxResidual" type="double" default="7.0" unit="s">
+					<description>
+					Maximum travel-time residual (unweighted) for a pick at a station to be used.
+					</description>
+				</parameter>
+				<parameter name="minPhaseCount" type="integer" default="6">
+					<description>
+					Minimum number of phases for reporting origins.
+					</description>
+				</parameter>
+				<parameter name="maxDepth" type="double" default="1000" unit="km">
+					<description>
+					Maximum permissible depth for reporting origins.
+					</description>
+				</parameter>
+				<parameter name="maxSGAP" type="double" default="360" unit="deg">
+					<description>
+					Maximum secondary azimuthal gap for an origin to be reported by.
+					The secondary gap is the maximum of the sum of 2 station gaps.
+
+					Default: 360 degrees, i.e. no restriction based on this parameter.
+					</description>
+				</parameter>
+				<parameter name="maxStationDistance" type="double" default="180" unit="deg">
+					<description>
+					Maximum epicntral distance to stations for accepting picks.
+					</description>
+				</parameter>
+				<parameter name="minStaCountIgnorePKP" type="integer" default="15">
+					<description>
+					If the station count for stations at &lt; 105 degrees distance
+					exceeds this number, no picks at &gt; 105 degrees will be
+					used in location. They will be loosely associated, though.
+					</description>
+				</parameter>
+				<parameter name="amplTypeAbs" type="string" default="mb">
+					<description>
+					If this string is non-empty, an amplitude obtained from an amplitude
+					object is used by ... . If this string is &quot;mb&quot;, a period
+					obtained from the amplitude object is also used; if it has some other
+					value, then 1 [units?] is used. If this string is empty, then the amplitude
+					is set to 0.5 * thresholdXXL, and 1 [units?] is used for the period.
+					</description>
+				</parameter>
+				<parameter name="amplTypeSNR" type="string" default="snr">
+					<description>
+					If this string is non-empty, it is used to obtain a pick SNR from an
+					amplitude object. If it is empty, the pick SNR is 10.
+					</description>
+				</parameter>
+				<parameter name="grid" type="path" default="@DATADIR@/scautoloc/grid.conf">
+					<description>
+					Location of the grid file for nucleating origins.
+					</description>
+				</parameter>
+				<parameter name="stationConfig" type="path" default="@DATADIR@/scautoloc/station.conf">
+					<description>
+					Location of the station configuration file for nucleating origins.
+					</description>
+				</parameter>
+				<parameter name="stationLocations" type="path" default="">
+					<description>
+					The station file to be used when in offline mode.
+					If no file is given the database is used. An example is given
+					in &quot;@DATADIR@/scautoloc/station-locations.conf&quot;.
+					</description>
+				</parameter>
+				<parameter name="useManualPicks" type="boolean" default="false">
+					<description>
+					Receive and process manual phase picks.
+					</description>
+				</parameter>
+				<parameter name="useManualOrigins" type="boolean" default="false">
+					<description>
+					Receive and process manual origins. Manual picks and arrival
+					weights will be adopted from the manual origin and the processing continues with these.
+					Origins produced this way by adding incoming automatic picks are nevertheless marked as
+					automatic origins. But they may contain manual picks (even pP and S picks).
+
+					Add the LOCATION group to connection.subscriptions for receiving manual origins!
+
+					This is an experimental feature relevant only for large regional and global networks,
+					where results by analysts can be expected before the end
+					of automatic event processing.
+					</description>
+				</parameter>
+				<parameter name="adoptManualDepth" type="boolean" default="true">
+					<description>
+					Adopt the depth from manual origins. Otherwise the default depth
+					in locator.defaultDepth is considered.
+					</description>
+				</parameter>
+				<parameter name="authors" type="list:string">
+					<description>
+					Restrict pick processing to the given author name(s). Apply
+					comma separation for a list of names. If any author name is
+					given, picks from other authors are ignored.
+					</description>
+				</parameter>
+				<parameter name="tryDefaultDepth" type="boolean" default="true">
+					<description>
+					Compare located origin with the origin at the depth given by
+					locator.defaultDepth. The origin with lower RMS is reported.
+					</description>
+				</parameter>
+				<parameter name="publicationIntervalTimeSlope" type="double" unit="s/count" default="0.5">
+					<description>
+					Parameter &quot;a&quot;  in the equation t = aN + b.
+					t is the time interval between sending updates of an origin.
+					N is the arrival count of the origin.
+					</description>
+				</parameter>
+				<parameter name="publicationIntervalTimeIntercept" type="double" unit="s" default="0.">
+					<description>
+					Parameter &quot;b&quot; in the equation t = aN + b.
+					t is the time interval between sending updates of an origin.
+					N is the arrival count of the origin.
+					</description>
+				</parameter>
+				<parameter name="pickLogEnable" type="boolean" default="false">
+					<description>
+					Activate for writing pick log files to &quot;pickLog&quot;.
+					</description>
+				</parameter>
+				<parameter name="pickLog" type="string" default="@LOGDIR@/autoloc-picklog">
+					<description>
+					Location of pick log file containing information about received
+					picks. Activate &quot;pickLogEnable&quot; for writing the files.
+					</description>
+				</parameter>
+
+				<group name="xxl">
+					<description>
+					Create origins from XXL picks. These origins will receive the status "preliminary".
+					Use with care! Enabling XXL picks may result in frequent fake solutions.
+					</description>
+					<parameter name="enable" type="boolean" default="false">
+						<description>
+						Picks with exceptionally large amplitudes may be flagged as XXL,
+						allowing (in future) faster, preliminary "heads-up" alerts.
+
+						This option enables the feature.
+						</description>
+					</parameter>
+					<parameter name="minAmplitude" type="double" default="10000">
+						<description>
+						Minimum amplitude for a pick to be flagged as XXL. The
+						value corresponds to the amplitude type configured in
+						autoloc.amplTypeAbs. NOTE that
+						BOTH minAmplitude and minSNR need to be exceeded!
+						</description>
+					</parameter>
+					<parameter name="minSNR" type="double" default="8">
+						<description>
+						Minimum SNR for a pick to be flagged as XXL. NOTE that
+						BOTH minAmplitude and minSNR need to be exceeded!
+						</description>
+					</parameter>
+					<parameter name="minPhaseCount" type="integer" default="4">
+						<description>
+						Minimum number of XXL picks for forming an origin.
+						Must be >= 4.
+						</description>
+					</parameter>
+					<parameter name="maxStationDistance" type="double" default="10" unit="deg">
+						<description>
+						Maximum epicentral distance for accepting XXL picks.
+						</description>
+					</parameter>
+					<parameter name="maxDepth" type="double" default="100" unit="km">
+						<description>
+						Maximum depth for creating origins based on XXL arrivals.
+						</description>
+					</parameter>
+				</group>
+			</group>
+		</configuration>
+		<command-line>
+			<synopsis>
+			scautoloc [options]
+			</synopsis>
+			<group name="Generic">
+				<optionReference>generic#help</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>generic#version</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>generic#config-file</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>generic#plugins</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>generic#daemon</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>generic#auto-shutdown</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>generic#shutdown-master-module</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>generic#shutdown-master-username</optionReference>
+			</group>
+
+			<group name="Verbosity">
+				<optionReference>verbosity#verbosity</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>verbosity#v</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>verbosity#quiet</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>verbosity#component</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>verbosity#syslog</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>verbosity#lockfile</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>verbosity#console</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>verbosity#debug</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>verbosity#log-file</optionReference>
+			</group>
+
+			<group name="Messaging">
+				<optionReference>messaging#user</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>messaging#host</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>messaging#timeout</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>messaging#primary-group</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>messaging#subscribe-group</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>messaging#content-type</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>messaging#start-stop-msg</optionReference>
+			</group>
+
+			<group name="Database">
+				<optionReference>database#db-driver-list</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>database#database</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>database#config-module</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>database#inventory-db</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>database#db-disable</optionReference>
+			</group>
+
+			<group name="Mode">
+				<option flag="" long-flag="test" argument="" default="">
+					<description>
+					Do not send any object.
+					</description>
+				</option>
+				<option flag="" long-flag="offline" argument="" default="">
+					<description>
+					Do not connect to a messaging server. Instead a
+					station-locations.conf file can be provided. This implies
+					--test and --playback
+					</description>
+				</option>
+				<option flag="" long-flag="playback" argument="" default="">
+					<description>
+					Flush origins immediately without delay.
+					</description>
+				</option>
+			</group>
+
+			<group name="Mode">
+				<option flag="" long-flag="test" >
+					<description>
+					Do not send any object.
+					</description>
+				</option>
+				<option flag="" long-flag="offline" >
+					<description>
+					Flush origins immediately without delay.
+					</description>
+				</option>
+			</group>
+
+			<group name="Input">
+				<option flag="" long-flag="ep" argument="file">
+					<description>
+					Name of input XML file (SCML) with all picks and origins for
+					offline processing. The database connection is not received
+					from messaging and must be provided. Results are sent in XML
+					to stdout.
+					</description>
+				</option>
+			</group>
+
+			<group name="Settings">
+				<option flag="" long-flag="allow-rejected-picks">
+					<description>
+					Allow picks with evaluation status 'rejected' for nucleation
+					and association.
+					</description>
+				</option>
+				<option flag="" long-flag="station-locations" argument="arg" default="">
+					<description>
+					The station-locations.conf file to use when in
+					offline mode (started with --offline).
+					If no file is given the database is used.
+					</description>
+				</option>
+
+				<option flag="" long-flag="station-config" argument="arg" default="">
+					<description>
+					The station configuration file. Examples are in @DATADIR@/scautoloc/
+					</description>
+				</option>
+
+				<option flag="" long-flag="grid" argument="arg" default="">
+					<description>
+					The grid configuration file. Examples are in @DATADIR@/scautoloc/
+					</description>
+				</option>
+
+				<option flag="" long-flag="pick-log" argument="arg" default="">
+					<description>
+					The pick log file. Providing a file name enables logging picks
+					even when disabled by configuration.
+					</description>
+				</option>
+				<option flag="" long-flag="default-depth" argument="arg" default="10">
+					<description>
+					Default depth for comparison with the depth after locating.
+					</description>
+				</option>
+
+				<option flag="" long-flag="max-sgap" argument="arg" default="360">
+					<description>
+					Maximum secondary azimuthal gap for an origin to be reported.
+					The secondary gap is the maximum of the sum of 2 station gaps.
+					</description>
+				</option>
+
+				<option flag="" long-flag="max-rms" argument="arg" default="3.5">
+					<description>
+					Maximum travel-time RMS for a location to be reported.
+					</description>
+				</option>
+
+				<option flag="" long-flag="max-residual" argument="arg" default="3">
+					<description>
+					Maximum travel-time residual (unweighted) for a pick at a
+					station to be used.
+					</description>
+				</option>
+
+				<option flag="" long-flag="max-station-distance" argument="arg" default="5">
+					<description>
+					Maximum distance of stations to be used.
+					</description>
+				</option>
+
+				<option flag="" long-flag="max-nucleation-distance-default" argument="arg" default="180">
+					<description>
+					Default maximum distance of stations to be used for nucleating new origins.
+					</description>
+				</option>
+
+				<option flag="" long-flag="min-pick-affinity" argument="arg" default="0.05">
+					<description></description>
+				</option>
+
+				<option flag="" long-flag="min-phase-count" argument="arg" default="4">
+					<description>
+					Minimum number of picks for an origin to be reported.</description>
+				</option>
+
+				<option flag="" long-flag="min-score" argument="arg" default="8">
+					<description>
+					Minimum score for an origin to be reported.
+					</description>
+				</option>
+
+				<option flag="" long-flag="min-pick-snr" argument="arg" default="3">
+					<description>
+					Minimum SNR for a pick to be processed.
+					</description>
+				</option>
+
+				<option flag="" long-flag="threshold-xxl" argument="arg" default="10000000">
+					<description>
+					An amplitude exceeding this threshold will flag the pick as XXL.
+					</description>
+				</option>
+
+				<option flag="" long-flag="min-phase-count-xxl" argument="arg" default="4">
+					<description>
+					Minimum number of picks for an XXL origin to be reported.
+					</description>
+				</option>
+
+				<option flag="" long-flag="max-distance-xxl" argument="arg" default="15">
+					<description></description>
+				</option>
+
+				<option flag="" long-flag="min-sta-count-ignore-pkp" argument="arg" default="15">
+					<description>
+					Minimum station count for which we ignore PKP phases.
+					</description>
+				</option>
+
+				<option flag="" long-flag="min-score-bypass-nucleator" argument="arg" default="40">
+					<description>
+					Minimum score at which the nucleator is bypassed.
+					</description>
+				</option>
+
+				<option flag="" long-flag="keep-events-timespan" argument="arg" default="86400">
+					<description>
+					The timespan to keep historical events.
+					</description>
+				</option>
+
+				<option flag="" long-flag="cleanup-interval" argument="arg" default="3600">
+					<description>
+					The object cleanup interval in seconds.
+					</description>
+				</option>
+
+				<option flag="" long-flag="max-age" argument="arg" default="3784320000">
+					<description>
+					During cleanup all pick objects older than maxAge (in seconds)
+					are removed (maxAge == 0 disables cleanup).
+					</description>
+				</option>
+
+				<option flag="" long-flag="wakeup-interval" argument="arg" default="5" unit="s">
+					<description>
+					The interval in seconds to check pending operations.
+					</description>
+				</option>
+
+				<option flag="" long-flag="dynamic-pick-threshold-interval" argument="arg" default="60">
+					<description>
+					The interval in seconds in which to check for extraordinarily
+					high pick activity, resulting in a dynamically increased
+					pick threshold.
+					</description>
+				</option>
+			</group>
+		</command-line>
+	</module>
+</seiscomp>

etc/descriptions/scautopick.xml

@@ -0,0 +1,397 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
+<seiscomp>
+	<module name="scautopick" category="Processing" inherit-global-bindings="true">
+		<description>Phase detection and picking on waveforms.</description>
+		<configuration>
+			<parameter name="ringBufferSize" type="int" default="300" unit="s">
+				<description>
+					Defined the record ringbuffer size in seconds.
+				</description>
+			</parameter>
+			<parameter name="leadTime" type="int" default="60" unit="s">
+				<description>
+					The leadTime defines the time in seconds to start picking on
+					waveforms before current time.
+				</description>
+			</parameter>
+			<parameter name="playback" type="boolean" default="false">
+				<description>
+					If enabled, picks can be made on waveforms which are older than
+					current time - &quot;leadTime&quot;. Current time is the time
+					when the module was started. This allows to pick
+					historic data in real-time playbacks which are preserving the
+					record times. See e.g. the &quot;msrtsimul&quot; module.
+					This option deactivates &quot;leadTime&quot;. Activate only for playbacks.
+				</description>
+			</parameter>
+			<parameter name="initTime" type="int" default="60" unit="s">
+				<description>
+					The initTime defines a time span in seconds for that the picker
+					is blind after initialization. This time is needed to initialize
+					the filter and depends on it.
+				</description>
+			</parameter>
+			<parameter name="gapInterpolation" type="boolean" default="false">
+				<description>
+					Interpolate gaps linearly? This is valid for gaps shorter
+					than thresholds.maxGapLength.
+				</description>
+			</parameter>
+			<parameter name="useAllStreams" type="boolean" default="true">
+				<description>
+					If enabled, all streams that are received by the picker are
+					used for picking. This option has only effect if a
+					file is used as input which contains more data than the
+					picker requests. If connected to a waveform server such as
+					SeedLink, the picker will only receive the data it is
+					subscribed to.
+				</description>
+			</parameter>
+			<parameter name="filter" type="string" default="&quot;RMHP(10)>>ITAPER(30)>>BW(4,0.7,2)>>STALTA(2,80)&quot;">
+				<description>
+				The default filter used for making detections. Station-specific
+				configurations (bindings) override this value.
+				</description>
+			</parameter>
+			<parameter name="timeCorrection" type="double" default="-0.8" unit="s">
+				<description>
+				The time correction applied for a pick. Station-specific
+				values (bindings) override this value.
+				</description>
+			</parameter>
+			<parameter name="picker" type="string">
+				<description>
+				The re-picker to use. By default only simple detections
+				are emitted as picks. To enable re-picking on a time window around
+				the detection, an algorithm (plugin) can be defined with this parameter.
+
+				Currently available: &quot;AIC&quot;, &quot;BK&quot; or
+				&quot;GFZ&quot;.
+
+				More options may be available by plugins. Configure related
+				parameters in global bindings.
+				</description>
+			</parameter>
+			<parameter name="phaseHint" type="string" default="P">
+				<description>
+				Phase hint to be assigned to the pick made by the primary picker.
+				</description>
+			</parameter>
+			<parameter name="sendDetections" type="boolean" default="false">
+				<description>
+				If enabled and &quot;picker&quot; is configured, then
+				initial detections are sent as well. To distinguish between
+				detections and picks the evaluation status of the pick is
+				set to &quot;rejected&quot;. This is meant to be a debug
+				option which can be used to compare detections and picks by
+				their evaluation status.
+				</description>
+			</parameter>
+			<parameter name="spicker" type="string">
+				<description>
+				The secondary picker to use, e.g., for picking S-phases.
+				Currently available is: &quot;S-L2&quot;. More options may
+				be available by plugins. Configure related parameters
+				in global bindings.
+				</description>
+			</parameter>
+			<parameter name="killPendingSPickers" type="boolean" default="true">
+				<description>
+				If enabled, all secondary pickers that were triggered by
+				a previous pick will be terminated when a new detection or
+				pick has been found. This aims to avoid the case where an
+				S phase is wrongly picked as P but would also be picked as
+				S by the secondary picker. But suppressing the S pick can
+				lead to undesired results. It might be better in some
+				situations to have two picks (P and S) instead only a wrong P.
+				</description>
+			</parameter>
+			<parameter name="extraPickComments" type="boolean" default="false">
+				<description>
+					If enabled and &quot;picker&quot; or &quot;spicker&quot; is
+					configured, extra comments will be added to the resulting pick.
+
+					Supported comments:
+
+					SNR: added if SNR >= 0, comment id is &quot;SNR&quot;
+
+					duration: added if the duration has been computed at the time
+					          of the pick creation, which actually requires
+					          &quot;thresholds.maxDuration&quot; to be configured
+					          with a non-negative value.
+				</description>
+			</parameter>
+			<parameter name="fx" type="string">
+				<description>
+					Configures the feature extraction type to use. Currently
+					available: &quot;DFX&quot;. Configure related parameters
+					in global bindings.
+
+					When configured, the usability of the features for locating
+					events depends on the used locator, e.g. LOCSAT. Read the
+					locator's documentation and configuration parameters.
+				</description>
+			</parameter>
+			<parameter name="amplitudes" type="list:string" default="MLv, mb, mB">
+				<description>
+					The amplitude types to be computed by the picker based on
+					picks.
+				</description>
+			</parameter>
+			<group name="thresholds">
+				<description>
+				Threshold parameters for the primary picker.
+				</description>
+				<parameter name="triggerOn" type="double" default="3">
+					<description>
+						For which value on the filtered waveforms is a pick
+						detected. Station specific values override this value.
+					</description>
+				</parameter>
+				<parameter name="triggerOff" type="double" default="1.5">
+					<description>
+						The value the filtered waveforms must reach to enable
+						detection again. Between triggerOn and triggerOff the
+						picker is blind and does not produce picks. Station
+						specific values override this value.
+					</description>
+				</parameter>
+				<parameter name="maxGapLength" type="double" default="4.5" unit="s">
+					<description>
+						The maximum gap length in seconds to handle.
+						Gaps larger than this will cause the picker to be reset.
+					</description>
+				</parameter>
+				<parameter name="amplMaxTimeWindow" type="double" default="10" unit="s">
+					<description>
+						The time window used to compute a maximum (snr) amplitude
+						on the filtered waveforms.
+					</description>
+				</parameter>
+				<parameter name="deadTime" type="double" default="30" unit="s">
+					<description>
+						The time used together with measured amplitude and
+						`thresholds.minAmplOffset` for scaling the amplitude below which
+						the picker is inactive after a P pick. Read the documentation!
+					</description>
+				</parameter>
+				<parameter name="minAmplOffset" type="double" default="3">
+					<description>
+					The amplitude used together with measured amplitude and
+					`thresholds.deadTime` for scaling the amplitude below which
+					the picker is inactive after a P pick. The value is typically
+					similar to the trigger threshold. Read the documentation!
+					</description>
+				</parameter>
+				<parameter name="minDuration" type="double" default="-1">
+					<description>
+					The minimum duration to reach. The duration is measured as
+					the time between trigger on and trigger off. If this value
+					is configured the detection (pick) will be delayed in order
+					to compute and check the duration.
+					</description>
+				</parameter>
+				<parameter name="maxDuration" type="double" default="-1">
+					<description>
+					The maximum duration allowed. The duration is measured as
+					the time between trigger on and trigger off. If this value
+					is configured the detection (pick) will be delayed in order
+					to compute and check the duration.
+					</description>
+				</parameter>
+			</group>
+			<group name="amplitudes">
+				<parameter name="enableUpdate" type="list:string" default="" unit="">
+					<description>
+						Configure a list of magnitude types.
+						Update and send amplitudes for these magnitudes as soon as data are
+						available. Do not wait for complete time windows.
+						Only magnitudes computed by scautopick as given by the amplitudes parameter are considered.
+						This option is for rapid magnitude estimation and EEW.
+
+						WARNING: This option increases the load on the system!
+					</description>
+				</parameter>
+			</group>
+			<group name="connection">
+				<parameter name="amplitudeGroup" type="string" default="AMPLITUDE">
+					<description>
+						Message group for sending amplitudes to.
+					</description>
+				</parameter>
+			</group>
+			<group name="comment">
+				<description>
+				Properties of a custom comment added to a pick. It requires both
+				ID and text to be configured.
+				</description>
+				<parameter name="ID" type="string" default="">
+					<description>
+					The ID of a custom comment.
+					</description>
+				</parameter>
+				<parameter name="text" type="string" default="">
+					<description>
+					The text of a custom comment.
+					</description>
+				</parameter>
+			</group>
+		</configuration>
+		<command-line>
+			<group name="Generic">
+				<optionReference>generic#help</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>generic#version</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>generic#config-file</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>generic#plugins</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>generic#daemon</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>generic#auto-shutdown</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>generic#shutdown-master-module</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>generic#shutdown-master-username</optionReference>
+			</group>
+
+			<group name="Verbosity">
+				<optionReference>verbosity#verbosity</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>verbosity#v</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>verbosity#quiet</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>verbosity#component</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>verbosity#syslog</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>verbosity#lockfile</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>verbosity#console</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>verbosity#debug</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>verbosity#log-file</optionReference>
+			</group>
+
+			<group name="Messaging">
+				<optionReference>messaging#user</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>messaging#host</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>messaging#timeout</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>messaging#primary-group</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>messaging#subscribe-group</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>messaging#content-type</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>messaging#start-stop-msg</optionReference>
+			</group>
+
+			<group name="Database">
+				<optionReference>database#db-driver-list</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>database#database</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>database#config-module</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>database#inventory-db</optionReference>
+				<option flag="" long-flag="db-disable" argument="" publicID="database#db-disable">
+					<description>Do not use the database at all</description>
+				</option>
+			</group>
+
+			<group name="Records">
+				<optionReference>records#record-driver-list</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>records#record-url</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>records#record-file</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>records#record-type</optionReference>
+			</group>
+
+			<group name="Mode">
+				<option flag="" long-flag="offline">
+					<description>Do not connect to a messaging server and do not use the database.</description>
+				</option>
+				<option flag="" long-flag="playback">
+					<description>
+					Switches to playback mode which does not request a particular time window from
+					the input data source. This implies that all records are forwarded to scautopick
+					if files are being used. Without this option scautopick sets the requested
+					start time to NOW-leadTime and therefore would not work anymore with
+					older datasets in offline mode or when running playbacks.
+					</description>
+				</option>
+				<option flag="" long-flag="ep">
+					<description>
+						Outputs an XML event parameters file containing all picks and amplitudes.
+						This option implies offline.
+					</description>
+				</option>
+				<option flag="" long-flag="amplitudes" argument="arg" default="1">
+					<description>Enables or disables computation of amplitudes.</description>
+				</option>
+				<option flag="" long-flag="test">
+					<description>
+					Runs the picker as usual but does not send any messages. This can be useful to
+					test the picker within a running system.
+					</description>
+				</option>
+				<option flag="" long-flag="dump-config">
+					<description>
+					Dumps the current configuration and exits. Station configuration is only read if
+					the picker connects to the messaging and the database. In offline mode it will
+					only dump the application specific setting unless a station.conf file is provided.
+					</description>
+				</option>
+				<option flag="" long-flag="dump-records">
+					<description>
+					This option only works in combination with :option:`--offline`. It will dump
+					the data of an amplitude processor if it completed processing successfully
+					and a new amplitude is available. The output format is a simple ASCII format.
+					</description>
+				</option>
+			</group>
+
+			<group name="Settings">
+				<option long-flag="filter" argument="filter" param-ref="filter"/>
+				<option long-flag="time-correction" argument="time" param-ref="timeCorrection"/>
+				<option long-flag="buffer-size" argument="timespan" param-ref="ringBufferSize"/>
+				<option long-flag="before" argument="timespan" param-ref="leadTime"/>
+				<option long-flag="init-time" argument="timespan" param-ref="initTime"/>
+				<option long-flag="trigger-on" argument="arg" param-ref="thresholds.triggerOn"/>
+				<option long-flag="trigger-off" argument="arg" param-ref="thresholds.triggerOff"/>
+				<option long-flag="trigger-dead-time" argument="arg" param-ref="thresholds.deadTime"/>
+				<option long-flag="ampl-max-time-window" argument="arg" param-ref="thresholds.amplMaxTimeWindow"/>
+				<option long-flag="min-ampl-offset" argument="arg" param-ref="thresholds.minAmplOffset"/>
+				<option long-flag="gap-tolerance" argument="arg" param-ref="thresholds.maxGapLength"/>
+				<option long-flag="gap-interpolation" argument="arg" param-ref="gapInterpolation"/>
+				<option long-flag="any-stream" argument="arg" param-ref="useAllStreams"/>
+				<option long-flag="send-detections" param-ref="sendDetections"/>
+				<option long-flag="extra-comments" param-ref="extraPickComments"/>
+			</group>
+		</command-line>
+	</module>
+
+	<!-- The basic binding description. This could also go into a separate file, but its integrated
+	     into the core description to have everything in one place. -->
+	<binding module="scautopick">
+		<description>
+			Configures a station for picking. A station without a binding assigned
+			will not be picked unless the picker is in offline mode.
+		</description>
+		<configuration>
+			<parameter name="detecEnable" type="boolean" default="true">
+				<description>
+					Enables/disables picking on a station.
+				</description>
+			</parameter>
+			<parameter name="detecFilter" type="string" default="&quot;RMHP(10)>>ITAPER(30)>>BW(4,0.7,2)>>STALTA(2,80)&quot;">
+				<description>
+					Defines the filter to be used for picking.
+				</description>
+			</parameter>
+			<parameter name="trigOn" type="double" default="3">
+				<description>
+					For which value on the filtered waveform is a pick detected.
+				</description>
+			</parameter>
+			<parameter name="trigOff" type="double" default="1.5">
+				<description>
+					The value the filtered waveform must reach to
+					enable a detection again.
+				</description>
+			</parameter>
+			<parameter name="timeCorr" type="double" default="-0.8" unit="s">
+				<description>
+					The time correction applied to a pick.
+				</description>
+			</parameter>
+			<parameter name="sensitivityCorrection" type="boolean" default="false">
+				<description>
+					Defines whether the detector applies sensitivity correction
+					(applying the gain) or not in advance to filter the data.
+				</description>
+			</parameter>
+		</configuration>
+	</binding>
+</seiscomp>

etc/descriptions/scbulletin.xml

@@ -0,0 +1,144 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
+<seiscomp>
+	<module name="scbulletin" category="Utilities">
+		<description>
+		Create bulletins from SCML.
+		</description>
+		<command-line>
+			<synopsis>
+				scbulletin [options]
+			</synopsis>
+			<group name="Generic">
+				<optionReference>generic#help</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>generic#version</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>generic#config-file</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>generic#plugins</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>generic#daemon</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>generic#auto-shutdown</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>generic#shutdown-master-module</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>generic#shutdown-master-username</optionReference>
+			</group>
+
+			<group name="Verbosity">
+				<optionReference>verbosity#verbosity</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>verbosity#v</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>verbosity#quiet</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>verbosity#component</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>verbosity#syslog</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>verbosity#lockfile</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>verbosity#console</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>verbosity#debug</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>verbosity#log-file</optionReference>
+			</group>
+
+			<group name="Database">
+				<optionReference>database#db-driver-list</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>database#database</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>database#config-module</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>database#inventory-db</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>database#db-disable</optionReference>
+			</group>
+
+			<group name="Input">
+				<option flag="f" long-flag="format" argument="arg">
+					<description>
+					Input format to use (xml [default], zxml (zipped xml), binary).
+					</description>
+				</option>
+				<option flag="i" long-flag="input" argument="arg">
+					<description>
+					The input file. Default is stdin.
+					</description>
+				</option>
+			</group>
+
+			<group name="Dump">
+				<option flag="E" long-flag="event" argument="arg">
+					<description>
+					ID of event(s) that is read from database and transformed into
+					a bulletin. Separate multiple IDs by comma."
+					</description>
+				</option>
+				<option flag="O" long-flag="origin" argument="arg">
+					<description>
+					ID of origin(s) that is read from database and transformed into
+					a bulletin. Separate multiple IDs by comma.
+					</description>
+				</option>
+				<option long-flag="event-agency-id">
+					<description>
+					Use the agency ID of the event instead of the preferred origin.
+					</description>
+				</option>
+				<option long-flag="first-only">
+					<description>
+					Convert only the first event/origin to bulletin. Otherwise
+					all events or origins will be converted to single bulletins
+					which will be concatenated.
+					</description>
+				</option>
+				<option flag="p" long-flag="polarities">
+					<description>
+					Dump onset polarities.
+					</description>
+				</option>
+				<option flag="w" long-flag="weight" argument="arg">
+					<description>
+					Weight threshold for printed and counted picks.
+					</description>
+				</option>
+				<option flag="x" long-flag="extra">
+					<description>
+					Use a specially detailed autoloc3 format. This options works only
+					in combination with the autoloc3-flag.
+					</description>
+				</option>
+			</group>
+			<group name="Output">
+				<option flag="1" long-flag="autoloc1">
+					<description>
+					Format: Use autoloc1 format for output. This is default.
+					</description>
+				</option>
+				<option flag="3" long-flag="autoloc3">
+					<description>
+					Format: Use autoloc3 format for output.
+					</description>
+				</option>
+				<option flag="4" long-flag="fdsnws">
+					<description>
+					Format: FDSNWS event text, e.g., for generating catalogs.
+					</description>
+				</option>
+				<option flag="5" long-flag="kml">
+					<description>
+					Format: KML. GIS file format.
+					</description>
+				</option>
+				<option flag="e" long-flag="enhanced">
+					<description>
+					Enhanced output with higher precision. Times: milliseconds,
+					distances: meter. Use for bulletins of local earthquakes.
+					</description>
+				</option>
+				<option flag="k" long-flag="dist-in-km">
+					<description>
+					Print distances in km instead of degree.
+					</description>
+				</option>
+				<option flag="o" long-flag="output">
+					<description>
+					Name of output file. If not given, all event parameters are
+					printed to stdout.
+					</description>
+				</option>
+				<option flag="x" long-flag="extra">
+					<description>
+					Use a specially detailed autoloc3 format. This options works
+					only in combination with the autoloc3-flag.
+					</description>
+				</option>
+			</group>
+		</command-line>
+	</module>
+</seiscomp>

etc/descriptions/scchkcfg.xml

@@ -0,0 +1,11 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
+<seiscomp>
+	<module name="scchkcfg" category="Utilities" standalone="true">
+		<description>Checks a module configuration.</description>
+		<command-line>
+			<synopsis>
+				scchkcfg {mod-name} [standalone]
+			</synopsis>
+		</command-line>
+	</module>
+</seiscomp>

etc/descriptions/scdb.xml

@@ -0,0 +1,108 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
+<seiscomp>
+	<module name="scdb" category="Utilities">
+		<description>
+			Populate a SQL database from XML files or messages.
+		</description>
+		<configuration>
+			<group name="connection">
+				<parameter name="requestGroup" type="string">
+					<description>
+					Define the group on scmaster to subscribe for database
+					requests.
+					</description>
+				</parameter>
+				<parameter name="provideGroup" type="string">
+					<description>
+					Define the group on scmaster to send database response
+					messages to.
+					</description>
+				</parameter>
+			</group>
+			<group name="output">
+				<parameter name="type" type="string">
+					<description>
+					Define the output database connection type.
+					</description>
+				</parameter>
+				<parameter name="parameters" type="string">
+					<description>
+					Define the output database connection parameters.
+					</description>
+				</parameter>
+			</group>
+		</configuration>
+		<command-line>
+			<synopsis>
+				scdb [options]
+			</synopsis>
+			<group name="Generic">
+				<optionReference>generic#help</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>generic#version</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>generic#config-file</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>generic#plugins</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>generic#daemon</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>generic#auto-shutdown</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>generic#shutdown-master-module</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>generic#shutdown-master-username</optionReference>
+			</group>
+
+			<group name="Verbosity">
+				<optionReference>verbosity#verbosity</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>verbosity#v</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>verbosity#quiet</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>verbosity#component</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>verbosity#syslog</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>verbosity#lockfile</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>verbosity#console</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>verbosity#debug</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>verbosity#log-file</optionReference>
+			</group>
+
+			<group name="Messaging">
+				<optionReference>messaging#user</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>messaging#host</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>messaging#timeout</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>messaging#primary-group</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>messaging#subscribe-group</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>messaging#content-type</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>messaging#start-stop-msg</optionReference>
+				<option flag="-m" long-flag="mode" argument="arg">
+					<description>
+					scdb can either process a XML file and write it to the
+					database or collect messages from scmaster.
+					If connected to scmaster, the mode defines what objects
+					are handled: none (no objects at all), notifier (notifier
+					only) or all (all objects whereas non-notifier objects
+					are INSERTED into the database).
+					</description>
+				</option>
+			</group>
+
+			<group name="Database">
+				<optionReference>database#db-driver-list</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>database#database</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>database#config-module</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>database#inventory-db</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>database#config-db</optionReference>
+				<option flag="-o" long-flag="output" argument="arg">
+					<description>
+					If connected to scmaster, this flag defines the database
+					connection to use for writing. The configured application
+					database connection (as received from scmaster) is reported
+					to clients as part of a database response messages.
+					</description>
+				</option>
+			</group>
+
+			<group name="Import">
+				<option flag="i" long-flag="input" argument="arg">
+					<description>
+					Define the import XML file to be written to database.
+					Can be provided multiple times to import multiple files.
+					</description>
+				</option>
+			</group>
+		</command-line>
+	</module>
+</seiscomp>

etc/descriptions/scdbstrip.xml

@@ -0,0 +1,148 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
+<seiscomp>
+	<module name="scdbstrip" category="Utilities">
+		<description>Clean up a database from event and waveform quality parameters.</description>
+		<configuration>
+			<group name="database">
+				<group name="cleanup">
+					<parameter name="invertMode" type="boolean" default="false">
+						<description>
+						Invert the selection of the specified time period, that is
+						delete all parameters after the specified time period,
+						not before. When a date range is specified, then delete all
+						parameters before and after the time range, not in between.
+						</description>
+					</parameter>
+					<parameter name="eventParameters" type="boolean" default="true">
+						<description>
+						Strip all event parameters including events, origins,
+						magnitudes, amplitudes, arrivals, picks, focal mechanisms.
+						</description>
+					</parameter>
+					<parameter name="qualityControl" type="boolean" default="true">
+						<description>
+						Strip waveform quality control (QC) parameters.
+						</description>
+					</parameter>
+					<group name="keep">
+					<description>
+					Parameters controlling the time to keep objects in the database.
+					The time comparison considers the object time, not the time of
+					their creation.
+					</description>
+						<parameter name="days" type="int" default="30">
+							<description>
+							The number of days to preserve in the database. This
+							value is added to the whole timespan. Hours
+							and minutes are configured separately.
+							</description>
+						</parameter>
+						<parameter name="hours" type="int" default="0">
+							<description>
+							The number of hours to preserve in the database. This
+							value is added to the whole timespan. Days
+							and minutes are configured separately.
+							</description>
+						</parameter>
+						<parameter name="minutes" type="int" default="0">
+							<description>
+							The number of minutes to preserve in the database. This
+							value is added to the whole timespan. Days
+							and hours are configured separately.
+							</description>
+						</parameter>
+					</group>
+				</group>
+			</group>
+		</configuration>
+		<command-line>
+		<synopsis>
+		scdbstrip [options]
+		</synopsis>
+			<group name="Generic">
+				<optionReference>generic#help</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>generic#version</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>generic#config-file</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>generic#plugins</optionReference>
+				<option long-flag="first-new" param-ref="firstNew"/>
+			</group>
+
+			<group name="Verbosity">
+				<optionReference>verbosity#verbosity</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>verbosity#v</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>verbosity#quiet</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>verbosity#component</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>verbosity#syslog</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>verbosity#lockfile</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>verbosity#console</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>verbosity#debug</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>verbosity#log-file</optionReference>
+			</group>
+
+			<group name="Database">
+				<optionReference>database#db-driver-list</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>database#database</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>database#config-module</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>database#inventory-db</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>database#db-disable</optionReference>
+			</group>
+
+			<group name="Mode">
+				<option long-flag="check">
+					<description>
+					Checks if unreachable objects exist.
+					</description>
+				</option>
+				<option long-flag="clean-unused">
+					<description>
+					Remove all unreachable objects when in checkmode. Default:
+					off.
+					</description>
+				</option>
+			</group>
+
+			<group name="Objects">
+				<option long-flag="ep-only" flag="E">
+					<description>
+					Strip only event parameters. Other parameters, like QC, are
+					are ignored.
+					</description>
+				</option>
+				<option long-flag="qc-only" flag="Q">
+					<description>
+					Strip only waveform quality control (QC) parameters. Other
+					parameters, like event parameters, are are ignored.
+					Overrides 'eq-only'.
+					</description>
+				</option>
+			</group>
+
+			<group name="Timespan">
+				<option long-flag="days" argument="arg" param-ref="database.cleanup.keep.days"/>
+				<option long-flag="hours" argument="arg" param-ref="database.cleanup.keep.hours"/>
+				<option long-flag="minutes" argument="arg" param-ref="database.cleanup.keep.minutes"/>
+				<option long-flag="datetime" argument="arg">
+					<description>
+					Replaces the days:hours:minutes timespan definition by an
+					arbitrary absolute timestamp in UTC. Format:
+					%Y-%m-%dT%H:%M:%S.
+					</description>
+				</option>
+				<option flag="t" long-flag="time-window" argument="arg">
+					<description>
+					Delete objects in the specified time window.
+					Replaces the days:hours:minutes timespan definition by an
+					arbitrary absolute time range in UTC. Format:
+					startTime~endTime that is %Y-%m-%dT%H:%M:%S~%Y-%m-%dT%H:%M:%S
+					</description>
+				</option>
+				<option long-flag="invert" flag="i" param-ref="database.cleanup.invertMode"/>
+				<option long-flag="keep-events">
+					<description>
+					IDs of events to keep in the database separated with comma.
+					</description>
+				</option>
+			</group>
+		</command-line>
+	</module>
+</seiscomp>

etc/descriptions/scdispatch.xml

@@ -0,0 +1,117 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
+<seiscomp>
+	<module name="scdispatch" category="Utilities">
+		<description>
+		Read objects (event, origin, etc) from a SCML file and sends the objects
+		to the messaging system.
+		</description>
+		<command-line>
+			<synopsis>
+				scdispatch [options]
+			</synopsis>
+			<group name="Generic">
+				<optionReference>generic#help</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>generic#version</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>generic#config-file</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>generic#plugins</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>generic#daemon</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>generic#auto-shutdown</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>generic#shutdown-master-module</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>generic#shutdown-master-username</optionReference>
+			</group>
+
+			<group name="Verbosity">
+				<optionReference>verbosity#verbosity</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>verbosity#v</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>verbosity#quiet</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>verbosity#component</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>verbosity#syslog</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>verbosity#lockfile</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>verbosity#console</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>verbosity#debug</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>verbosity#log-file</optionReference>
+			</group>
+
+			<group name="Messaging">
+				<optionReference>messaging#user</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>messaging#host</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>messaging#timeout</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>messaging#primary-group</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>messaging#subscribe-group</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>messaging#content-type</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>messaging#start-stop-msg</optionReference>
+			</group>
+
+			<group name="Database">
+				<optionReference>database#db-driver-list</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>database#database</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>database#config-module</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>database#inventory-db</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>database#db-disable</optionReference>
+			</group>
+
+			<group name="Dispatch">
+				<option flag="e" long-flag="no-events">
+					<description>
+					Do not send any event object which are ignored when reading
+					event parameters.
+					</description>
+				</option>
+				<option flag="i" long-flag="input" argument="arg">
+					<description>
+					File from which the content is dispatched to the messaging.
+					</description>
+				</option>
+				<option flag="O" long-flag="operation" argument="arg" default="merge" values="add,update,remove,merge,merge-without-remove">
+					<description>
+					Merge and merge-without-remove require a database
+					connection. Both will read the object corresponding to the
+					sent object from the database and calculate the differences.
+					Merge-without-remove behaves like merge with the exception
+					that remove operations will be filtered out and no objects
+					in the database will be removed.
+
+					If add, update or remove is specified, then all objects in
+					XML are sent with the given operation regardless of their
+					existence in the database.
+					</description>
+				</option>
+				<option long-flag="print-objects">
+					<description>
+					Print names of routable objects.
+					</description>
+				</option>
+				<option long-flag="print-routingtable">
+					<description>
+					Print routing table.
+					</description>
+				</option>
+				<option long-flag="routingtable" argument="arg" default="Amplitude:AMPLITUDE,Event:EVENT,FocalMechanism:FOCMECH,Magnitude:MAGNITUDE, Origin:LOCATION,Pick:PICK,StationMagnitude:MAGNITUDE">
+					<description>
+					Specify routing table as comma separated list of object:group
+					pairs, e.g. &quot;Origin:LOCATION,Event:EVENT&quot;. When an
+					object should be routed to a group and no table entry for 
+					that particular class type is available, all parent objects
+					are checked for valid routing entries and the first found is
+					used. E.g. if only &quot;Origin:LOCATION&quot; is specified
+					but the input file contains also Arrivals which are child
+					objects of Origin then the routing entry of Origin is used
+					because of the parent-child relationship between Origin and 
+					Arrival.
+					</description>
+				</option>
+				<option long-flag="test">
+					<description>
+					Test mode. Does not send any object.
+					</description>
+				</option>
+				<option long-flag="create-notifier">
+					<description>
+					Do not send any object. All notifiers will be written to
+					standard output in XML format.
+					</description>
+				</option>
+			</group>
+		</command-line>
+	</module>
+</seiscomp>

etc/descriptions/scdumpcfg.xml

@@ -0,0 +1,75 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
+<seiscomp>
+	<module name="scdumpcfg" category="Utilities">
+		<description>
+		Dump bindings or module configurations used by a specific module or global
+		for particular stations.
+		</description>
+		<command-line>
+			<synopsis>
+				scdumpcfg [options]
+			</synopsis>
+			<group name="Generic">
+				<optionReference>generic#help</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>generic#version</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>generic#config-file</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>generic#plugins</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>generic#daemon</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>generic#auto-shutdown</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>generic#shutdown-master-module</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>generic#shutdown-master-username</optionReference>
+			</group>
+
+			<group name="Verbosity">
+				<optionReference>verbosity#verbosity</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>verbosity#v</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>verbosity#quiet</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>verbosity#component</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>verbosity#syslog</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>verbosity#lockfile</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>verbosity#console</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>verbosity#debug</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>verbosity#log-file</optionReference>
+			</group>
+
+			<group name="Database">
+				<optionReference>database#db-driver-list</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>database#database</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>database#config-module</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>database#inventory-db</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>database#config-db</optionReference>
+			</group>
+
+			<group name="Dump">
+				<option flag="B" long-flag="bindings" argument="arg">
+					<description>
+					Dump bindings instead of module configuration.
+					</description>
+				</option>
+				<option flag="G" long-flag="allow-global" argument="arg">
+					<description>
+					Print global bindings if no module binding is available.
+					</description>
+				</option>
+				<option flag="P" long-flag="param" argument="arg">
+					<description>
+					Specify the parameter name(s) to filter for. Use comma
+					separation of multiple parameters.
+					</description>
+				</option>
+				<option long-flag="cfg">
+					<description>
+					Print output in .cfg format. Does not work along with -B.
+					</description>
+				</option>
+				<option long-flag="nslc">
+					<description>
+					Print the list of channels which have bindings of the given
+					module. Requires to set -B. Can be used by other modules,
+					e.g., invextr, scart, scmssort, scevtstreams.
+					</description>
+				</option>
+			</group>
+		</command-line>
+	</module>
+</seiscomp>

etc/descriptions/scesv.xml

@@ -0,0 +1,305 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
+<seiscomp>
+	<module name="scesv" category="GUI">
+		<description>Event summary view.</description>
+		<configuration>
+			<parameter name="loadEventDB" type="double" unit="days" default="1">
+				<description>
+					Number of days to preload if scesv is started.
+				</description>
+			</parameter>
+			<parameter name="showLastAutomaticSolution" type="boolean" default="false">
+				<description>
+				If enabled, the last automatic solution is displayed next to the
+				current solution in the summary panel. If the last automatic
+				solution differs from the current solution it is displayed
+				in red. If both solutions match it is displayed in gray.
+				</description>
+			</parameter>
+			<parameter name="showOnlyMostRecentEvent" type="boolean" default="true">
+				<description>
+				If enabled, only the most recent event is shown even if an update of
+				an older event is being received.
+				</description>
+			</parameter>
+			<parameter name="recenterMap" type="boolean" default="true">
+				<description>
+				If enabled, the map is centered around the most recent event event.
+				</description>
+			</parameter>
+			<parameter name="enableFixAutomaticSolutions" type="boolean" default="false">
+				<description>
+				If enabled, an additional button is displayed which allows to
+				switch back the latest automatic solution. This button triggers
+				an command for scevent to prioritize automatic solutions until
+				the next manual solution is available.
+				</description>
+			</parameter>
+			<parameter name="visibleMagnitudes" type="list:string" default="M,MLv,mb,mB,Mw(mB)">
+				<description>
+					A list of magnitude types to be displayed.
+				</description>
+			</parameter>
+			<parameter name="button0" type="string">
+				<description>
+					Label of button0 which triggers script0.
+				</description>
+			</parameter>
+			<parameter name="button1" type="string">
+				<description>
+					Label of button1 which triggers script1.
+				</description>
+			</parameter>
+			<group name="scripts">
+				<parameter name="script0" type="string">
+					<description>
+						Path to a script if button0 is clicked.
+					</description>
+				</parameter>
+				<group name="script0">
+					<parameter name="exportMap" type="boolean" default="false">
+						<description>
+						If enabled, the current map is exported to file. 
+						The filename is appened to the parameter list of script0.
+						The script has to take ownership of the file.
+						</description>
+					</parameter>
+					<parameter name="oldStyle" type="boolean" default="true">
+						<description>
+						If enabled, the parameter list of script0 is event ID, 
+						arrival count, magnitude, description.
+
+						If disabled, the parameter list of script0 is event ID, 
+						preferredOriginID, preferredMagnitudeID, 
+						preferredFocalMechanismID.
+						</description>
+					</parameter>
+				</group>
+				<parameter name="script1" type="string">
+					<description>
+						Path to a script if button1 is clicked.
+					</description>
+				</parameter>
+				<group name="script1">
+					<parameter name="exportMap" type="boolean" default="false">
+						<description>
+						If enabled, the current map is exported to file. 
+						The filename is appened to the parameter list of script1.
+						The script has to take ownership of the file.
+						</description>
+					</parameter>
+					<parameter name="oldStyle" type="boolean" default="true">
+						<description>
+						If enabled, the parameter list of script1 is event ID, 
+						arrivalCount, magnitude, description.
+
+						If disabled, the parameter list of script1 is event ID, 
+						preferredOriginID, preferredMagnitudeID, 
+						preferredFocalMechanismID.
+						</description>
+					</parameter>
+				</group>
+			</group>
+			<group name="summary">
+				<parameter name="borders" type="boolean" default="false">
+					<description>
+						Draw borders in the summary panel.
+					</description>
+				</parameter>
+			</group>
+			<parameter name="ignoreOtherEvents" type="boolean" default="true">
+				<description>
+					If the event type is either &quot;other&quot; or 
+					&quot;not existing&quot; and this flag is true then the 
+					event will not be shown.
+				</description>
+			</parameter>
+			<group name="display">
+				<description>
+				Adjust content or display custom information in the Summary tab.
+				</description>
+				<parameter name="lonmin" type="double" unit="deg" default="-180">
+					<description>
+						Minimum longitude of initially displayed map region.
+					</description>
+				</parameter>
+				<parameter name="lonmax" type="double" unit="deg" default="180">
+					<description>
+						Maximum longitude of initially displayed map region.
+					</description>
+				</parameter>
+				<parameter name="latmin" type="double" unit="deg" default="-90">
+					<description>
+						Minimum latitude of initially displayed map region.
+					</description>
+				</parameter>
+				<parameter name="latmax" type="double" unit="deg" default="90">
+					<description>
+						Maximum latitude of initially displayed map region.
+					</description>
+				</parameter>
+				<group name="event">
+					<description>
+						Event information
+					</description>
+					<group name="comment">
+						<parameter name="id" type="string">
+							<description>
+							ID of the event comment to be considered.
+							</description>
+						</parameter>
+						<parameter name="default" type="string">
+							<description>
+							Value to be shown in case no valid event comment is
+							found.
+							</description>
+						</parameter>
+						<parameter name="label" type="string">
+							<description>
+							Label of the value to be shown.
+							</description>
+						</parameter>
+					</group>
+				</group>
+				<group name="origin">
+					<description>
+						Origin information
+					</description>
+					<group name="comment">
+						<description>
+						Display origin comments.
+						</description>
+						<parameter name="id" type="string">
+							<description>
+							ID of the origin comment to be considered.
+							</description>
+						</parameter>
+						<parameter name="default" type="string">
+							<description>
+							Value to be shown in case no valid origin comment is
+							found.
+							</description>
+						</parameter>
+						<parameter name="label" type="string">
+							<description>
+							Label of the value to be shown.
+							</description>
+						</parameter>
+					</group>
+				</group>
+			</group>
+			<group name="poi">
+				<description>
+					Display information related to a point of interest (POI)
+					read from the cities XML file.
+				</description>
+				<parameter name="maxDist" type="double" unit="deg" default="20">
+					<description>
+					Maximum distance in degrees of a POI to be taken into account.
+					</description>
+				</parameter>
+				<parameter name="minPopulation" type="double">
+					<description>
+					The minimum population of a POI to be taken into account.
+					</description>
+				</parameter>
+				<parameter name="message" type="string">
+					<description>
+					Message conversion string that converts a POI into the text
+					displayed under the region label. There are different
+					placeholders that can be used: @dist@, @dir@, @poi@ and @region@.
+					</description>
+				</parameter>
+			</group>
+		</configuration>
+		<command-line>
+			<synopsis>
+				scesv [options]
+			</synopsis>
+			<group name="Generic">
+				<optionReference>generic#help</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>generic#version</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>generic#config-file</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>generic#plugins</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>generic#auto-shutdown</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>generic#shutdown-master-module</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>generic#shutdown-master-username</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>generic#print-config-vars</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>generic#validate-schema-params</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>generic#dump-settings</optionReference>
+			</group>
+
+			<group name="Verbosity">
+				<optionReference>verbosity#verbosity</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>verbosity#v</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>verbosity#quiet</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>verbosity#component</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>verbosity#syslog</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>verbosity#lockfile</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>verbosity#console</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>verbosity#debug</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>verbosity#log-file</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>verbosity#print-context</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>verbosity#print-component</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>verbosity#log-utc</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>verbosity#trace</optionReference>
+			</group>
+
+			<group name="Messaging">
+				<optionReference>messaging#user</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>messaging#host</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>messaging#timeout</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>messaging#primary-group</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>messaging#subscribe-group</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>messaging#content-type</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>messaging#start-stop-msg</optionReference>
+			</group>
+
+			<group name="Database">
+				<optionReference>database#db-driver-list</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>database#database</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>database#config-module</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>database#inventory-db</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>database#db-disable</optionReference>
+			</group>
+
+			<group name="Records">
+				<optionReference>records#record-driver-list</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>records#record-url</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>records#record-file</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>records#record-type</optionReference>
+			</group>
+
+			<group name="Cities">
+				<optionReference>cities#city-xml</optionReference>
+			</group>
+
+			<group name="User interface">
+				<optionReference>gui#full-screen</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>gui#non-interactive</optionReference>
+			</group>
+
+			<group name="Options">
+				<option flag="" long-flag="script0" argument="arg">
+					<description>
+					Path to the script called when configurable 
+					button0 is pressed; EventID, arrival count, magnitude and 
+					the additional location information string are passed as 
+					parameters $1, $2, $3 and $4, respectively.
+					</description>
+				</option>
+				<option flag="" long-flag="script1" argument="arg">
+					<description>
+					Path to the script called when configurable 
+					button1 is pressed; EventID, arrival count, magnitude and 
+					the additional location information string are passed as 
+					parameters $1, $2, $3 and $4, respectively.
+					</description>
+				</option>
+				<option flag="" long-flag="load-event-db" argument="arg">
+					<description>Number of days to load from database.</description>
+				</option>
+			</group>
+		</command-line>
+	</module>
+</seiscomp>

etc/descriptions/scevent.xml

@@ -0,0 +1,438 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
+<seiscomp>
+	<module name="scevent" category="Processing">
+		<description>
+		Associates an Origin to an Event or forms a new Event if no match is found.
+		Selects the preferred origin, magnitude and focal mechanism.</description>
+		<configuration>
+			<parameter name="eventIDPrefix" type="string">
+				<description>Prefix for all Event IDs</description>
+			</parameter>
+			<parameter name="eventIDPattern" type="string" default="%p%Y%04c">
+				<description>
+					Defines the pattern to generate an event ID.
+
+					%p : prefix
+
+					%Y : year
+
+					%[w]c: alpha character
+
+					%[w]C: upper case alpha character
+
+					%[w]d: decimal
+
+					%[w]x: hexadecimal
+
+					%[w]X: upper case hexadecimal
+
+					[w] is an optional width parameter.
+				</description>
+			</parameter>
+			<parameter name="eventIDLookupMargin" type="integer" default="-1">
+				<description>
+					Configures the number of event ID slots to look back and
+					forth when an event ID is already taken. The default in
+					previous versions was 5. Now -1 means that the margin is
+					determined automatically based on "eventAssociation.eventTimeBefore"
+					and "eventAssociation.eventTimeAfter". According to the
+					configured "eventIDPattern" a fixed time range per slot
+					can be computed and with that width the number of look
+					ahead slots and look back slots can be computed based on
+					the given time ranges for event association.
+				</description>
+			</parameter>
+			<parameter name="populateFERegion" type="boolean" default="false">
+				<description>
+					If enabled, then the EventDescription with type
+					'Flinn-Engdahl region' will be populated with the
+					Flinn-Engdahl region name.
+				</description>
+			</parameter>
+			<parameter name="restAPI" type="string">
+				<description>
+				Defines the bind adress of the REST API endpoint. This API
+				allows to query for possible event associations of origin
+				candidates.
+				</description>
+			</parameter>
+			<group name="processing">
+				<group name="blacklist">
+					<parameter name="eventIDs" type="list:string">
+						<description>
+						Defines a list of event ID patterns to be blocked. The
+						items of this list are only matched against %c, %C, %d,
+						%x and %X of the eventIDPattern description. Year (%Y)
+						and prefix (%p) are not matched. The match is
+						case-sensitive, so 'abcd' would only by blocked in
+						combination with %c. If %C is used, 'ABCD' is matched.
+						</description>
+					</parameter>
+				</group>
+			</group>
+			<group name="eventAssociation">
+				<description>
+					Criteria defining if Origins are associated to an event
+					and which Origins and magnitudes become preferred.
+				</description>
+
+				<parameter name="minimumDefiningPhases" type="int" default="10">
+					<description>
+						Minimum number of Picks for an Origin that is automatic and cannot be
+						associated with an Event to be allowed to form an new Event.
+					</description>
+				</parameter>
+
+				<parameter name="minimumScore" type="double">
+					<description>
+						Minimum score of an automatic Origin to be allowed to
+						form an new Event. This requires an activated score
+						plugin and a score processor. Configure &quot;score&quot;
+						for defining the score processor and the score processor
+						parameters. If minimumScore is defined, &quot;minimumDefiningPhases&quot;
+						has no effect on association as this phase check will be
+						superseded by the score check. It is the task of the score
+						processor to evaluate a proper score for all input Origins.
+					</description>
+				</parameter>
+
+				<parameter name="ignoreFMDerivedOrigins" type="boolean" default="true">
+					<description>
+						Ignore and do not associate Origins derived
+						from CMT/MT inversions.
+					</description>
+				</parameter>
+
+				<parameter name="eventTimeBefore" type="double" unit="s" default="1800">
+					<description>
+						Time range before the Origin time of an incoming Origin to search for
+						matching events.
+					</description>
+				</parameter>
+
+				<parameter name="eventTimeAfter" type="double" unit="s" default="1800">
+					<description>
+						Time range after the Origin time of an incoming Origin to search for
+						matching events.
+					</description>
+				</parameter>
+
+				<parameter name="minimumMatchingArrivals" type="int" default="3">
+					<description>
+						Minimum number of matching picks between two Origins to be associated
+						to the same event.
+					</description>
+				</parameter>
+
+				<parameter name="maximumMatchingArrivalTimeDiff" type="double" unit="s" default="-1">
+					<description>
+						Negative time window: compare only pickIDs to find
+						matching arrivals. A non negative
+						value (including 0) compares pick times regardless
+						of the pickID. Pass: |pick1.time - pick2.time| &lt;= threshold
+					</description>
+				</parameter>
+
+				<parameter name="compareAllArrivalTimes" type="boolean" default="true">
+					<description>
+						This parameter is only used in conjunction with
+						eventAssociation.maximumMatchingArrivalTimeDiff.
+						If a station has multiple associated arrivals for a
+						particular event, this flag defines if the time distance
+						of a new pick to all arrivals must be within
+						eventAssociation.maximumMatchingArrivalTimeDiff
+						or if one matching arrival is enough.
+					</description>
+				</parameter>
+
+				<parameter name="allowLooseAssociatedArrivals" type="boolean" default="false">
+					<description>
+						Allows to match picks that are associated with weight 0.
+					</description>
+				</parameter>
+
+				<parameter name="maximumTimeSpan" type="double" unit="s" default="60">
+					<description>
+					Associates an Origin with an existing event  if the Origin
+					time differs not more than 60 seconds unless the
+					minimumMatchingArrivals criteria matches.
+					</description>
+				</parameter>
+
+				<parameter name="maximumDistance" type="double" unit="degrees" default="5">
+					<description>
+						Allowed location difference between an incoming Origin compared with
+						preferred Origins to get associated.
+					</description>
+				</parameter>
+
+				<parameter name="magTypes" type="list:string" default="M">
+					<description>
+						Magnitude type priority list for becoming a preferred magnitude for an
+						event.
+
+						Example:
+
+						M, mBc, Mw(mB), Mwp, ML, MLh, MLv, mb
+					</description>
+				</parameter>
+
+				<parameter name="enableFallbackMagnitude" type="boolean" default="false">
+					<description>
+						If true, one magnitude will be preferred even if magnitude criteria are
+						not fullfilled.
+					</description>
+				</parameter>
+
+				<parameter name="minimumMagnitudes" type="int" default="4">
+					<description>
+						Minimum number of station magnitudes referenced to a network magnitude
+						to become a preferred magnitude.
+					</description>
+				</parameter>
+
+				<parameter name="minMwCount" type="int" default="8">
+					<description>
+					Minimum number of station magnitudes required for Mw(mB) to be considered as
+					preferred magnitude.
+					</description>
+				</parameter>
+
+				<parameter name="mbOverMwCount" type="int" default="30">
+					<description>
+						Minimum number of station magnitudes which ensures that Mw(mB) will be
+						preferred and not mb.
+					</description>
+				</parameter>
+
+				<parameter name="mbOverMwValue" type="double" default="6">
+					<description>
+						Average between mb and Mw(mB) which must be exceeded to become Mw(mB)
+						preferred.
+					</description>
+				</parameter>
+
+				<parameter name="magPriorityOverStationCount" type="boolean" default="false">
+					<description>
+						If false then the station count rules out the magnitude priority
+						which is only taken into account if two magnitudes have the
+						same station count.
+
+						If true then the priority rules out the station count
+						which is only taken into account if two magnitudes have the
+						same priority.
+					</description>
+				</parameter>
+
+				<parameter name="priorities" type="list:string" default="AGENCY, STATUS, PHASES_AUTOMATIC, TIME_AUTOMATIC">
+					<description>
+						The general priority list to decide if an Origin becomes preferred.
+						The priority decreases in the order of the parameters.
+						This list is not used unless this parameter is activated.
+
+						Empty priority list: scevent replicates the default hard wired behaviour:
+							AGENCY, STATUS, PHASES_AUTOMATIC, TIME_AUTOMATIC
+
+						Each item in the list corresponds to a check that is performed.
+						Each check computes a score of the incoming Origin (s1) and the
+						current preferred Origin (s2). If the s1 is lower than s2,
+						the incoming Origin is rejected and does not become preferred.
+						All subsequent checks are ignored.
+						If s1 is equal to s2, the next check in the list is performed.
+						If s1 is larger than s2, the Origin becomes preferred and
+						all subsequent checks are ignored.
+
+						Available tokens:
+
+						AGENCY: check based on agency priorities
+
+						AUTHOR: check based on author priorities
+
+						MODE: evaluation mode priority: 0 = unset, 1 = automatic, 2 = manual, manual over-rules automatic
+
+						STATUS: priority combined from evaluation status and evaluation mode:
+						-100 = status is rejected, -1 = status is reported,
+						0 = status is preliminary or status is unset and mode is automatic,
+						1 = status is confirmed or status is unset and mode is manual,
+						2 = status is reviewed, 3 = status is final,
+
+						METHOD: check based on the method priorities
+
+						PHASES: higher phase count = higher priority
+
+						PHASES_AUTOMATIC: only checks phase priorities for incoming automatic Origins
+
+						RMS: lower rms = higher priority
+
+						RMS_AUTOMATIC: only check RMS on incoming automatic Origins
+
+						TIME: more recent Origins (creationTime) have higher priorities
+
+						TIME_AUTOMATIC: only check creationTime priority on incoming automatic Origins
+
+						SCORE: evaluates the score according to a configured ScoreProcessor and
+							   prefers the Origin/Focalmechanism with the highest score.
+					</description>
+				</parameter>
+
+				<parameter name="agencies" type="list:string">
+					<description>
+						The agencyID priority list. When the eventtool comes to the point to
+						select a preferred Origin based on AGENCY it orders all Origins by its agency priority and
+						selects then the best one among the highest priority agency. It also defines the
+						agency priority for custom priority checks
+						(eventAssociation.priorities).
+
+						The parameter is only considered when defined in &quot;priorities&quot;.
+					</description>
+				</parameter>
+
+				<parameter name="authors" type="list:string">
+					<description>
+						The author priority list. When the eventtool comes to the point to
+						select a preferred Origin based on AUTHOR it orders all Origins by its author priority and
+						selects then the best one among the highest priority author. It also defines the
+						author priority for custom priority checks (eventAssociation.priorities).
+
+						The parameter is only considered when defined in &quot;priorities&quot;.
+					</description>
+				</parameter>
+
+				<parameter name="methods" type="list:string">
+					<description>
+						The method priority list. When the eventtool comes to the point to
+						select a preferred Origin based on METHOD it orders all Origins by its methodID priority and
+						selects then the best one among the highest priority method. It also defines the
+						method priority for custom priority checks (eventAssociation.priorities).
+						A defined method string must match exactly the string in Origin.methodID.
+
+						The parameter is only considered when defined in &quot;priorities&quot;.
+					</description>
+				</parameter>
+
+				<parameter name="score" type="string">
+					<description>
+						Defines the ScoreProcessor interface to be used along
+						with priority &quot;SCORE&quot;.
+
+						The parameter is only considered when defined in &quot;priorities&quot;.
+					</description>
+				</parameter>
+
+				<parameter name="declareFakeEventForRejectedOrigin" type="boolean" default="false">
+					<description>
+						If the preferred Origin has evaluation status 'rejected', the
+						Event type will be set to 'not existing' unless the Event
+						type has been fixed by an operator or the preferred Origin
+						has been fixed.
+					</description>
+				</parameter>
+
+				<parameter name="delayTimeSpan" type="int" unit="s">
+					<description>
+						Configures a timespan to delay Event creation. If a new Origin arrives
+						which cannot be associated to an existing Event, delay the Event creation for a certain
+						timespan.
+					</description>
+				</parameter>
+
+				<group name="region">
+					<description>
+					Region filter for creating events. Use with care! Origins
+					outside may be ignored even if they would
+					become preferred otherwise.
+					</description>
+					<parameter name="rect" type = "string" >
+						<description>
+						Region by geographic coordinates.
+
+						Format: "South, East, North, West"
+						</description>
+					</parameter>
+
+					<parameter name="minDepth" type="double"  unit="km">
+						<description>
+						Minimum depth.
+						</description>
+					</parameter>
+
+					<parameter name="maxDepth" type="double" unit="km">
+						<description>
+						Maximum depth.
+						</description>
+					</parameter>
+				</group>
+
+				<group name="delayFilter">
+					<description>
+						The delayFilter group configures an Origin filter to activate the delay feature for
+						this Origin. If more than one filter is given they are combined with AND.
+					</description>
+					<parameter name="agencyID" type="string">
+						<description>The agencyID of the Origin to be delayed.</description>
+					</parameter>
+					<parameter name="author" type="string">
+						<description>The author of the Origin to be delayed.</description>
+					</parameter>
+					<parameter name="evaluationMode" type="string">
+						<description>
+							The evaluation mode of the Origin to be delayed. Can be either &quot;manual&quot;
+							or &quot;automatic&quot;.
+						</description>
+					</parameter>
+				</group>
+			</group>
+		</configuration>
+		<command-line>
+			<group name="Generic">
+				<optionReference>generic#help</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>generic#version</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>generic#config-file</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>generic#plugins</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>generic#daemon</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>generic#auto-shutdown</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>generic#shutdown-master-module</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>generic#shutdown-master-username</optionReference>
+				<option flag="x" long-flag="expiry" argument="time">
+					<description>Time span in hours after which objects expire.</description>
+				</option>
+				<option flag="O" long-flag="origin-id" argument="publicID">
+					<description>
+						OriginID to be associated. When given no messages are sent.
+						Only the status of the association is written to stdout.
+					</description>
+				</option>
+			</group>
+
+			<group name="Verbosity">
+				<optionReference>verbosity#verbosity</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>verbosity#v</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>verbosity#quiet</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>verbosity#component</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>verbosity#syslog</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>verbosity#lockfile</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>verbosity#console</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>verbosity#debug</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>verbosity#log-file</optionReference>
+			</group>
+
+			<group name="Messaging">
+				<optionReference>messaging#user</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>messaging#host</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>messaging#timeout</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>messaging#primary-group</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>messaging#subscribe-group</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>messaging#encoding</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>messaging#start-stop-msg</optionReference>
+			</group>
+
+			<group name="Database">
+				<optionReference>database#db-driver-list</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>database#database</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>database#config-module</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>database#inventory-db</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>database#db-disable</optionReference>
+			</group>
+		</command-line>
+	</module>
+</seiscomp>

etc/descriptions/scevent_eventtype.xml

@@ -0,0 +1,41 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
+<seiscomp>
+	<plugin name="EventType">
+		<extends>scevent</extends>
+		<description>evtype plugin for scevent</description>
+		<configuration>
+			<group name="eventType">
+				<description>
+				Set the event type based on type comments of picks. Add the
+				plugin &quot;evtype&quot; to the list of plugins in the order
+				of priority to make this feature available.
+				</description>
+				<parameter name="setEventType" type="boolean" default="false">
+					<description>
+						Allow setting the event type.
+						The type of events which have manual origins will
+						not be changed unless configured explicitely by
+						&quot;overwriteManual&quot;.
+					</description>
+				</parameter>
+				<parameter name="overwriteEventType" type="boolean" default="true">
+					<description>
+						Allow overwriting existing event types set by other modules.
+					</description>
+				</parameter>
+				<parameter name="overwriteManual" type="boolean" default="false">
+					<description>
+						Allow setting the event type if the mode of the preferred
+						origin is manual or if the event type was set manually.
+					</description>
+				</parameter>
+				<parameter name="pickCommentIDs" type="list:string" default="scrttv:eventTypeHint,deepc:eventTypeHint">
+					<description>
+					Consider comments of picks which have one of the
+					given values. An empty list disables setting the type.
+					</description>
+				</parameter>
+			</group>
+		</configuration>
+	</plugin>
+</seiscomp>

etc/descriptions/scevent_multifeature.xml

@@ -0,0 +1,159 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
+<seiscomp>
+	<plugin name="OriginScoreMF">
+		<extends>scevent</extends>
+		<description>
+		Plugin for computing a score for an origin by the OriginMultiFeature
+		score processor. The score is calculated in the same way as for scanloc.
+		</description>
+		<configuration>
+			<group name="score">
+				<description>
+				Origin score processor "OriginMultiFeature" returning a score
+				for an origin as a measure of goodness. The score is
+				then compared against *minimumScore* replacing
+				*minimumDefiningPhases*. Requires to configure
+				the global parameter *plugins* with "scoremf" in order to
+				load this gempa plugin and to set *minimumScore* and *score*
+				accordingly. The score calculation is consistent with scanloc's
+				scoring logic. Read the scanloc documentation for full details.
+				</description>
+
+				<group name="mf">
+					<parameter name="defaultScore" type="double" default="0.0">
+						<description>
+						The default score returned for an origin that fails
+						completely or is filtered out by thresholds such as for
+						depth and RMS.
+						</description>
+					</parameter>
+					<!-- Optional: channel letters for type detection -->
+					<parameter name="strongMotionCodes" type="list:string" default="L,N">
+						<description>
+						List of one-letter instrument codes (2nd letter) in
+						channel codes identifying strong motion sensors, e.g.,
+						in HL?, HN?.
+						</description>
+					</parameter>
+
+					<parameter name="infrasoundCodes" type="list:string" default="D">
+						<description>
+						List of one-letter instrument codes (2nd letter) in
+						channel codes identifying infrasound sensors, e.g., in
+						HDF.
+						</description>
+					</parameter>
+
+					<group name="weights">
+						<!-- Phase weights -->
+						<parameter name="p" type="list:double" default="1.0,0.0,0.0">
+							<description>
+							The weight for number of used P arrival measures.
+							Assumes only arrival time when exactly 1 value is set.
+							Use a comma-separated list, wT,wSlo,wBaz, for giving
+							specific weight to pick time, slowness and back azimuth,
+							respectively.
+							Example: 1.0,0.0,0.0 .
+							</description>
+						</parameter>
+
+						<parameter name="p0" type="double" default="0.0">
+							<description>
+							Weight per unused P pick.
+							</description>
+						</parameter>
+
+						<parameter name="s" type="double" default="2.0">
+							<description>
+							Weight per used S pick.
+							</description>
+						</parameter>
+
+						<parameter name="s0" type="double" default="0.0">
+							<description>
+							Weight per unused S pick.
+							</description>
+						</parameter>
+
+						<!-- Quality weights -->
+						<parameter name="normalizationDepth" type="double" default="50.0">
+							<description>
+							Origin depth is normalized to this value for
+							computing the score contribution. Shallower depths
+							contribute to larger score.
+							This is also the maximum allowed depth. Origins with
+							depth greater then this value get a score equal to
+							&quot;defaultScore&quot;.
+							</description>
+						</parameter>
+
+						<parameter name="depth" type="double" default="1.0">
+							<description>
+							Weight for depth-based quality score.
+							</description>
+						</parameter>
+
+						<parameter name="normalizationRMS" type="double" default="2.0">
+							<description>
+							Origin RMS is normalized to this value for computing
+							the score contribution. Lower RMS contribute to
+							larger score.
+							This is also the maximum allowed RMS. Origins with
+							residual greater than this value score of equal to
+							&quot;defaultScore&quot;.
+							</description>
+						</parameter>
+
+						<parameter name="residual" type="double" default="1.0">
+							<description>
+							Weight for RMS-based quality score.
+							</description>
+						</parameter>
+
+						<parameter name="gap" type="double" default="1.0">
+							<description>
+							Weight for azimuthal gap score. The smaller the gap
+							the larger the score.
+							</description>
+						</parameter>
+
+						<!-- Manual pick boost -->
+						<parameter name="manualPick" type="double" default="0.5">
+							<description>
+							Weight per used manual pick.
+							</description>
+						</parameter>
+
+						<!-- Channel-type based weights -->
+						<parameter name="strongMotion" type="double" default="0.0">
+							<description>
+							Weight per used strong motion pick as defined in
+							&quot;strongMotionCodes&quot;.
+							</description>
+						</parameter>
+
+						<parameter name="infrasound" type="double" default="0.0">
+							<description>
+							Weight per used infrasound pick as defined in
+							&quot;infrasoundCodes&quot;.
+							</description>
+						</parameter>
+
+						<!-- Author weights -->
+						<parameter name="authors" type="list:string" unit="author:score">
+							<description>
+							List of tuple of authors and score contribution.
+							If an author matches, the corresponding score
+							contribution is added to the final score.
+
+							Example: "scautoloc:1,scanloc:10,ccloc:100".
+							</description>
+						</parameter>
+					</group>
+
+				</group>
+			</group>
+		</configuration>
+	</plugin>
+</seiscomp>
+

etc/descriptions/scevent_regioncheck.xml

@@ -0,0 +1,112 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
+<seiscomp>
+	<plugin name="RegionCheck">
+		<extends>scevent</extends>
+		<description>evrc plugin for scevent</description>
+		<configuration>
+			<group name="rc">
+				<description>
+				Test if events lie within or outside geographic regions defined
+				by polygons.
+				Events within a region are flagged as positive, outside as negative.
+				The event type is set accordingly. Add the
+				plugin &quot;evrc&quot; to the plugins parameter in the
+				order of priority to make this feature available. Read the
+				documentation of the RegionCheck for more details.
+				</description>
+				<parameter name="setEventType" type="boolean" default="true">
+					<description>
+						Allow setting the event type.
+						The type of events which have manual origins will
+						not be changed unless configured explicitely by
+						&quot;overwriteManual&quot;.
+					</description>
+				</parameter>
+				<parameter name="overwriteEventType" type="boolean" default="true">
+					<description>
+						Allow overwriting existing event types. Disabling does not
+						allow accounting for changes in source region.
+					</description>
+				</parameter>
+				<parameter name="overwriteManual" type="boolean" default="false">
+					<description>
+						Allow setting the event type if the mode of the preferred
+						origin is manual or if the event type was set manually.
+					</description>
+				</parameter>
+				<parameter name="regions" type="list:string" default="!reject">
+					<description>
+					The list of closed polygon names defining regions for
+					flagging event as positive or negative.
+					A polygon name defines a positive region but names with
+					prefix !  (exclamation mark) define negative regions.
+					Evaluation is done in the order of the polygons. The last
+					matching criteria applies and the event type is set
+					accordingly.
+
+					Default: If events are not positive or are negative regions
+					the event type is set to &quot;outside of network
+					interest&quot;. Default:
+					&quot;!reject&quot;, use &quot;accecpt&quot; to overwrite
+					the default.
+
+					Examples:
+
+					Events are flagged positive within the polygon
+					&quot;germany&quot;:
+
+					germany
+
+					All events are flagged positive but events within the
+					polygon &quot;quarries&quot; are negative:
+
+					accept,!quarries
+
+					Events within the polygon &quot;germany&quot; are flagged
+					positive but all other events and events within the polygon
+					&quot;quarries&quot; are negaitve:
+
+					germany,!quarries
+
+					All events are flagged positive but events within the
+					polygon &quot;germany&quot; are negative and all events
+					within the polygon &quot;saxony&quot; are positive:
+
+					accept,!germany,saxony
+					</description>
+				</parameter>
+				<parameter name="readEventTypeFromBNA" type="boolean" default="false">
+					<description>
+					Consider the event type, minDepth and maxDepth values from
+					the polygons defined by GeoJSON or BNA files. Read the
+					documentation of the RegionCheck plugin for the details.
+
+					When eventType is defined in the polygons, the value
+					supersedes values of 'eventTypePositive' and
+					'eventTypeNegative'.
+					If not set, 'eventTypePositive' and 'eventTypeNegative' are
+					considered.
+					</description>
+				</parameter>
+				<parameter name="eventTypePositive" type="string" default="">
+					<description>
+						New type of an event which is flagged positive. Ignored
+						if 'readEventTypeFromBNA' is active and the polygons
+						define eventType.
+
+						Empty: Do not set type.
+					</description>
+				</parameter>
+				<parameter name="eventTypeNegative" type="string" default="&quot;outside of network interest&quot;">
+					<description>
+						New type of an event which is flagged negative. Ignored
+						if 'readEventTypeFromBNA' is active and the polygons
+						define eventType.
+
+						Empty means default: &quot;outside of network interest&quot;
+					</description>
+				</parameter>
+			</group>
+		</configuration>
+	</plugin>
+</seiscomp>

etc/descriptions/scevent_scoresum.xml

@@ -0,0 +1,99 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
+<seiscomp>
+	<plugin name="OriginScoreSum">
+		<extends>scevent</extends>
+		<description>
+		Plugin for scoring origins in scevent by score processor OriginSum
+		</description>
+		<configuration>
+			<group name="score">
+				<group name="sum">
+					<description>
+					Origin score processor "OriginSum": Compute origin scores as
+					weighted averages of number of used P phases (p), number of
+					unused P phases (p0), number of used S phases (s), number of
+					unused S phases (s0), origin depth and residual. The score
+					applies for ranking origins of events. Add the plugin "scoresum" to
+					the global parameter "plugins", configure the scevent parameter
+					&quot;eventAssociation.score&quot; with "OriginSum" and add SCORE
+					to &quot;eventAssociation.priorities&quot; for applying this
+					score processor.
+
+					Note: This plugin is provided with the scanloc package. Read the
+					documentation of scanloc for more details.
+					</description>
+					<parameter name="p" type="list:double" default="1.0">
+						<description>
+						The weight for number of used P arrival measures.
+						Assumes only arrival time when exactly 1 value is set.
+						Use a comma-separated list, wT,wSlo,wBaz, for giving
+						specific weight to pick time, slowness and back azimuth,
+						respectively.
+						Example: 1.0,0.0,0.0 .
+
+						The usage of slowness and back azimuth depends on locator.
+						They are not considered by Hypo71, NonLinLoc, StdLoc and
+						FixedHypocenter.
+						</description>
+					</parameter>
+					<parameter name="p0" type="double" default="0.5">
+						<description>
+						The weight for number of added but unused P arrivals.
+						</description>
+					</parameter>
+					<parameter name="s" type="list:double" default="2.0">
+						<description>
+						The weight for number of used S arrival measures.
+						Assumes only arrival time when exactly 1 value is set.
+						Use a comma-separated list, wT,wSlo,wBaz, for giving
+						specific weight to pick time, slowness and back azimuth,
+						respectively.
+						Example: 2.0,0.0,0.0 .
+
+						The usage of slowness and back azimuth depends on locator.
+						They are not considered by Hypo71, NonLinLoc, StdLoc and
+						FixedHypocenter.
+						</description>
+					</parameter>
+					<parameter name="s0" type="double" default="0.5">
+						<description>
+						The weight for number of added but unused S arrivals.
+						</description>
+					</parameter>
+					<parameter name="normalizationDepth" type="double" unit="km" default="650.0">
+						<description>
+						Origin depth is normalized to this value for computing the
+						score contribution. Shallower depths contribute to larger
+						score.
+						</description>
+					</parameter>
+					<parameter name="depth" type="double" default="1.0">
+						<description>
+						The weight of origin depth. Set this value to 0.0 for
+						scoring origins independent of depth whenever shallow and
+						deep sources are equally expected.
+						</description>
+					</parameter>
+					<parameter name="normalizationRMS" type="double" unit="s" default="1.5">
+						<description>
+						Origin RMS is normalized to this value for computing the
+						score contribution. Lower RMS contribute to larger score.
+						</description>
+					</parameter>
+					<parameter name="residual" type="double" default="1.0">
+						<description>
+						The weight of origin RMS residual.
+						</description>
+					</parameter>
+					<parameter name="increaseManual" type="boolean" default="false">
+						<description>
+						Increase the weight for manual picks by a factor of 1.001.
+						This gives preference to manual picks in case
+						automatic ones co-exist for the same station.
+						</description>
+					</parameter>
+				</group>
+			</group>
+		</configuration>
+	</plugin>
+</seiscomp>

etc/descriptions/scevtlog.xml

@@ -0,0 +1,79 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
+<seiscomp>
+	<module name="scevtlog" category="Utilities">
+		<description>Event log preserving the history of updates.</description>
+		<configuration>
+			<parameter name="directory" type="string" default="@LOGDIR@/events">
+				<description>
+				Specify the output directory. Within this directory the logging
+				directory structure and the event files are stored.
+				</description>
+			</parameter>
+			<parameter name="format" type="string" default="xml">
+				<description>
+				Specify output event format (default is autoloc3). For completeness
+				it is recommended to switch to xml as storage format. The autoloc3
+				format can be easily reconstructed with scbulletin but not the other
+				way around.
+				</description>
+			</parameter>
+			<parameter name="gzip" type="boolean" default="false">
+				<description>
+				If format is xml then all XML files will be compressed with gzip
+				and stored with file extension &quot;.xml.gz&quot;. They are also
+				valid gzip files and can be used as input to e.g. zgrep.
+				</description>
+			</parameter>
+		</configuration>
+		<command-line>
+			<synopsis>
+				scevtlog [options]
+			</synopsis>
+			<group name="Generic">
+				<optionReference>generic#help</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>generic#version</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>generic#config-file</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>generic#plugins</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>generic#daemon</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>generic#auto-shutdown</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>generic#shutdown-master-module</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>generic#shutdown-master-username</optionReference>
+			</group>
+
+			<group name="Verbosity">
+				<optionReference>verbosity#verbosity</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>verbosity#v</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>verbosity#quiet</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>verbosity#component</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>verbosity#syslog</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>verbosity#lockfile</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>verbosity#console</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>verbosity#debug</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>verbosity#log-file</optionReference>
+			</group>
+
+			<group name="Messaging">
+				<optionReference>messaging#user</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>messaging#host</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>messaging#timeout</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>messaging#primary-group</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>messaging#subscribe-group</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>messaging#content-type</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>messaging#start-stop-msg</optionReference>
+			</group>
+
+			<group name="Database">
+				<optionReference>database#db-driver-list</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>database#database</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>database#config-module</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>database#inventory-db</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>database#db-disable</optionReference>
+			</group>
+
+			<group name="Storage">
+				<option flag="o" long-flag="directory" argument="arg" param-ref="directory"/>
+				<option flag="f" long-flag="format" argument="arg" param-ref="format"/>
+			</group>
+		</command-line>
+	</module>
+</seiscomp>

etc/descriptions/scevtls.xml

@@ -0,0 +1,92 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
+<seiscomp>
+	<module name="scevtls" category="Utilities">
+		<description>List event IDs from database.</description>
+		<command-line>
+			<synopsis>
+				scevtls [options]
+			</synopsis>
+			<group name="Generic">
+				<optionReference>generic#help</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>generic#version</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>generic#config-file</optionReference>
+			</group>
+
+			<group name="Verbosity">
+				<optionReference>verbosity#verbosity</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>verbosity#v</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>verbosity#quiet</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>verbosity#component</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>verbosity#syslog</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>verbosity#lockfile</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>verbosity#console</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>verbosity#debug</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>verbosity#log-file</optionReference>
+			</group>
+
+			<group name="Database">
+				<optionReference>database#db-driver-list</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>database#database</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>database#config-module</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>database#inventory-db</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>database#db-disable</optionReference>
+			</group>
+
+			<group name="Input">
+				<option flag="i" long-flag="input" argument="arg">
+					<description>
+					Name of input XML file. Read from stdin if '-' is given.
+					Deactivates reading events from database.
+					</description>
+				</option>
+			</group>
+
+			<group name="Events">
+				<option long-flag="begin" argument="time">
+					<description>
+					Specify the lower bound of the time interval. Format:
+					2012-01-01T00:00:00.
+					</description>
+				</option>
+				<option long-flag="end" argument="time">
+					<description>
+					Specify the upper bound of the time interval. Format:
+					2012-01-01T00:00:00.
+					</description>
+				</option>
+				<option long-flag="hours" argument="arg">
+					<description>
+					Start searching given hours before now. If set, --begin and
+					--end are ignored.
+					</description>
+				</option>
+				<option long-flag="modified-after" argument="time">
+					<description>
+					Print IDs of events modified after the specified time.
+					</description>
+				</option>
+				<option long-flag="event-type" argument="arg">
+					<description>
+					The event type for filtering events.
+					Use quotes for types with more than one word.
+					Example: "mining explosion".
+					</description>
+				</option>
+			</group>
+
+			<group name="Output">
+				<option long-flag="delimiter" flag="D" argument="string">
+					<description>
+					Specify the delimiter of the resulting event IDs.
+					</description>
+				</option>
+				<option long-flag="preferred-origin" flag="p" argument="">
+					<description>
+					Print the ID of the preferred origin along with the event
+					ID.
+					</description>
+				</option>
+			</group>
+		</command-line>
+	</module>
+</seiscomp>

etc/descriptions/scevtstreams.xml

@@ -0,0 +1,137 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
+<seiscomp>
+	<module name="scevtstreams" category="Utilities">
+		<description>
+		Extract stream information with time windows from picks of an event.
+		</description>
+		<command-line>
+			<synopsis>
+				scevtstreams [options]
+			</synopsis>
+			<group name="Generic">
+				<optionReference>generic#help</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>generic#version</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>generic#config-file</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>generic#plugins</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>generic#daemon</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>generic#auto-shutdown</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>generic#shutdown-master-module</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>generic#shutdown-master-username</optionReference>
+			</group>
+
+			<group name="Verbosity">
+				<optionReference>verbosity#verbosity</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>verbosity#v</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>verbosity#quiet</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>verbosity#component</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>verbosity#syslog</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>verbosity#lockfile</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>verbosity#console</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>verbosity#debug</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>verbosity#log-file</optionReference>
+			</group>
+
+			<group name="Database">
+				<optionReference>database#db-driver-list</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>database#database</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>database#config-module</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>database#inventory-db</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>database#db-disable</optionReference>
+			</group>
+
+			<group name="Input">
+				<option flag="i" long-flag="input" argument="arg">
+					<description>
+					Input XML file name. Reads event from the XML file instead of
+					database. Use '-' to read from stdin.
+					</description>
+				</option>
+				<option flag="f" long-flag="format" argument="arg">
+					<description>
+					Input format to use (xml [default], zxml (zipped xml),
+					binary). Only relevant with -i.
+					</description>
+				</option>
+			</group>
+
+			<group name="Dump">
+				<option flag="E" long-flag="event" argument="arg">
+					<description>The ID of the event to consider.</description>
+				</option>
+				<option flag="" long-flag="net-sta" argument="arg">
+					<description>
+					Filter read picks by network code or network and station
+					code. Format: NET or NET.STA
+					</description>
+				</option>
+				<option flag="" long-flag="nslc" argument="arg">
+					<description>
+					Stream list file to be used for filtering read picks by
+					stream code. '--net-sta' will be ignored. One line per
+					stream. Line format: NET.STA.LOC.CHA.
+					</description>
+				</option>
+			</group>
+			<group name="Output">
+				<option flag="m" long-flag="margin" argument="arg">
+					<description>
+					Time margin around the picked time window, default is 300.
+					Added before the first and after the last pick,
+					respectively. Use 2 comma-separted values (before,after)
+					for asymmetric margins. Example: 120,300.
+					</description>
+				</option>
+				<option flag="S" long-flag="streams" argument="arg">
+					<description>
+					Comma separated list of streams per station to add.
+					Example: BH,SH,HH.
+					</description>
+				</option>
+				<option flag="C" long-flag="all-components" argument="arg">
+					<description>
+					Specify whether to use all components (1) or just the
+					picked ones (0). Default: 1.
+					</description>
+				</option>
+				<option flag="L" long-flag="all-locations" argument="arg">
+					<description>
+					Specify whether to use all location codes (1) or just
+					the picked ones (0). Default: 1.
+					</description>
+				</option>
+				<option flag="" long-flag="all-stations" argument="">
+					<description>
+					Dump all stations from the same network. If unused, just
+					stations with picks are dumped.
+					</description>
+				</option>
+				<option flag="" long-flag="all-networks" argument="">
+					<description>
+					Dump all networks. If unused, just networks with picks are
+					dumped. This option implies --all-stations, --all-locations,
+					--all-streams, --all-components and will only provide the
+					time window.
+					</description>
+				</option>
+				<option flag="R" long-flag="resolve-wildcards" argument="flag">
+					<description>
+					If all components are used, use inventory to resolve stream
+					components instead of using '?' (important when Arclink
+					should be used).
+					</description>
+				</option>
+				<option flag="" long-flag="caps" argument="">
+					<description>
+					Dump in capstool format (Common Acquisition Protocol Server
+					by gempa GmbH).
+					</description>
+				</option>
+				<option flag="" long-flag="fdsnws" argument="flag">
+					<description>
+					Dump in FDSN dataselect webservice POST format.
+					</description>
+				</option>
+			</group>
+		</command-line>
+	</module>
+</seiscomp>

etc/descriptions/scheli.xml

@@ -0,0 +1,323 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
+<seiscomp>
+	<module name="scheli" category="GUI">
+		<description>Real-time helicorder view for one stream.</description>
+		<configuration>
+			<group name="heli">
+				<parameter name="streams" type="list:string" default="" unit="">
+					<description>
+					List of stream codes to be plotted (net.sta.loc.cha).
+					If not in capture mode only the first stream is shown.
+					When using a list, the first entry is considered.
+					Use commas for separating streams.
+
+					Example: GR.MOX..BHZ
+					</description>
+				</parameter>
+				<parameter name="filter" type="string" default="" unit="">
+					<description>Filter to be applied on the data.</description>
+				</parameter>
+				<parameter name="numberOfRows" type="integer" default="48" unit="">
+					<description>Filter to be applied on the data.</description>
+				</parameter>
+				<parameter name="rowTimeSpan" type="double" default="1800" unit="s">
+					<description>Length of data per trace.</description>
+				</parameter>
+				<parameter name="timeFormat" type="string" default="%F" unit="">
+					<description>
+					The time format used to print the start and end time of the
+					whole plot (upper right corner). The format specification is
+					the one used in the strftime function (man strftime).
+					</description>
+				</parameter>
+				<parameter name="recordTime" type="boolean" default="false">
+					<description>
+					Set current time to last data sample.
+					</description>
+				</parameter>
+				<parameter name="lineWidth" type="integer" default="1" unit="px">
+					<description>Line width of traces.</description>
+				</parameter>
+				<parameter name="colors" type="list:string" default="FF0000, 0000FF" unit="">
+					<description>
+					A list of alternating row colors cycled through for painting
+					traces.
+					</description>
+				</parameter>
+				<parameter name="antialiasing" type="boolean" default="false">
+					<description>
+					Use anti aliasing to plot the traces. The default uses the
+					settings from scheme.records.antiAliasing
+					</description>
+				</parameter>
+				<group name="stream">
+					<parameter name="description" type="boolean" default="true">
+						<description>
+						Add stream description to traces.
+						</description>
+					</parameter>
+				</group>
+				<group name="amplitudeRange">
+					<description>
+					Gain-corrected amplitudes given in units of the sensor.
+					For example: m/s.
+					</description>
+					<parameter name="scaling" type="string" default="minmax">
+						<description>
+						Define the method to scale traces within rows. Possible
+						values are: 
+
+						minmax: Scale all rows to configured minimum and maximum
+						amplitudes configured by amplitudeRange.min and
+						amplitudeRange.max
+
+						row: Scale each row to the maximum within this row.
+						</description>
+					</parameter>
+					<parameter name="min" type="double" default="-0.00001" unit="unit of input data">
+						<description>
+						Minimum amplitude to show in trace. Requires
+						amplitudeRange.scale = "minmax".
+						</description>
+					</parameter>
+					<parameter name="max" type="double" default="0.00001" unit="unit of input data">
+						<description>
+						Minimum amplitude to show in trace. Requires
+						amplitudeRange.scale = "minmax".
+						</description>
+					</parameter>
+				</group>
+				<group name="dump">
+					<description>
+					Control dumping of PNG images.
+					Execute &quot;scheli capture&quot; for image generation in
+					the background without the graphics.
+					</description>
+					<parameter name="interval" type="integer" default="-1" unit="s">
+						<description>
+						Image creation interval. Negative values disable image
+						dumping.
+						If enabled, images are generated at the configured
+						interval.
+						</description>
+					</parameter>
+					<parameter name="outputFile" type="string" default="/tmp/heli_%N_%S_%L_%C.png">
+						<description>Name of output file.
+							The filename can contain placeholders
+							that are replaced by the corresponding streamID parts:
+
+							%N : network code
+
+							%S : station code
+
+							%L : location code
+
+							%C : channel code
+
+							Placeholders are important if more than one stream
+							is given and capture mode is active.
+							</description>
+					</parameter>
+					<parameter name="dpi" type="integer" default="300" unit="dpi">
+						<description>Image resolution.</description>
+					</parameter>
+					<parameter name="xres" type="integer" default="1024" unit="px">
+						<description>Number of pixels horizontally.</description>
+					</parameter>
+					<parameter name="yres" type="integer" default="768" unit="px">
+						<description>Number of pixels vertically.</description>
+					</parameter>
+				</group>
+			</group>
+			<group name="scripts">
+				<parameter name="postprocessing" type="path">
+					<description>
+					Define the path to a script that is called whenever an image
+					has been captured and written to disc. The only parameter is
+					the path to the generated image.
+					</description>
+				</parameter>
+			</group>
+		</configuration>
+		<command-line>
+			<synopsis>
+				scheli [options]
+			</synopsis>
+			<group name="Generic">
+				<optionReference>generic#help</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>generic#version</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>generic#config-file</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>generic#plugins</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>generic#daemon</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>generic#auto-shutdown</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>generic#shutdown-master-module</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>generic#shutdown-master-username</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>generic#print-config-vars</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>generic#validate-schema-params</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>generic#dump-settings</optionReference>
+			</group>
+
+			<group name="Verbosity">
+				<optionReference>verbosity#verbosity</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>verbosity#v</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>verbosity#quiet</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>verbosity#component</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>verbosity#syslog</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>verbosity#lockfile</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>verbosity#console</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>verbosity#debug</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>verbosity#log-file</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>verbosity#print-context</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>verbosity#print-component</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>verbosity#log-utc</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>verbosity#trace</optionReference>
+			</group>
+
+			<group name="Messaging">
+				<optionReference>messaging#user</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>messaging#host</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>messaging#timeout</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>messaging#primary-group</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>messaging#subscribe-group</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>messaging#content-type</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>messaging#start-stop-msg</optionReference>
+			</group>
+
+			<group name="Database">
+				<optionReference>database#db-driver-list</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>database#database</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>database#config-module</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>database#inventory-db</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>database#config-db</optionReference>
+			</group>
+
+			<group name="Records">
+				<optionReference>records#record-driver-list</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>records#record-url</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>records#record-file</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>records#record-type</optionReference>
+			</group>
+
+			<group name="User interface">
+				<optionReference>gui#full-screen</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>gui#non-interactive</optionReference>
+			</group>
+
+			<group name="Mode">
+				<option long-flag="offline" argument="" publicID="mode#offline">
+					<description>
+					Do not connect to a messaging server and do not use the
+					database.
+					</description>
+				</option>
+				<option long-flag="end-time" argument="arg" publicID="mode#end-time">
+					<description>
+					Set the acquisition end time, e.g. '2017-09-08 13:30:00',
+					default: 'gmt'
+					</description>
+				</option>
+			</group>
+
+			<group name="Data">
+				<option long-flag="stream" argument="arg">
+					<description>
+						The record stream that should be displayed. Can be used
+						multiple times for multiple streams.
+
+						Example: GR.MOX..BHZ (net.sta.loc.cha)
+					</description>
+				</option>
+				<option long-flag="filter" argument="arg">
+					<description>
+						The filter to apply
+					</description>
+				</option>
+				<option long-flag="gain" argument="arg" unit="counts/unit">
+					<description>
+						Gain applied to the data before plotting
+					</description>
+				</option>
+				<option long-flag="amp-scaling" argument="arg" default="minmax">
+					<description>
+					Lower bound of amplitude range per row. Possible values:
+
+					minmax: Scale all rows to configured minimum and maximum
+					amplitudes.
+
+					row: Scale each row to the maximum within this row.
+					</description>
+				</option>
+				<option long-flag="amp-range-min" argument="arg">
+					<description>
+						Lower bound of amplitude range per row
+					</description>
+				</option>
+				<option long-flag="amp-range-max" argument="arg">
+					<description>
+						Upper bound of amplitude range per row
+					</description>
+				</option>
+				<option long-flag="amp-range" argument="arg">
+					<description>
+						Arround zero bound of amplitude range per row
+					</description>
+				</option>
+				<option long-flag="record-time" argument="arg">
+					<description>
+						Do the last row always contain the last record received
+					</description>
+				</option>
+			</group>
+
+			<group name="Output">
+				<option long-flag="desc" argument="arg">
+					<description>
+						Enable/disable the display of a station description
+					</description>
+				</option>
+				<option long-flag="rows" argument="arg">
+					<description>
+						Configure the number of rows to display
+					</description>
+				</option>
+				<option long-flag="time-span" argument="arg" unit="s">
+					<description>
+					Configure the time-span (in secs) per row. Unit: seconds.
+					</description>
+				</option>
+				<option long-flag="aa" argument="arg">
+					<description>
+						Set antialiasing for rendering the traces
+					</description>
+				</option>
+				<option long-flag="xres" argument="arg" unit="dpi">
+					<description>
+						Output x resolution when generating images. Unit: dpi.
+					</description>
+				</option>
+				<option long-flag="yres" argument="arg" unit="dpi">
+					<description>
+						Output y resolution when generating images. Unit: dpi.
+					</description>
+				</option>
+				<option long-flag="dpi" argument="arg" unit="dpi">
+					<description>
+						Output dpi when generating postscript. Unit:dpi.
+					</description>
+				</option>
+				<option flag="o" argument="arg">
+					<description>
+					Output filename. Placeholders are %N,%S,%L,%C for network
+					code, station code, location code, channel code.
+					</description>
+				</option>
+				<option long-flag="interval" argument="arg" unit="s">
+					<description>
+					Snapshot interval (less than 0 disables timed snapshots).
+					Unit: seconds.
+					</description>
+				</option>
+			</group>
+		</command-line>
+	</module>
+</seiscomp>

etc/descriptions/scimex.xml

@@ -0,0 +1,173 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
+<seiscomp>
+	<module name="scimex" category="Utilities">
+		<description>SeisComP event exchange between two systems.</description>
+		<configuration>
+			<parameter name="mode" type="string">
+				<description>
+				Mode of operation. Options are IMPORT or EXPORT.
+				</description>
+			</parameter>
+			<parameter name="cleanupinterval" type="double" unit="s">
+				<description>Cache lifetime for objects.</description>
+			</parameter>
+			<parameter name="subscriptions" type="list:string">
+				<description>
+				Only used in export mode. A list of message groups to subscribe.
+				</description>
+			</parameter>
+			<parameter name="conversion" type="string">
+				<description>
+				Used only in import mode. It defines the source format of the
+				messages that need to be converted. Currently the import of
+				SeisComP datamodel version 0.51 (imexscdm0.51)
+				is supported which was used in release Barcelona (2008).
+				</description>
+			</parameter>
+			<parameter name="exportHosts" type="list:string">
+				<description>
+				A list of hosts profiles to be considered for exporting.
+				These are used in hosts.$name directives
+				(see below) to define addresses, filter criteria, etc.
+				applicable to each recipient.
+				</description>
+			</parameter>
+
+			<parameter name="importHosts" type="list:string">
+				<description>
+				A list of hosts profiles to be considered for importing.
+				These are used with hosts.$name directives similarly to
+				exportHosts.
+				</description>
+			</parameter>
+			<group name="criteria">
+				<struct type="Filter type">
+					<description>A definition of an event filter.</description>
+					<parameter name="latitude" type="tuple:double">
+						<description>
+						Pair of doubles that defines the latitude range.
+						Example: -90:90.
+						</description>
+					</parameter>
+					<parameter name="longitude" type="tuple:double">
+						<description>
+						Pair of doubles that defines the longitude range.
+						Example: -180:180.
+						</description>
+					</parameter>
+					<parameter name="magnitude" type="tuple:double">
+						<description>
+						Pair of doubles that defines the magnitude range.
+						Example: 3:10.
+						</description>
+					</parameter>
+					<parameter name="arrivalcount" type="int">
+						<description>
+						Number of minimum arrivals.
+						</description>
+					</parameter>
+					<parameter name="agencyID" type="list:string">
+						<description>
+						White list of AgencyIDs (the agency identifier which
+						appears in the objects sent over the export-import link).
+						</description>
+					</parameter>
+				</struct>
+			</group>
+			<group name="hosts">
+				<struct type="Host system type">
+					<description>
+					A sink definition used for either import or export.
+					</description>
+					<parameter name="address" type="string">
+						<description>
+						Address of a sink, as a host name with an optional port
+						number e.g. 'address = 192.168.1.1' or
+						'address = somewhere.com:4803'
+						</description>
+					</parameter>
+					<parameter name="criteria" type="string">
+						<description>
+						Defining filter criteria name for sink, e.g. criteria =
+						world-xxl. The criteria must be defined in the criteria.
+						* configuration lines.
+						</description>
+					</parameter>
+					<parameter name="filter" type="boolean" default="true">
+						<description>
+						Enable/disable filtering based on defined criteria.
+						If set to false, all events will pass, even if one
+						or more criteria are defined.
+						</description>
+					</parameter>
+					<parameter name="conversion" type="string">
+						<description>
+						Optional target format for export.
+						</description>
+					</parameter>
+					<parameter name="useDefinedRoutingTable" type="boolean" default="false">
+						<description>
+						Enable/disable defined routing tables.
+						</description>
+					</parameter>
+					<parameter name="routingTable" type="list:string">
+						<description>
+						Defining routing tables in the meaning of mapping
+						objects to message groups. Example: Pick:NULL,
+						StationAmplitude:NULL, Origin:LOCATION,
+						StationMagnitude: MAGNITUDE, NetworkMagnitude:MAGNITUDE,
+						MagnitudeReference:MAGNITUDE, OriginReference:EVENT,
+						Event:EVENT. Specifying NULL for the message group causes
+						messages to be thrown away/dropped/discarded.
+						</description>
+					</parameter>
+				</struct>
+			</group>
+		</configuration>
+		<command-line>
+			<synopsis>
+				scimex [options]
+			</synopsis>
+			<group name="Generic">
+				<optionReference>generic#help</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>generic#version</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>generic#config-file</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>generic#plugins</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>generic#daemon</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>generic#auto-shutdown</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>generic#shutdown-master-module</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>generic#shutdown-master-username</optionReference>
+			</group>
+
+			<group name="Verbosity">
+				<optionReference>verbosity#verbosity</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>verbosity#v</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>verbosity#quiet</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>verbosity#component</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>verbosity#syslog</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>verbosity#lockfile</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>verbosity#console</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>verbosity#debug</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>verbosity#log-file</optionReference>
+			</group>
+
+			<group name="Messaging">
+				<optionReference>messaging#user</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>messaging#host</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>messaging#timeout</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>messaging#primary-group</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>messaging#subscribe-group</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>messaging#content-type</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>messaging#start-stop-msg</optionReference>
+			</group>
+
+			<group name="SCIMEX">
+				<option long-flag="print-default-routingtable">
+					<description>
+					Print the default object routing table.
+					</description>
+				</option>
+			</group>
+		</command-line>
+	</module>
+</seiscomp>

etc/descriptions/scimport.xml

@@ -0,0 +1,250 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
+<seiscomp>
+	<module name="scimport" category="Utilities">
+		<description>Forward messages across two SeisComP systems.</description>
+		<configuration>
+			<parameter name="sink" type="string">
+				<description>
+				URI of receiving host which runs scmaster. The URI contains
+				the host name with an optional protocol and port.
+
+				Format: protocol://host:port
+
+				Examples:
+
+				- proc
+
+				- scmp://proc:18180
+				</description>
+			</parameter>
+			<parameter name="routingtable" type="list:string">
+				<description>
+				This option has to be set if the application runs in import mode.
+				The routing table has to be defined in the form of 
+				source_group:sink_group
+				</description>
+			</parameter>
+			<parameter name="msggroups" type="list:string">
+				<description>
+				Define a list of message groups of the source system
+				(connection.server). If not specified, the source system is 
+				queried for a list of message groups which are then used to check
+				each subscription extracted from the routing table.
+				This parameter allows to override to source query result.
+				</description>
+			</parameter>
+			<parameter name="useFilter" type="boolean" default="true">
+				Enable/Disable filtering of messages
+			</parameter>
+			<group name="filter">
+				<description>Define filter criteria before sending.</description>
+				<group name="pick">
+					<description>Criteria for filtering picks.</description>
+					<parameter name="mode" type="string">
+						<description>
+						The mode of picks to filter for. Allowed values:
+						&quot;automatic&quot; and &quot;manual&quot;.
+						</description>
+					</parameter>
+					<parameter name="status" type="string">
+						<description>
+						The status of picks to filter for. Allowed values:
+						&quot;preliminary&quot;, &quot;confirmed&quot;,
+						&quot;reviewed&quot;, &quot;final&quot;,
+						&quot;rejected&quot; and &quot;reported&quot;.
+						</description>
+					</parameter>
+					<parameter name="phase" type="string">
+						<description>
+						The pick phase hint to filter for. Allowed values:
+						all possible phase codes.
+						</description>
+					</parameter>
+					<parameter name="agencyIDs" type="list:string">
+						<description>
+						The pick agencyIDs to filter for. Allowed values:
+						all possible agency ids;
+						</description>
+					</parameter>
+					<parameter name="networkCode" type="string">
+						<description>
+						The pick network code of the processed waveforms.
+						Allowed values: all possible network codes.
+						</description>
+					</parameter>
+				</group>
+				<group name="amplitude">
+					<description>Criteria for filtering amplitudes</description>
+					<parameter name="operator" type="string">
+						<description>
+						The amplitude comparison operator. Allowed values:
+						&quot;eq&quot;, &quot;lt&quot;, &quot;gt&quot; and &quot;*&quot;.
+						</description>
+					</parameter>
+					<parameter name="amplitude" type="double">
+						<description>
+						The amplitude threshold to filter for. The operator
+						configured with &quot;operator&quot; is used to compare this threshold with
+						the incoming value. If &quot;operator&quot; is &quot;*&quot; then
+						values will pass.
+						</description>
+					</parameter>
+					<parameter name="agencyIDs" type="list:string">
+						<description>
+						The amplitude agencyIDs to filter for. Allowed values:
+						all possible agency ids.
+						</description>
+					</parameter>
+				</group>
+				<group name="origin">
+					<description>Criteria for filtering origins</description>
+					<parameter name="latitude" type="string">
+						<description>
+						The latitude range in format [min]:[max].
+						</description>
+					</parameter>
+					<parameter name="longitude" type="string">
+						<description>
+						The longitude range in format [min]:[max].
+						</description>
+					</parameter>
+					<parameter name="depth" type="string">
+						<description>
+						The depth range in format [min]:[max].
+						</description>
+					</parameter>
+					<parameter name="agencyIDs" type="list:string">
+						<description>
+						The origin agencyIDs to filter for. Allowed values:
+						all possible agency ids;
+						</description>
+					</parameter>
+					<parameter name="mode" type="string">
+						<description>
+						The origin evaluation mode to filter for. Allowed values:
+						&quot;automatic&quot; and &quot;manual&quot;.
+						</description>
+					</parameter>
+					<parameter name="status" type="string">
+						<description>
+						The origin status to filter for. Allowed values:
+						&quot;preliminary&quot;, &quot;confirmed&quot;,
+						&quot;reviewed&quot;, &quot;final&quot;,
+						&quot;rejected&quot; and &quot;reported&quot;.
+						</description>
+					</parameter>
+					<parameter name="arrivalcount" type="string">
+						<description>
+						The minimum number of arrivals of an origin to pass
+						the filter.
+						</description>
+					</parameter>
+				</group>
+				<group name="event">
+					<description>Criteria for filtering events</description>
+					<parameter name="type" type="string">
+						<description>
+						The event type to filter for, e.g. &quot;earthquake&quot;,
+						&quot;explosion&quot; ...
+						</description>
+					</parameter>
+				</group>
+				<group name="stationMagnitude">
+					<description>Criteria for filtering station magnitudes</description>
+					<parameter name="type" type="string">
+						<description>
+						The station magnitude type. Allowed values: all possible
+						magnitude types such as &quot;MLv&quot;.
+						</description>
+					</parameter>
+				</group>
+				<group name="magnitude">
+					<description>Criteria for filtering network magnitudes</description>
+					<parameter name="type" type="string">
+						<description>
+						The magnitude type. Allowed values: all possible
+						magnitude types such as &quot;MLv&quot;.
+						</description>
+					</parameter>
+				</group>
+				<group name="qc">
+					<description>Criteria for filtering QC parameters</description>
+					<parameter name="type" type="string">
+						<description>
+						The QC parameter type. Allowed values: all possible
+						types such as &quot;latency&quot;, &quot;delay&quot; ...
+						</description>
+					</parameter>
+				</group>
+			</group>
+		</configuration>
+		<command-line>
+		<synopsis>
+		scimport [options]
+		</synopsis>
+			<group name="Generic">
+				<optionReference>generic#help</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>generic#version</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>generic#config-file</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>generic#plugins</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>generic#daemon</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>generic#auto-shutdown</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>generic#shutdown-master-module</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>generic#shutdown-master-username</optionReference>
+			</group>
+
+			<group name="Verbosity">
+				<optionReference>verbosity#verbosity</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>verbosity#v</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>verbosity#quiet</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>verbosity#component</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>verbosity#syslog</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>verbosity#lockfile</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>verbosity#console</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>verbosity#debug</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>verbosity#log-file</optionReference>
+			</group>
+
+			<group name="Messaging">
+				<optionReference>messaging#user</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>messaging#host</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>messaging#timeout</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>messaging#primary-group</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>messaging#subscribe-group</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>messaging#content-type</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>messaging#start-stop-msg</optionReference>
+			</group>
+
+			<group name="Import">
+				<option flag="o" long-flag="sink" param-ref="sink"/>
+				<option flag="i" long-flag="import">
+					<description>
+					Switch to import mode (default is relay). Im import mode the
+					routing table has to be specified whereas in relay the 
+					routing table will be calculated  automatically.
+					</description>
+				</option>
+				<option long-flag="no-filter">
+					<description>
+					Disable message filtering and ignore all configured filters.
+					</description>
+				</option>
+				<option long-flag="routeunknowngroup">
+					<description>
+					Route unknown groups to the default group IMPORT_GROUP.
+					</description>
+				</option>
+				<option long-flag="ignore-groups">
+					<description>
+					Ignore user specified groups.
+					</description>
+				</option>
+				<option long-flag="test">
+					<description>
+					Do not send any messages.
+					</description>
+				</option>
+			</group>
+		</command-line>
+	</module>
+</seiscomp>

etc/descriptions/scinv.xml

@@ -0,0 +1,211 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
+<seiscomp>
+	<module name="scinv" category="Inventory">
+		<description>Inventory database synchronisation.</description>
+		<command-line>
+			<synopsis>
+				scinv command [options] [files]
+			</synopsis>
+			<description>
+			Command is one of: sync, merge, apply, keys, ls and check.
+			</description>
+			<group name="Generic">
+				<optionReference>generic#help</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>generic#version</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>generic#config-file</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>generic#plugins</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>generic#daemon</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>generic#auto-shutdown</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>generic#shutdown-master-module</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>generic#shutdown-master-username</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>generic#print-config-vars</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>generic#validate-schema-params</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>generic#dump-settings</optionReference>
+			</group>
+
+			<group name="Verbosity">
+				<optionReference>verbosity#verbosity</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>verbosity#v</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>verbosity#quiet</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>verbosity#component</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>verbosity#syslog</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>verbosity#lockfile</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>verbosity#console</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>verbosity#debug</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>verbosity#log-file</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>verbosity#print-context</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>verbosity#print-component</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>verbosity#log-utc</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>verbosity#trace</optionReference>
+			</group>
+
+			<group name="Messaging">
+				<optionReference>messaging#user</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>messaging#host</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>messaging#timeout</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>messaging#primary-group</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>messaging#subscribe-group</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>messaging#content-type</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>messaging#start-stop-msg</optionReference>
+			</group>
+
+			<group name="Database">
+				<optionReference>database#db-driver-list</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>database#database</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>database#config-module</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>database#inventory-db</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>database#db-disable</optionReference>
+			</group>
+
+			<group name="Manager">
+				<option long-flag="filebase" argument="dir">
+					<description>
+					Directory to check for inventory XML files. If not given,
+					all XML files passed are checked.
+					</description>
+				</option>
+				<option long-flag="rc-dir" argument="dir">
+					<description>
+					If given, rc (resource) files will be created in this
+					directory for each station. The station descriptions will be
+					from the last available epoch.
+					</description>
+				</option>
+				<option long-flag="key-dir" argument="dir">
+					<description>
+					The directory to synchronise key files to. If not given,
+					@SYSTEMCONFIGDIR@/key is assumed.
+					</description>
+				</option>
+				<option flag="o" long-flag="output" argument="file">
+					<description>
+					Output file for writing inventory XML after merging.
+					</description>
+				</option>
+				<option long-flag="purge-keys">
+					<description>
+					(default) Delete key files if a station does not exist in
+					inventory.
+					</description>
+				</option>
+				<option long-flag="no-purge-keys">
+					<description>
+					Do not delete key files if a station does not exist in
+					inventory.
+					</description>
+				</option>
+			</group>
+
+			<group name="Check">
+				<option long-flag="distance" unit="km" default="10">
+					<description>
+					Maximum allowed distance between station and location
+					coordinates when using the check command.
+					</description>
+				</option>
+				<option long-flag="max-elevation-difference" unit="m" default="500">
+					<description>Maximum allowed difference in elevation
+					between station and sensorlocation in m. Larger differences
+					will be reported.
+					</description>
+				</option>
+				<option long-flag="max-sensor-depth" unit="m" default="500">
+					<description>
+					Maximum allowed depth of channel (sensor). This is the depth
+					of the sensor below the surface in m. Larger depths will be
+					reported.
+					</description>
+				</option>
+			</group>
+
+			<group name="List">
+				<option long-flag="compact">
+					<description>
+					Enable compact output for ls: each object one line.
+					</description>
+				</option>
+				<option long-flag="level" argument="int">
+					<description>
+					Information level reported by ls. One of "net", "sta",
+					"cha" or "resp". Default is "cha".
+					</description>
+				</option>
+				<option long-flag="nslc">
+					<description>
+					Enable NSLC output for ls as  NET.STA.LOC.CHA. The option
+					implies level = cha.
+					</description>
+				</option>
+			</group>
+
+			<group name="Merge">
+				<option long-flag="strip">
+					<description>
+					Remove unreferenced objects (data loggers, sensors, ...).
+					</description>
+				</option>
+			</group>
+
+			<group name="Sync">
+				<option long-flag="create-notifier">
+					<description>
+					If an output file is given, then all notifiers will be saved
+					and not the result set itself.
+					</description>
+				</option>
+				<option long-flag="no-keys">
+					<description>
+					Do not synchronise key files.
+					</description>
+				</option>
+				<option long-flag="no-rc">
+					<description>
+					Do not synchronise rc files.
+					</description>
+				</option>
+				<option long-flag="test">
+					<description>
+					Do not send any notifiers and just output resulting
+					operations and conflicts.
+					</description>
+				</option>
+			</group>
+		</command-line>
+
+		<configuration>
+			<parameter name="syncKeys" type="boolean" default="true">
+				<description>
+					Synchronise key files.
+				</description>
+			</parameter>
+			<parameter name="purgeKeys" type="boolean" default="true">
+				<description>
+					Delete key files if a station does not exist in inventory.
+				</description>
+			</parameter>
+			<group name="check">
+				<description>
+				Quantities probed when using the check command.
+				</description>
+				<parameter name="maxDistance" type="double" unit="km" default="10">
+					<description>
+					Maximum allowed distance between station and sensor location
+					coordinates.
+					</description>
+				</parameter>
+				<parameter name="maxElevationDifference" type="double" unit="m" default="500">
+					<description>
+					Maximum allowed differences between elevation of station and
+					sensor location.
+					</description>
+				</parameter>
+				<parameter name="maxSensorDepth" type="double" unit="m" default="500">
+					<description>
+					Maximum allowed depth of channel (sensor). This is the depth
+					of the sensor below the surface.
+					</description>
+				</parameter>
+			</group>
+		</configuration>
+	</module>
+</seiscomp>

etc/descriptions/scm.xml

@@ -0,0 +1,64 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
+<seiscomp>
+	<module name="scm" category="Utilities">
+		<description>Process monitor.</description>
+		<configuration>
+		</configuration>
+		<command-line>
+		<synopsis>
+		scm [options]
+		</synopsis>
+			<group name="Generic">
+				<optionReference>generic#help</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>generic#version</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>generic#config-file</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>generic#plugins</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>generic#daemon</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>generic#auto-shutdown</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>generic#shutdown-master-module</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>generic#shutdown-master-username</optionReference>
+			</group>
+
+			<group name="Verbosity">
+				<optionReference>verbosity#verbosity</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>verbosity#v</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>verbosity#quiet</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>verbosity#component</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>verbosity#syslog</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>verbosity#lockfile</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>verbosity#console</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>verbosity#debug</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>verbosity#log-file</optionReference>
+			</group>
+
+			<group name="Messaging">
+				<optionReference>messaging#user</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>messaging#host</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>messaging#timeout</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>messaging#primary-group</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>messaging#subscribe-group</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>messaging#content-type</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>messaging#start-stop-msg</optionReference>
+			</group>
+
+			<group name="Monitor">
+				<option flag="c" long-flag="clients" argument="list">
+					<description>
+					Comma separated list of clients to monitor.
+					</description>
+				</option>
+				<option long-flag="print-tags">
+					<description>
+					Print available keys for accessing client info data and to
+					build filter configurations.
+					</description>
+				</option>
+				<option long-flag="no-output-plugins">
+					<description>
+					Do not use output plugins such as mncursesplugin.
+					</description>
+				</option>
+			</group>
+		</command-line>
+	</module>
+</seiscomp>

etc/descriptions/scmag.xml

@@ -0,0 +1,205 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
+<seiscomp>
+	<module name="scmag" category="Processing">
+		<description>Calculates magnitudes of different types.</description>
+		<configuration>
+			<parameter name="magnitudes" type="list:string" default="MLv,mb,mB,Mwp">
+				<description>
+				The magnitude types to be calculated. Station magnitudes are
+				computed from their amplitudes, network magnitudes from their
+				station magnitudes.
+				</description>
+			</parameter>
+			<parameter name="minimumArrivalWeight" type="double" default="0.5">
+				<description>
+				The minimum weight of an arrival for an associated amplitude
+				to be used for calculating a magnitude.
+				</description>
+			</parameter>
+			<group name="magnitudes">
+				<description>
+				General parameters for computing magnitudes. Others are configured
+				by global binding parameters for specific magnitude types.
+				</description>
+				<parameter name="average" type="list:string" default="default" values="default,mean,median,trimmedMean(25),trimmedMedian(25),medianTrimmedMean(0.5)">
+					<description>
+						The methods for computing the network magnitude
+						from station magnitudes. Exactly one method per
+						magnitude can be configured.
+						To define the averaging method per magnitude type append
+						the type after colon, e.g.:
+						&quot;magnitudes.average = default, MLv:median&quot;
+
+						default: Compute the mean if less than 4 contributed
+						station magnitudes exist. Otherwise apply trimmedMean(25),
+						trimmed mean with 25%.
+					</description>
+				</parameter>
+			</group>
+			<group name="connection">
+				<parameter name="sendInterval" type="int" default="1" unit="s">
+					<description>
+					Interval between 2 sending processes. The interval controls
+					how often information is updated.
+					</description>
+				</parameter>
+			</group>
+			<group name="summaryMagnitude">
+				<description>
+				The summary magnitude is the weighted average from all
+				defined network magnitude types: Single network magnitude values
+				are multiplied with their magnitude-type specific weight and
+				summed up. The resulting sum is divided by the sum of all weights.
+				</description>
+				<parameter name="enabled" type="boolean" default="true">
+					<description>Enables summary magnitude calculation.</description>
+				</parameter>
+				<parameter name="type" type="string" default="M">
+					<description>Define the type/name of the summary magnitude.</description>
+				</parameter>
+				<parameter name="minStationCount" type="int" default="1">
+					<description>
+					This is the minimum station magnitude required for any
+					magnitude to contribute to the summary magnitude at all. If
+					this is set to 4, then no magnitude with less than 4 station
+					magnitudes is taken into consideration even if this results
+					in no summary magnitude at all. For this reason, the default
+					here is 1 but in a purely automatic	system it should be
+					higher, at least 4 is recommended.
+					</description>
+				</parameter>
+				<parameter name="singleton" type="boolean" default="true">
+					<description>
+					Allow computing the summary magnitude even if only one single
+					network magnitude meeting the other criteria is available.
+					Unselecting this parameter will suppress computing summary
+					magnitudes if only one network magnitude is available.
+					</description>
+				</parameter>
+				<parameter name="blacklist" type="list:string" default="">
+					<description>
+					Define the magnitude types to be excluded from the summary
+					magnitude calculation.
+					</description>
+				</parameter>
+				<parameter name="whitelist" type="list:string" default="">
+					<description>
+					Define the magnitude types to be included in the summary
+					magnitude calculation.
+					</description>
+				</parameter>
+				<group name="coefficients">
+					<description>
+					The coefficients defining the weight of network magnitudes
+					for calculating the summary magnitude.
+					Weight = a * magnitudeStationCount + b.
+					</description>
+					<parameter name="a" type="list:string" default="0, Mw(mB):0.4, Mw(Mwp):0.4">
+						<description>
+						Define the coefficients a. To define the value per magnitude
+						type append the type after colon. A value without a
+						type defines the default value.
+						</description>
+					</parameter>
+					<parameter name="b" type="list:string" default="1, MLv:2, Mw(mB):-1, Mw(Mwp):-1">
+						<description>
+						Define the coefficients b. To define the value per magnitude
+						type append the type after colon. A value without a
+						type defines the default value.
+						</description>
+					</parameter>
+				</group>
+			</group>
+		</configuration>
+		<command-line>
+			<group name="Generic">
+				<optionReference>generic#help</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>generic#version</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>generic#config-file</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>generic#plugins</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>generic#daemon</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>generic#auto-shutdown</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>generic#shutdown-master-module</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>generic#shutdown-master-username</optionReference>
+				<option flag="x" long-flag="expiry" argument="time">
+					<description>Time span in hours after which objects expire.</description>
+				</option>
+			</group>
+
+			<group name="Verbosity">
+				<optionReference>verbosity#verbosity</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>verbosity#v</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>verbosity#quiet</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>verbosity#component</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>verbosity#syslog</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>verbosity#lockfile</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>verbosity#console</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>verbosity#debug</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>verbosity#log-file</optionReference>
+			</group>
+
+			<group name="Messaging">
+				<optionReference>messaging#user</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>messaging#host</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>messaging#timeout</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>messaging#primary-group</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>messaging#subscribe-group</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>messaging#content-type</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>messaging#start-stop-msg</optionReference>
+			</group>
+
+			<group name="Database">
+				<optionReference>database#db-driver-list</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>database#database</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>database#config-module</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>database#inventory-db</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>database#db-disable</optionReference>
+			</group>
+
+			<group name="Input">
+				<option long-flag="ep" argument="file" type="string">
+					<description>
+					Defines an event parameters XML file to be read and processed. This
+					implies offline mode and only processes all origins contained
+					in that file. It computes station magnitudes for all picks associated
+					with an origin where amplitudes are available and the corresponding
+					network magnitudes. Station and network magnitudes having the
+					evaluation status set are ignored. Use --reprocess to include those
+					magnitudes. It outputs an XML text adding the station-
+					and network magnitudes to the input XML file.
+					</description>
+				</option>
+				<option long-flag="reprocess">
+					<description>
+					Reprocess also station and network magnitudes with an evaluation
+					status set but do not change original weights. New
+					contributions are added with weight 0.
+					</description>
+				</option>
+			</group>
+			<group name="Reprocess">
+				<option long-flag="static">
+					<description>
+					With that flag all existing station magnitudes are recomputed
+					based on their associated amplitudes. If an amplitude cannot
+					be accessed, no station magnitude is updated.
+					Network magnitudes are recomputed based on their station
+					magnitude contributions. No new objects will
+					be created in this mode, it only updates values and weights.
+					The method to accumulate the station magnitudes to form the network
+					magnitude will be read from the existing object and replicated.
+					If it cannot be interpreted, then the configured default for this
+					magnitude type will be used instead. Weights of station magnitudes
+					will be changed according to the accumulation method of the
+					network magnitude.
+					</description>
+				</option>
+				<option long-flag="keep-weights">
+					<description>
+					Keep the original weights in combination with --static.
+					</description>
+				</option>
+			</group>
+		</command-line>
+	</module>
+</seiscomp>

etc/descriptions/scmaster.xml

@@ -0,0 +1,551 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
+<seiscomp>
+	<module name="scmaster" category="Messaging">
+		<description>The messaging system</description>
+		<configuration>
+			<parameter name="defaultGroups" type="list:string" default="AMPLITUDE, PICK, LOCATION, MAGNITUDE, FOCMECH, EVENT, QC, PUBLICATION, GUI, INVENTORY, CONFIG, LOGGING, SERVICE_REQUEST, SERVICE_PROVIDE, STATUS_GROUP">
+				<description>
+				The default set of message groups for each queue. Only used
+				if a queues group list is unset (note: empty is not unset).
+				</description>
+			</parameter>
+			<parameter name="queues" type="list:string" default="production, playback">
+				<description>
+				Enable messaging queues defined as profile in queues. The profile
+				names are the final queue names.
+				</description>
+			</parameter>
+			<group name="interface">
+				<description>
+					Control the messaging interface. The default protocol is
+					&quot;scmp&quot; but &quot;scmps&quot; (secure protocol) is
+					used when valid SSL certificate and key are configured.
+				</description>
+				<parameter name="bind" type="ipbind" default="0.0.0.0:18180">
+					<description>
+						Local bind address and port of the messaging system.
+						0.0.0.0:18180 accepts connections from all clients,
+						127.0.0.1:18180 only from localhost.
+					</description>
+				</parameter>
+				<parameter name="acl" type="list:ipmask" default="">
+					<description>
+					The IP access control list for clients which are allowed
+					to connect to the interface. Separate each IP with a space
+					and put the entire list in double quotes, e.g.
+					&quot;127.0.0.1 192.168.1.2 192.168.0.0/16&quot;.
+					</description>
+				</parameter>
+				<parameter name="socketPortReuse" type="boolean" default="true">
+					<description>
+					SO_REUSEADDR socket option for the TCP listening socket.
+					</description>
+				</parameter>
+				<group name="ssl">
+					<description>
+					SSL encryption is used if key and certificate are configured.
+					</description>
+					<parameter name="bind" type="ipbind" default="0.0.0.0:-1">
+						<description>
+						Additional local bind address and port of the messaging
+						system in case SSL encryption is active.
+						</description>
+					</parameter>
+					<parameter name="acl" type="list:ipmask" default="">
+						<description>
+						The IP access control list for clients which are allowed
+						to connect to the interface. See interface.acl for
+						further details.
+						</description>
+					</parameter>
+					<parameter name="socketPortReuse" type="boolean" default="true">
+						<description>
+						SO_REUSEADDR socket option for the TCP listening socket.
+						</description>
+					</parameter>
+					<parameter name="key" type="path" default="">
+						<description>
+
+						</description>
+					</parameter>
+					<parameter name="certificate" type="path" default="">
+						<description>
+
+						</description>
+					</parameter>
+					<parameter name="verifyPeer" type="boolean" default="false">
+						<description>
+						If enabled then the certificate of a connecting client
+						is verified against the servers certificate. It is
+						required that the client certificate is signed by the
+						server certificate otherwise the connection is refused.
+						</description>
+					</parameter>
+				</group>
+			</group>
+			<group name="queues">
+				<description>
+				Set the parameters for each messaging queue. The queues are used
+				when listed in the "queues" parameter. Several queues
+				can be used in parallel. For queues with without databases leave
+				the processor parameters empty.
+				</description>
+				<struct type="Queue" link="queues">
+					<parameter name="groups" type="list:string">
+						<description>
+						Define the list of message groups added to the queue.
+						If unset, then the defaultGroups will be used.
+						A queue will always add the default group &quot;STATUS_GROUP&quot;.
+						This parameter overrides defaultGroups.
+						</description>
+					</parameter>
+					<parameter name="acl" type="list:ipmask" default="0.0.0.0/0">
+						<description>
+						The IP access control list for clients which are allowed
+						to join the queue. See interface.acl for further details.
+						</description>
+					</parameter>
+					<parameter name="maximumPayloadSize" type="int" unit="B" default="1048576">
+						<description>
+						The maximum size in bytes of a message to be accepted.
+						Clients which send larger messages will be disconnected.
+						The default is 1MB.
+						</description>
+					</parameter>
+					<parameter name="plugins" type="list:string">
+						<description>
+						List of plugins required by this queue. This is just a
+						convenience parameter to improve configurations
+						readability. The plugins can also be added to the
+						global list of module plugins.
+
+						Example: dbstore
+						</description>
+					</parameter>
+
+					<group name="processors">
+						<parameter name="messages" type="string">
+							<description>
+							Interface name. For now, use &quot;dbstore&quot;to
+							use a database.
+
+							Use empty for testing or playbacks without a database.
+							</description>
+						</parameter>
+						<group name="messages">
+							<group name="dbstore">
+								<description>
+								Define the database connection parameters.
+								</description>
+								<parameter name="driver" type="string">
+									<description>
+									Selected the database driver to use.
+									Database drivers are available through plugins.
+									The default plugin is dbmysql which supports
+									the MYSQL database server. It is activated
+									with the core.plugins parameter.
+									</description>
+								</parameter>
+								<parameter name="read" type="string">
+									<description>
+									Set the database read connection which is
+									reported to clients that connect to this server.
+									If a remote setup should be implemented,
+									ensure that the hostname is reachable from
+									the remote computer.
+									</description>
+								</parameter>
+								<parameter name="write" type="string">
+									<description>
+									Set the database write connection which is
+									private to scmaster.
+									A separate write connection enables different
+									permissions on the database level for scmaster
+									and clients.
+									</description>
+								</parameter>
+								<parameter name="proxy" type="boolean" default="false">
+									<description>
+									If enabled then the database connection as configured
+									in 'read' is not being returned to the client
+									but the URL &quot;proxy://&quot;. This URL
+									tells the client to open the database via the
+									websocket proxy at the messaging address,
+									e.g. http://localhost/production/db. The same
+									hostname and queue must be used as for the
+									initial messaging connection.
+									</description>
+								</parameter>
+								<parameter name="strictVersionMatch" type="boolean" default="true">
+									<description>
+									If enabled, the plugin will check the database
+									schema version and refuse to start if the
+									version doesn't match the latest version.
+									If disabled and the an object needs to be
+									stored, which is incompatible with the
+									database schema, this object is lost.
+									Leave this option enabled unless you know
+									exactly what are you doing and what the
+									consequences are.
+									</description>
+								</parameter>
+							</group>
+						</group>
+					</group>
+				</struct>
+			</group>
+			<group name="http">
+				<parameter name="filebase" type="path" default="@DATADIR@/scmaster/http/">
+					<description>
+					The directory served by the http server at staticPath.
+					</description>
+				</parameter>
+				<parameter name="staticPath" type="string" default="/">
+					<description>
+					The URL path at which html files and assets are available.
+					All files under filebase will be served at this URL path.
+					</description>
+				</parameter>
+				<parameter name="brokerPath" type="string" default="/">
+					<description>
+					The URL path at which the broker websocket is available.
+					</description>
+				</parameter>
+			</group>
+		</configuration>
+		<setup>
+			<group name="database">
+				<input name="enable" type="boolean" default="true">
+					<text>Enable database storage.</text>
+					<description>
+					Enable/disable the database.
+					If the database is not enabled, the processed data is not
+					stored persistently.
+					Leave this option enabled unless you know what you are doing.
+					</description>
+					<option value="false"/>
+					<option value="true">
+						<input name="backend" type="string" default="mysql/mariadb">
+							<text>Database backend</text>
+							<description>
+							SeisComP supports different database backends. Select
+							the one you want to use. Different backends require
+							different additional packages to be installed on your
+							host system.
+							</description>
+							<option value="mysql/mariadb">
+								<description>MySQL/MariaDB server.</description>
+								<input name="create" type="boolean" default="true">
+									<text>Create database</text>
+									<description>
+									If you already have a database and want to
+									reuse it, you can skip this step.
+									If you want to let setup create the database
+									for you, check this option.
+									</description>
+									<option value="true">
+										<input name="rootpw" type="string" echo="password">
+											<text>MYSQL root password.</text>
+											<description>
+											To create the database root access to
+											the database is required.
+											Please enter the root password to
+											the database server you are going to
+											use.
+											The server hostname will be entered
+											in the next steps.
+											</description>
+										</input>
+										<input name="runAsSuperUser" type="boolean" default="false">
+											<text>Run as super user.</text>
+											<description>
+											Activate this option to run the database
+											setup script with super user rights.
+											For instance, some MariaDB installation
+											do not allow root access per password
+											and require privileged system access.
+											</description>
+										</input>
+										<input name="drop" type="boolean" default="false">
+											<text>Drop existing database.</text>
+											<description>
+											When a database with the same name
+											exists already, should it be destroyed
+											and recreated?
+											If you say no here, an error will be
+											raised if the database to be created
+											already exists.
+											</description>
+										</input>
+										<input name="characterset" type="string" default="utf8mb4">
+											<text>Character set</text>
+											<description>
+											Selects the database character set which defaults to
+											the fully compatible &quot;utf8mb4&quot;
+											format. As this format is not supported
+											by older MySQL or MariaDB versions, select
+											&quot;utf8&quot; as fallback.
+											</description>
+											<option value="utf8mb4"/>
+											<option value="utf8"/>
+										</input>
+									</option>
+									<option value="false"/>
+								</input>
+								<input name="db" type="string" default="seiscomp">
+									<text>Database name.</text>
+									<description>
+									Database name to use.
+									If you want to avoid conflicts with existing
+									databases or if you have multiple installations,
+									change the default name.
+									If you are unsure, keep the default.
+									</description>
+								</input>
+								<input name="rwhost" type="string" default="localhost">
+									<text>Database hostname.</text>
+									<description>
+									The hostname of the computer running the
+									database server.
+									In most cases it is this computer (localhost).
+									This hostname is private and not published
+									to any client connection to this computer.
+									</description>
+								</input>
+								<input name="rwuser" type="string" default="sysop">
+									<text>Database read-write user.</text>
+									<description>
+									The database username for read-write access
+									to the database.
+									This account will not be visible to clients
+									connecting to your system unless read-only
+									and read-write accounts are not separated.
+									</description>
+								</input>
+								<input name="rwpwd" type="string" default="sysop">
+									<text>Database read-write password.</text>
+									<description>
+									The database user password for read-write
+									access to the database.
+									This account will not be visible to clients
+									connecting to your system unless read-only
+									and read-write accounts are not separated.
+									</description>
+								</input>
+								<input name="rohost" type="string" default="localhost">
+									<text>Database public hostname.</text>
+									<description>
+									The hostname of the computer running the
+									database server.
+									In most cases, it is this computer (localhost).
+									This hostname is sent to all connected clients
+									who in turn will try to resolve it.
+									If all modules run locally, you can leave
+									the defaults.
+									</description>
+								</input>
+								<input name="rouser" type="string" default="sysop">
+									<text>Database read-only user.</text>
+									<description>
+									The database user that will have read-only
+									access to the database.
+									This account will be visible to all clients
+									connecting to your system.
+									</description>
+								</input>
+								<input name="ropwd" type="string" default="sysop">
+									<text>Database read-only password.</text>
+									<description>
+									The database user password for read-only
+									access to the database.
+									This password will be visible to all clients
+									connecting to your system.
+									</description>
+								</input>
+							</option>
+							<option value="postgresql">
+								<description>
+								PostgresSQL server version 9 or later.
+								</description>
+								<input name="create" type="boolean" default="true">
+									<text>Create database</text>
+									<description>
+									If you already have a database and want to
+									reuse it, you can skip this step.
+									If you want to let setup create the database
+									for you, check this option.&lt;br&gt;&lt;br&gt;
+									Note: By default, the PostgresSQL server do
+									not allow to login with username and password.
+									Due to this reason, the SeisComP scmaster
+									module can establish a connection after database
+									initialization. Please check the SeisComP
+									documentation how to change the server
+									configuration.
+									</description>
+									<option value="true">
+										<input name="drop" type="boolean" default="false">
+											<text>Drop existing database.</text>
+											<description>
+											When a database with the same name
+											exists already, should it be
+											destroyed and recreated?
+											If you say no here, an error will be
+											raised if the database to be created
+											already exists.
+											</description>
+										</input>
+									</option>
+									<option value="false"/>
+								</input>
+								<input name="db" type="string" default="seiscomp">
+									<text>Database name.</text>
+									<description>
+									Database name to use. If you want to avoid
+									conflicts with existing databases, or if you
+									have multiple installations, change the default
+									name. If you are unsure, keep the default.
+									</description>
+								</input>
+								<input name="rwhost" type="string" default="localhost">
+									<text>Database hostname.</text>
+									<description>
+									The hostname of the computer running the
+									database server.
+									In most cases it is this computer (localhost).
+									This hostname is private and not published to
+									any client connection to this computer.
+									</description>
+								</input>
+								<input name="rwuser" type="string" default="sysop">
+									<text>Database read-write user.</text>
+									<description>
+									The database username for read-write access
+									to the database.
+									This account will not be visible to clients
+									connecting to your system unless read-only
+									and read-write accounts are not separated.
+									</description>
+								</input>
+								<input name="rwpwd" type="string" default="sysop">
+									<text>Database read-write password.</text>
+									<description>
+									The database user password for read-write
+									access to the database.
+									This account will not be visible to clients
+									connecting to your system unless read-only
+									and read-write accounts are not separated.
+									</description>
+								</input>
+								<input name="rohost" type="string" default="localhost">
+									<text>Database public hostname.</text>
+									<description>
+									The hostname of the computer running the
+									database server.
+									In most cases it is this computer (localhost).
+									This hostname is sent to all connected clients
+									who in turn will try to resolve it.
+									If all modules run locally, you can leave the
+									defaults.
+									</description>
+								</input>
+								<input name="rouser" type="string" default="sysop">
+									<text>Database read-only user.</text>
+									<description>
+									The database user that will have read-only
+									access to the database.
+									This account will be visible to all clients
+									connecting to your system.
+									</description>
+								</input>
+								<input name="ropwd" type="string" default="sysop">
+									<text>Database read-only password.</text>
+									<description>
+									The database user password for read-only
+									access to the database.
+									This password will be visible to all clients
+									connecting to your system.
+									</description>
+								</input>
+							</option>
+							<option value="sqlite3">
+								<description>SQLite3 database.</description>
+								<input name="create" type="boolean" default="true">
+									<text>Create database</text>
+									<description>
+									If you already have a database and want to
+									reuse it, you can skip this step.
+									If you want to let setup create the database
+									for you, check this option.
+									</description>
+									<option value="true">
+										<input name="override" type="boolean" default="false">
+											<text>Override existing database file.</text>
+											<description>
+											When a database with the same name
+											exists already, should it be overriden?
+											If you say no here, an error will be
+											raised if the database to be created
+											already exists.
+											</description>
+										</input>
+									</option>
+									<option value="false"/>
+								</input>
+								<input name="filename" type="string" default="@ROOTDIR@/var/lib/seiscomp.db">
+									<text>Path to database file</text>
+									<description>
+									</description>
+								</input>
+							</option>
+						</input>
+					</option>
+				</input>
+			</group>
+		</setup>
+
+		<command-line>
+			<synopsis>
+				scmaster [options]
+			</synopsis>
+			<group name="Generic">
+				<optionReference>generic#help</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>generic#version</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>generic#config-file</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>generic#plugins</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>generic#print-config-vars</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>generic#validate-schema-params</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>generic#dump-settings</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>generic#daemon</optionReference>
+			</group>
+
+			<group name="Verbosity">
+				<optionReference>verbosity#verbosity</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>verbosity#v</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>verbosity#quiet</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>verbosity#component</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>verbosity#syslog</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>verbosity#lockfile</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>verbosity#console</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>verbosity#debug</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>verbosity#log-file</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>verbosity#print-context</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>verbosity#print-component</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>verbosity#log-utc</optionReference>
+				<optionReference>verbosity#trace</optionReference>
+			</group>
+
+			<group name="Wired">
+				<option long-flag="bind" argument="arg">
+					<description>
+					The non-encrypted bind address. Format [ip:]port
+					</description>
+				</option>
+				<option long-flag="sbind" argument="arg">
+					<description>
+					The encrypted bind address. Format: [ip:]port
+					</description>
+				</option>
+			</group>
+		</command-line>
+	</module>
+</seiscomp>